diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
503 files changed, 5229 insertions, 17381 deletions
diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-config.html index f0e0913..3a52812 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="التصدير و الطباعة"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="التصدير و الطباعة"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">المكتب</span> @@ -6,95 +6,40 @@ <span class="guimenu">اللغات</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">إختصارات</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>في هذا القسم تجد نظرة عامة على ضبط بيبل تايم، والذي تستطيع الوصول إليه من -<span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> من القائمة الرئيسية.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم </h2></div></div></div> - - <p>يمكنك تخصيص واجهة مستخدم بيبل تايم بعدة طرق بناءاً على إحتياجاتك. تستطيع -الوصول إلى نافذة الإعدادات عن إختيار <span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> <span class="guimenuitem">ضبط بيبل تايم</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>في هذا القسم تجد نظرة عامة على ضبط بيبل تايم، والذي تستطيع الوصول إليه من +<span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> من القائمة الرئيسية.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم </h2></div></div></div><p>يمكنك تخصيص واجهة مستخدم بيبل تايم بعدة طرق بناءاً على إحتياجاتك. تستطيع +الوصول إلى نافذة الإعدادات عن إختيار <span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> <span class="guimenuitem">ضبط بيبل تايم</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>يمكنك تخصيص عملية بدء تشغيل البرنامج، اختر من الخيارات التالية: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>إظهار شعار بداية التشغيل</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>عرض القوالب يحدد طريقة عرض النص (الألوان، الحجم إلخ.). هناك العديد من + </h3></div></div></div><p>يمكنك تخصيص عملية بدء تشغيل البرنامج، اختر من الخيارات التالية: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>إظهار شعار بداية التشغيل</p></li></ul></div><p>عرض القوالب يحدد طريقة عرض النص (الألوان، الحجم إلخ.). هناك العديد من القوالب المدمجة في البرنامج. عندما تقوم بإختيار أحدهم، سترى معاينة للأسلوب -المختار في الجزء الأيمن من النافذة.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +المختار في الجزء الأيمن من النافذة.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">المكتب</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>يمكن الآن تخصيص العديد من خصائص طرفية سورد عبر بيبل تايم. هذه الخصائص مسرودة + </h3></div></div></div><p>يمكن الآن تخصيص العديد من خصائص طرفية سورد عبر بيبل تايم. هذه الخصائص مسرودة في الجزء الأيمن من النافذة. بإمكانك أيضاً تحديد الكتب القياسية التي تستخدم إفتراضياً عندما لا يشير المرجع إلى كتاب محدد. مثال: ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية هي التي يتم إستخدامها لعرض محتويات المراجع ذات الصلة في الكتاب المقدس. عندما تمر بالمؤشر فوق المرجع تظهر العدسة محتوى الأعداد المشار إليها بناءاً على ترجمة الكتاب المقدس القياسية التي قمت بتحديدها. بإستخدام فلترة -النصوص، تستطيع التحكم بمظهر النص.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +النصوص، تستطيع التحكم بمظهر النص.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">اللغات</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>هنا تستطيع تحديد اللغة المستخدمة لعرض اسماء أسفار الكتاب المقدس. قم بضبط -الإختيار على لغتك الأم إذا كانت متوفرة، لتسهل الأمور عليك.</p> - - <p>كخيار إفتراضي يستخدم بيبل تايم خط عرض النظام الإفتراضي. لكنك تستطيع تعديل + </h3></div></div></div><p>هنا تستطيع تحديد اللغة المستخدمة لعرض اسماء أسفار الكتاب المقدس. قم بضبط +الإختيار على لغتك الأم إذا كانت متوفرة، لتسهل الأمور عليك.</p><p>كخيار إفتراضي يستخدم بيبل تايم خط عرض النظام الإفتراضي. لكنك تستطيع تعديل هذا إن إحتجت إلى ذلك. بعض اللغات تتطلب خطوط خاصة ليتم عرضها بطريقة صحيحة، -وهذه النافذة تتيح لك تخصيص خطط محدد لكل لغة.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="نافذة الخيارات - خطوط"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>نافذة الخيارات - خطوط.</p> - </div></div> - <p>يستطيع بيبل تايم الآن إستخدام جميع الخطوط المدعومة. طالما أن الكتاب الذي +وهذه النافذة تتيح لك تخصيص خطط محدد لكل لغة.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="نافذة الخيارات - خطوط"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>نافذة الخيارات - خطوط.</p></div></div><p>يستطيع بيبل تايم الآن إستخدام جميع الخطوط المدعومة. طالما أن الكتاب الذي تريده يعرض بطريقة صحيحية لن تحتاج لفعل اي شيء هنا. إذا كان الكتاب يعرض فقط مجموعة من علامات الإستفهام (??????) أو مربعات خالية عندها تعرف أن أن خط -العرض القياسي المسخدم لا يحتوي على المحارف المطلوبة لعرض هذا الكتاب. </p> - - <p>لتصحيح هذا، اختر لغة هذا الكتاب من القائمة المنسدلة. قم بالتأشير على استخدام +العرض القياسي المسخدم لا يحتوي على المحارف المطلوبة لعرض هذا الكتاب. </p><p>لتصحيح هذا، اختر لغة هذا الكتاب من القائمة المنسدلة. قم بالتأشير على استخدام خط مخصص. ثم اختر خطاً. على سبيل المثال، خط Code2000 يدعم العديد من اللغات. إذا لم ينجح أي من الخطوط المثبتة في عرض الكتاب الذي تريده، جرب تثبيت -حزمة دعم اللغة الخاصة بهذه اللغة. </p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>تثبيت خطوط</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>لا يوفر هذا الدليل إرشادات تفصيلية حول تثبيت الخطوط. لمزيد من المعلومات ربما +حزمة دعم اللغة الخاصة بهذه اللغة. </p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>تثبيت خطوط</h4></div></div></div><p>لا يوفر هذا الدليل إرشادات تفصيلية حول تثبيت الخطوط. لمزيد من المعلومات ربما تود مراجعة الرابط التالي <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>يعمل بيبل تايم بسرعة أكبر إذا كنت تسخدم خط صغير الحجم مثل Clearlyu (حوالي 22 +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>يعمل بيبل تايم بسرعة أكبر إذا كنت تسخدم خط صغير الحجم مثل Clearlyu (حوالي 22 ك.ب.)؛ بالمقارنة بخط كبير الحجم مثل <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>® (حوالي 12 م.ب.).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>الحصول على خطوط</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>يمكن الحصول على الخطوط من عديد من المصادر:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>توزيعة يونكس/لينكس التي تستخدمها.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>حزم دعم اللغات الخاصة بالتوزيعة التي تستخدمها.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>نسخة <span class="trademark">ميكروسوفت ويندوز</span>® مثبته على -نفس الحاسوب. </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>مجموعة خطوط، مثل المتاحة لدى Adobe أو Bitstream. </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>مجموعات الخطوط المتاحة على شبكة الانترنت.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>تدعم خطوط يونيكود عدد محارف أكثر من الخطوط الأخرى، وبعض هذه الخطوط متاحة +Cyberbit</span>® (حوالي 12 م.ب.).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>الحصول على خطوط</h4></div></div></div><p>يمكن الحصول على الخطوط من عديد من المصادر:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>توزيعة يونكس/لينكس التي تستخدمها.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>حزم دعم اللغات الخاصة بالتوزيعة التي تستخدمها.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>نسخة <span class="trademark">ميكروسوفت ويندوز</span>® مثبته على +نفس الحاسوب. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مجموعة خطوط، مثل المتاحة لدى Adobe أو Bitstream. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مجموعات الخطوط المتاحة على شبكة الانترنت.</p></li></ul></div><p>تدعم خطوط يونيكود عدد محارف أكثر من الخطوط الأخرى، وبعض هذه الخطوط متاحة مجاناً. لا يوجد خط متوفر يحتوي على جميع المحارف المعرفة في اليونيكود -القياسي، لذا ربما تود إستخدام خطوط مختلفة للغات المختلفة.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 4.1. خطوط يونيكود</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="خطوط يونيكود" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +القياسي، لذا ربما تود إستخدام خطوط مختلفة للغات المختلفة.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 4.1. خطوط يونيكود</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="خطوط يونيكود" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>ربما يكون أفضل خط يونيكود مجاني، يغطي مجموعة كبيرة من المحارف.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> @@ -111,30 +56,14 @@ Bitstream CyberBit</a> التايلاندية.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>تغطية جزئية، انظر المعلومات في رابط الموقع.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>هناك بعض قوائم خطوط يونيكود الجيدة متاحة على الإنترنت، مثل تلك الخاصة + </td><td>تغطية جزئية، انظر المعلومات في رابط الموقع.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>هناك بعض قوائم خطوط يونيكود الجيدة متاحة على الإنترنت، مثل تلك الخاصة بChristoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>),، أو الخاصة بAlan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">إختصارات</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>الإختصارات (معروفة سابقاً باسم مفاتيح التشغيل السريع) هي مجموعة من الأوامر + </h3></div></div></div><p>الإختصارات (معروفة سابقاً باسم مفاتيح التشغيل السريع) هي مجموعة من الأوامر يمكن تنفيذها بواسطة لوحة المفاتيح بدلاً من القوائم والأيقونات. هناك عدد من الإختصارات المعدة مسبقاً مخصصة للأوامر في بيبل تايم (أنظر <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="فهرس الإختصارات">قسم الإختصارات</a> للقائمة كاملة). يمكن تخصيص إختصارات لغالبية أوامر بيبل تايم. وهذا يعتبر مفيد جداً في -الوصول السريع إلى الوظائف التي تحتاجها بكثرة.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>في المثال السابق، هناك إختصار ثاني لدليل كيفية قراءة الكتاب المقدس بالإضافة -إلى F2 ، وهو CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">التصدير و الطباعة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 5. المرجع</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +الوصول السريع إلى الوظائف التي تحتاجها بكثرة.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>في المثال السابق، هناك إختصار ثاني لدليل كيفية قراءة الكتاب المقدس بالإضافة +إلى F2 ، وهو CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">التصدير و الطباعة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 5. المرجع</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-intro.html index eaa2725..d5e6b73 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,57 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 1. مقدمة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. مقدمة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>فصل 1. مقدمة</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">عن بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">الكتب المتاحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">الدافع</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>عن بيبل تايم</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>بيبل تايم هو أداة لدراسة الكتاب المقدس تدعم أنواع مختلفة من النصوص +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 1. مقدمة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. مقدمة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>فصل 1. مقدمة</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">عن بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">الكتب المتاحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">الدافع</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>عن بيبل تايم</h2></div></div></div><p>بيبل تايم هو أداة لدراسة الكتاب المقدس تدعم أنواع مختلفة من النصوص واللغات. فحتى بالنسبة للكتب الكبيرة تستطيع تثبيتها وإدراتها بسهولة. وهو مبني على مكتبة <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top">سورد</a>، التي توفر وظائف الطرفية لبيبل تايم مثل عرض نص الكتاب المقدس، البحث إلخ. وسورد هو المنتج الرئيسي <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">لجمعية الكتاب المقدس -كروس وير</a>.</p> - - <p>بيبل تايم مصمم ليستخدم مع الكتب المشفرة بأي من التنسيقات المدعومة من قبل +كروس وير</a>.</p><p>بيبل تايم مصمم ليستخدم مع الكتب المشفرة بأي من التنسيقات المدعومة من قبل مشروع سورد. تستطيع العثور على معلومات كاملة عن تنسيقات الوثائق المدعومة في <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">قسم المطورين -</a> الخاص بمشروع سورد، جمعية كروس وير.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>الكتب المتاحة</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>أكثر من 200 وثيقة في50 لغة متاحة من <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس</a>. وتشمل: -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">ترجمات الكتاب المقدس</span></dt><dd> - <p>نص الكتاب المقدس الكامل، مع العديد من الخيارات مثل أرقام سترونج، العناوين +</a> الخاص بمشروع سورد، جمعية كروس وير.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>الكتب المتاحة</h3></div></div></div><p>أكثر من 200 وثيقة في50 لغة متاحة من <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس</a>. وتشمل: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">ترجمات الكتاب المقدس</span></dt><dd><p>نص الكتاب المقدس الكامل، مع العديد من الخيارات مثل أرقام سترونج، العناوين و/أو الحواشي في النص. ترجمات الكتاب المقدس متاحة بعدة لغات، ولا تشمل النسخ الحديثة فقط، بل أيضاً النصوص القديمة مثل Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", عبري)، و Septuagint ("LXX", يوناني). هذا هو القسم الأكثر تطوراً في مكتبة مشروع -سورد.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">الكتب</span></dt><dd> - <p>الكتب المتاحة تشمل "Imitation of Christ" ، "Enuma Elish" ، و "Josephus: The -Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">التفاسير</span></dt><dd> - <p>التفاسير المتاحة تشمل كلاسيكيات مثل "Notes on the Bible" لجون وسلي، تفسير +سورد.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">الكتب</span></dt><dd><p>الكتب المتاحة تشمل "Imitation of Christ" ، "Enuma Elish" ، و "Josephus: The +Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">التفاسير</span></dt><dd><p>التفاسير المتاحة تشمل كلاسيكيات مثل "Notes on the Bible" لجون وسلي، تفسير ماثيو هنري و "Commentary on Galatians" للوثر. كما أنك تستطيع <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="تحرير تعليقاتك الخاصة"> تدوين ملاحظاتك الخاصة </a> لفصول من -الكتاب المقدس بإستخدام خاصية التعليقات الشخصية.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">التأملات اليومية</span></dt><dd> - <p>يدرك كثير من الناس قيمة قراءة هذه الأجزاء اليومية من كلمة الله. الكتب -المتاحة تشمل Daily Light on the Daily Path و Losungen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">معاجم / قواميس</span></dt><dd> - <p>المعاجم المتاحة تشمل: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes و the +الكتاب المقدس بإستخدام خاصية التعليقات الشخصية.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">التأملات اليومية</span></dt><dd><p>يدرك كثير من الناس قيمة قراءة هذه الأجزاء اليومية من كلمة الله. الكتب +المتاحة تشمل Daily Light on the Daily Path و Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">معاجم / قواميس</span></dt><dd><p>المعاجم المتاحة تشمل: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes و the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. القواميس المتاحة تشمل قاموس سترونج العبري للكتاب المقدس، قاموس سترونج اليوناني للكتاب المقدس، Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>الدافع</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>نشتاق أن نخدم الله، وأن نقوم بدورنا في مساعدة الآخرين على نمو علاقتهم +Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>الدافع</h3></div></div></div><p>نشتاق أن نخدم الله، وأن نقوم بدورنا في مساعدة الآخرين على نمو علاقتهم بالله. نحن نبذل جهدنا لنجعل من هذا البرنامج قوياً ، يتسم بالجودة في الوقت الذي يظل فيه بسيطاً وسهل الإستخدام. شوق قلوبنا أن يسبح اسم الرب، فهو مصدر كل -ما هو حسن.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>كل عطية صالحة وكل موهبة تامة هي من فوق نازلة من عند ابي الانوار الذي ليس -عنده تغيير ولا ظل دوران.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يعقوب 1 : 17</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>فليباركك الرب في إستخدامك لهذا البرنامج.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ما هو حسن.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>كل عطية صالحة وكل موهبة تامة هي من فوق نازلة من عند ابي الانوار الذي ليس +عنده تغيير ولا ظل دوران.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يعقوب 1 : 17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>فليباركك الرب في إستخدامك لهذا البرنامج.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index a578f4b..2e6cb98 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,65 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>مدير رف الكتب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="التصدير و الطباعة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span> هو الأداة التي تمكنك من إدارة رف +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>مدير رف الكتب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="التصدير و الطباعة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span> هو الأداة التي تمكنك من إدارة رف الكتب الخاص بك. تستطيع تثبيت كتب جديدة إلى رف الكتب، وتحديث أو إزالة الكتب الموجودة على رف الكتب. للوصول إلى هذه الأداة اختر قائمة <span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> من القائمة الرئيسية ومنها اختر -</span>مدير رف الكتب.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>إذا كانت هذه هي المرة الأولى التي تقوم فيها بتشغيل بيبل تايم، انقر على زر -التحديث ليعرض البرنامج لك قائمة بالكتب المقدمة من كروس وير.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>إعداد مسارات رف الكتب</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>هنا تستطيع تحديد المسار الذي سيستخدمه بيبل تايم لحفظ رف كتبك على القرص +</span>مدير رف الكتب.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>إذا كانت هذه هي المرة الأولى التي تقوم فيها بتشغيل بيبل تايم، انقر على زر +التحديث ليعرض البرنامج لك قائمة بالكتب المقدمة من كروس وير.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>إعداد مسارات رف الكتب</h3></div></div></div><p>هنا تستطيع تحديد المسار الذي سيستخدمه بيبل تايم لحفظ رف كتبك على القرص الصلب. بل وحتى يمكنك الحفظ في أكثر من مجلد. المجلد الإفتراضي بالنسبة لأنظمة تشغيل لينكس/يونكس هو "~/.sword/" بينما المسار الإفتراضي لنظام تشغيا الويندوز -هو "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Sword".</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>إذا كان لديك قرص سورد المدمج ولكنك لا تريد تثبيت الكتب على قرصك الصلب وتريد +هو "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Sword".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>إذا كان لديك قرص سورد المدمج ولكنك لا تريد تثبيت الكتب على قرصك الصلب وتريد إستخدامهم مباشرة من على القرص المدمج، يمكنك عندئذ إضافة المسار إلى القرص المدمج كواحد من مسارات رف الكتب. عند بدء بيبل تايم، سيعرض البرنامج كل الكتب -على القرص المدمج إذا كان موجوداً.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>تثبيت/تحديث الكتب</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>من خلال هذه الخاصية، يمكنك الإتصال بمستودع خاص بالكتب يسمى "المكتبة" لتقوم +على القرص المدمج إذا كان موجوداً.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>تثبيت/تحديث الكتب</h3></div></div></div><p>من خلال هذه الخاصية، يمكنك الإتصال بمستودع خاص بالكتب يسمى "المكتبة" لتقوم بنقل كتاب أو أكثر إلى رف الكتب على جهازك. يمكن لهذه المكتبات أن تكون على جهازك (مثال : قرص سورد المدمج ) أو على موقع خارجي ( مثال : مستودع كروس وير أونلاين لعناصر سورد ، أو أي موقع آخر يقدم عناصر سورد ). تستطيع تثبيت مصادر أخرى بفتح مربع مصدر تثبيت جديد ثم النقر على <span class="guibutton">إحضار القائمة...</span>. تستطيع إدارة مكتباتك من خلال <span class="guibutton">إضافة مكتبة -</span> و <span class="guibutton">حذف مكتبة</span>.</p> - - <p>لتبدأ عملية التثبيت أو التحديث، اختر المكتبة التي تود لإتصال بها ومسار رف +</span> و <span class="guibutton">حذف مكتبة</span>.</p><p>لتبدأ عملية التثبيت أو التحديث، اختر المكتبة التي تود لإتصال بها ومسار رف الكتب لتثبيت الكتب على جهازك. ثم انقر على <span class="guibutton">الإتصال بالمكتبة</span>. سيقوم بيبل تايم بعمل مسح لمحتويات المكتبة ويحضر إليك قائمة بالكتب التي تستطيع إضافتها إلى رف كتبك أو تحديثات بنسخ جديدة للكتب المثبتة لديك لتتمكن من تحديثها. ومن ثم يمكنك وضع علامة على الكتب التي تريد تثبيتها أو تحديثها، وانقر على <span class="guibutton">تثبيت كتب </span>. وسيتم نقل -الكتب إلى رف الكتب الخاص بك.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>حذف الكتب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>من خلال هذه الخاصية يمكنك حذف كتاب أو أكثر من رف الكتب الخاص بك لتحرير مساحة +الكتب إلى رف الكتب الخاص بك.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>حذف الكتب</h3></div></div></div><p>من خلال هذه الخاصية يمكنك حذف كتاب أو أكثر من رف الكتب الخاص بك لتحرير مساحة في القرص الصلب. ببساطة قم بتحديد الكتب ثم انقر على <span class="guibutton">حذف -الكتب</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>فهارس البحث</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>هذه الخاصية تسمح لك بإنشاء فهارس بحث جديدة وتنظيف ملفات الفهرس التالفة للكتب -المحذوفة.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> +الكتب</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>فهارس البحث</h3></div></div></div><p>هذه الخاصية تسمح لك بإنشاء فهارس بحث جديدة وتنظيف ملفات الفهرس التالفة للكتب +المحذوفة.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">البحث في الكتب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> التصدير و الطباعة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">البحث في الكتب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> التصدير و الطباعة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 4177732..3098239 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,14 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>التصدير و الطباعة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="مدير رف الكتب"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">التصدير و الطباعة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>التصدير و الطباعة</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>في العديد من المواضع تستطيع الحصول على قائمة عند النقر بالزر الأيمن +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>التصدير و الطباعة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="مدير رف الكتب"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">التصدير و الطباعة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>التصدير و الطباعة</h2></div></div></div><p>في العديد من المواضع تستطيع الحصول على قائمة عند النقر بالزر الأيمن للفأرة. وعلى حسب السياق تتيح لك القائمة عدة خيارات مثل إختيار، نسخ (إلى الحافظة)، حفظ أو طباعة النص. على سبيل المثال ستجد هذه القائمة في نوافذ القراءة عندما تقوم بالنقر على نص عادي أو مرجع للآية، أو في صفحة نتائج البحث عندما تقوم بالنقر على كتاب أو مرجع لآية أو مجموعة من الآيات. إنها خاصية -بسيطة للغاية بإمكانك أن تقوم بتجربتها. </p> - - <p>يقدم بيبل تايم أداة بسيطة للطباعة. إذا كنت تقوم بكتابة وثيقة أو عرض تقديمي +بسيطة للغاية بإمكانك أن تقوم بتجربتها. </p><p>يقدم بيبل تايم أداة بسيطة للطباعة. إذا كنت تقوم بكتابة وثيقة أو عرض تقديمي يحتوى على نصوص من كتب بيبل تايم، نقترح عليك أن تستخدم أحد أدوات التحرير أو العروض التقديمية الموجودة على جهازك في تنسيق وثيقتك بدلاً من طباعتها مباشرة -من بيبل تايم.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +من بيبل تايم.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index ed41354..6b69358 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,134 +1,61 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>رف الكتب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>يعرض رف الكتب قائمة بالكتب المثبتة، مصنفة حسب الفئة واللغة. ويحتوي أيضاً على -فئة تسمى "العلامات". حيث يمكنك حفظ العلامات الخاصة بك والوصول إليها.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>قراءة الكتب</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>تستطيع فتح كتاب للقراءة من رف الكتب بسهولة. قم بالنقر على الفئة المطلوبة +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>رف الكتب</h3></div></div></div><p>يعرض رف الكتب قائمة بالكتب المثبتة، مصنفة حسب الفئة واللغة. ويحتوي أيضاً على +فئة تسمى "العلامات". حيث يمكنك حفظ العلامات الخاصة بك والوصول إليها.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>قراءة الكتب</h4></div></div></div><p>تستطيع فتح كتاب للقراءة من رف الكتب بسهولة. قم بالنقر على الفئة المطلوبة (ترجمات الكتاب المقدس، التفاسير، المعاجم، الكتب، التأملات أو المصلحات) بإستخدام <span class="mousebutton"> زر الفأرة الأيسر </span> لعرض محتويات الفئة. ثم انقر على واحد من الكتب لفتحه للقراءة. نافذة القراءة ستظهر في منطقة -المكتب.</p> - - <p>إذا كنت تقرأ كتاباً معيناً، وتريد أن تفتح كتاباً أخر على نفس الفقرة التي +المكتب.</p><p>إذا كنت تقرأ كتاباً معيناً، وتريد أن تفتح كتاباً أخر على نفس الفقرة التي تقرأها، تستطيع إستخدام هذه الطريقة المختصرة. انقر <span class="mousebutton">بزر الفأرة الأيسر</span> على مرجع العدد/الفقرة (المؤشر يتغير إلى شكل اليد) واسحبه إلى رف الكتب. افلته على الكتاب الذي تريد فتحه، وسيتم فتحه للقراءة على الموضع المحدد. تستطيع ايضاً ان تسحب مرجع العدد إلى نافذة قراءة مفتوحة لتذهب -إلى القراءة المختارة.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>معلومات إضافية عن الكتب</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>إذا قمت بالنقر على أيقونة الكتاب بإستخدام زر الفأرة +إلى القراءة المختارة.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>معلومات إضافية عن الكتب</h4></div></div></div><p>إذا قمت بالنقر على أيقونة الكتاب بإستخدام زر الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيمن</span> ، سترى قائمة ببنود إضافية ذات صلة بهذا الكتاب. <span class="guimenuitem">"عن هذا الكتاب"</span> تفتح نافذة تحوي العديد من المعلومات المهمة عن الكتاب المختار. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> تفتح نافذة صغيرة خاصة بالوثائق المشفرة حيث يمكنك إدخال مفتاح الدخول إلى هذا الكتاب. لمزيد من المعلومات عن الكتب المشفرة، يرجى الرجوع إلى صفحة <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> الكتب المشفرة -</a> على موقع جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>البحث في الكتب</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>تستطيع البحث في أحد الكتب بواسطة النقر بزر الفأرة +</a> على موقع جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>البحث في الكتب</h4></div></div></div><p>تستطيع البحث في أحد الكتب بواسطة النقر بزر الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيمن</span> على الأيقونة الخاصة به وإختيار <span class="guimenuitem">"بحث في الكتاب"</span>. بالضغط على مفتاح Shift (عالي) في لوحة المفاتيح ثم النقر على كتب أخرى تستطيع تحديد أكثر من كتاب. ثم بإتباع نفس الخطوات تفتح مربع البحث ليتم البحث في جميع الكتب المختارة. الوصف التفصيلي لخصائص عملية البحث موجود في <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب">قسم البحث في -الكتب</a>. </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>العمل مع العلامات</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +الكتب</a>. </p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>العمل مع العلامات</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>اسحب وافلت الكتب هنا</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>اسحب وافلت الكتب هنا</p></div><p> انقر بزر الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيمن</span> على فئة العلامات من رف الكتب واختر <span class="guimenuitem">"إنشاء مجلد جديد"</span> لإنشاء مجلد علامات فرعي جديد. بإمكانك إستخدام خاصية السحب والإفلات المعتادة لسحب الأعداد من نافذة القراءة أو نتائج البحث إلى مجلد العلامات، ولإعادة ترتيب العلامات بين -المجلدات.</p> - <p>تستطيع أيضاً إستيراد العلامات من الآخرين أو تصدير علاماتك لمشاركتها +المجلدات.</p><p>تستطيع أيضاً إستيراد العلامات من الآخرين أو تصدير علاماتك لمشاركتها معهم. لتقوم بهذا انقر يميناً لفتح قائمة مجلد العلامات بالطريقة الموضحة عاليه، واختر <span class="guimenuitem">"تصدير علامات"</span>. سيفتح لك هذا مربعاً حوارياً منه تستطيع حفظ مجموعة العلامات. تستطيع أيضاً إستيراد العلامات بنفس -الطريقة.</p> - - <p>تستطيع أيضاً النقر بواسطة <span class="mousebutton">زر الفأرة الايمن </span> على -المجلدات والعلامات لتغيير اسماءها والوصف الخاص بها.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>المكبر (العدسة المكبرة)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>النافذة الصغيرة في الركن الأيسر السفلي من بيبل تايم تتجاوب مع مرور مؤشر +الطريقة.</p><p>تستطيع أيضاً النقر بواسطة <span class="mousebutton">زر الفأرة الايمن </span> على +المجلدات والعلامات لتغيير اسماءها والوصف الخاص بها.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>المكبر (العدسة المكبرة)</h3></div></div></div><p>النافذة الصغيرة في الركن الأيسر السفلي من بيبل تايم تتجاوب مع مرور مؤشر الفأرة على النصوص التي تحوى معلومات إضافية (مثل أرقام سترونج)، وتعرض هذه -المعلومات في نافذة المكبر مستقلة عن النص. قم بتجربتها بنفسك لتراها عملياً.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>المكتب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>المكتب هو مسرح الأحداث الحقيقي في بيل تايم. هنا تستطيع فتح الكتب من رف +المعلومات في نافذة المكبر مستقلة عن النص. قم بتجربتها بنفسك لتراها عملياً.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>المكتب</h3></div></div></div><p>المكتب هو مسرح الأحداث الحقيقي في بيل تايم. هنا تستطيع فتح الكتب من رف الكتب، قراءتها، <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب">البحث</a> فيها، بل وحتى -تدوين ملاحظاتك في عنصر التعليقات الشخصية (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="تحرير تعليقاتك الخاصة">أدناه</a>). </p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>قراءة الكتب</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>كما رأينا <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="قراءة الكتب">من قبل </a>، +تدوين ملاحظاتك في عنصر التعليقات الشخصية (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="تحرير تعليقاتك الخاصة">أدناه</a>). </p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>قراءة الكتب</h4></div></div></div><p>كما رأينا <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="قراءة الكتب">من قبل </a>، تستطيع فتح الكتب للقراءة بسهولة عن طريق النقر على الأيقونات الخاصة بها في رف الكتب. وهذا سيفتح نافذة للقراءة في منطقة المكتب. كل نافذة للقراءة تحتوي على شريط أدوات، فيه ستجد الأدوات الخاصة بتصفح الكتاب المفتوح في هذه النافذة -بالإضافة لأزرار التاريخ التي تشبه تلك التي تراها في متصفح الإنترنت. </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>ترتيب نوافذ القراءة</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>بطبيعة الحال، تستطيع فتح عدة كتب للقراءة في نفس الوقت. هناك عدة طرق لترتيب +بالإضافة لأزرار التاريخ التي تشبه تلك التي تراها في متصفح الإنترنت. </p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>ترتيب نوافذ القراءة</h4></div></div></div><p>بطبيعة الحال، تستطيع فتح عدة كتب للقراءة في نفس الوقت. هناك عدة طرق لترتيب نوافذ القراءة المفتوحة على المكتب. رجاءاً إلق نظرة على قائمة <span class="guimenu"> نافذة </span> من القائمة الرئيسية. ستلاحظ أنك تستطيع التحكم في نوافذ القراءة بشكل كامل بنفسك، أو تترك هذه المهمة لبيبل تايم لتتعامل معها بشكل تلقائي. لتقوم بهذا، عليك إختيار أحد أوضاع الترتيب التلقائي المتاحة من قائمة <span class="guimenu"> نافذة </span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> نمط الترتيب -</span>. قم بتجربتها بنفسك، إنها طريقة بسيطة وفعالة.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>تحرير تعليقاتك الخاصة</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>لتتمكن من تسجيل تعليقاتك الخاصة على فصول من الكتاب المقدس، يتعين عليك تثبيت +</span>. قم بتجربتها بنفسك، إنها طريقة بسيطة وفعالة.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>تحرير تعليقاتك الخاصة</h4></div></div></div><p>لتتمكن من تسجيل تعليقاتك الخاصة على فصول من الكتاب المقدس، يتعين عليك تثبيت كتاب من مكتبة <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس -وير</a>. الكتاب اسمه "Personal commentary"أو "التعليقات الشخصية". </p> - - <p>إذا قمت بفتح كتاب التعليقات الشخصية بالنقر على أيقونته من رف الكتب بزر +وير</a>. الكتاب اسمه "Personal commentary"أو "التعليقات الشخصية". </p><p>إذا قمت بفتح كتاب التعليقات الشخصية بالنقر على أيقونته من رف الكتب بزر الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيسر</span>، سيفتح العنصر في وضع القراءة ولن تتمكن من التحرير في هذا الوضع. إذا كنت تريد تدوين تأملاتك في التعليقات الشخصية، سيتعين عليك النقر على الأيقونة بزر الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيمن</span> وإختيار <span class="guimenu">تحرير هذا الكتاب</span> ثم الإختيار بين <span class="guimenuitem">نص بسيط </span>(محرر شفرة المصدر) أو <span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(محرر واجهة مستخدم رسومية -بسيط من نوع wysiwyg ).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>إذا كان خيار <span class="guimenu">تحرير هذا الكتاب </span> -غير نشط، رجاءاً تأكد من إمتلاكك تصريح الكتابة إلى ملفات التعليقات الشخصية.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>السحب والإفلات يعمل هنا. افلت مرجع آية وسيتم إدراج نص الآية.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> البحث في الكتب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +بسيط من نوع wysiwyg ).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>إذا كان خيار <span class="guimenu">تحرير هذا الكتاب </span> +غير نشط، رجاءاً تأكد من إمتلاكك تصريح الكتابة إلى ملفات التعليقات الشخصية.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>السحب والإفلات يعمل هنا. افلت مرجع آية وسيتم إدراج نص الآية.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> البحث في الكتب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-search.html index dbd1074..d09340d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,107 +1,36 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>البحث في الكتب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="مدير رف الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">البحث في الكتب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>البحث في الكتب</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>بحث النص في نافذة قراءة مفتوحة</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>بإمكانك البحث عن كلمة أو عبارة في نافذة القراءة المفتوحة (مثل اصحاح تقرأه من +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>البحث في الكتب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="مدير رف الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">البحث في الكتب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>البحث في الكتب</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>بحث النص في نافذة قراءة مفتوحة</h3></div></div></div><p>بإمكانك البحث عن كلمة أو عبارة في نافذة القراءة المفتوحة (مثل اصحاح تقرأه من الكتاب المقدس) تماماً بنفس الطريقة التي تعودت عليها في البرامج الأخرى. يمكنك الوصول لهذه الخاصية عن طريق إما النقر بزر الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيمن</span> وإختيار <span class="guimenuitem">بحث ...</span>، أو بإستخدام الإختصار <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. تابع القراءة لتتعرف على كيفية البحث في -كل الكتاب.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>الوصول لنافذة البحث</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>تستطيع البحث في أحد الكتب عن طريق النقر على أيقونته في <span class="guimenu">رف +كل الكتاب.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>الوصول لنافذة البحث</h3></div></div></div><p>تستطيع البحث في أحد الكتب عن طريق النقر على أيقونته في <span class="guimenu">رف الكتب</span> بواسطة رز الفأرة <span class="mousebutton">الأيمن</span> ثم إختيار <span class="guimenuitem">بحث في الكتاب/الكتب</span>. بالضغط المستمر على Shift أو Ctrl من لوحة المفاتيح والنقر بالفأرة على اسماء كتب أخرى تستطيع إختيار أكثر من كتاب ثم اتبع نفس الطريقة لفتح نافذة البحث. سيتم البحث في جميع -الكتب المختارة في نفس التوقيت.</p> - - <p>تستطيع أيضاً الوصول إلى نافذة البحث من خلال قائمة <span class="guimenu">بحث</span> من القائمة الرئيسية، ثم إختيار نمط -البحث المناسب.</p> - - <p>طريقة ثالثة للوصول إلى نافذة البحث من خلال الضغط على أيقونة البحث في نافذة -القراءة المفتوحة.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>ضبط إعدادات البحث</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>إختيار الكتب</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>على رأس لسان الخيارات ستجد <span class="guibutton">اختر</span> (الكتب). إذا كنت تريد +الكتب المختارة في نفس التوقيت.</p><p>تستطيع أيضاً الوصول إلى نافذة البحث من خلال قائمة <span class="guimenu">بحث</span> من القائمة الرئيسية، ثم إختيار نمط +البحث المناسب.</p><p>طريقة ثالثة للوصول إلى نافذة البحث من خلال الضغط على أيقونة البحث في نافذة +القراءة المفتوحة.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>ضبط إعدادات البحث</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>إختيار الكتب</h4></div></div></div><p>على رأس لسان الخيارات ستجد <span class="guibutton">اختر</span> (الكتب). إذا كنت تريد البحث في عدة كتب، انقر على هذا الزر وسيفتح لك هذا قائمة تستطيع من خلالها -إختيار الكتب التي تود البحث فيها.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>إختيار مجالات البحث</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>تستطيع تحديد مجال البحث بجزء من الكتاب المقدس عن طريق إختيار أحد المجالات +إختيار الكتب التي تود البحث فيها.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>إختيار مجالات البحث</h4></div></div></div><p>تستطيع تحديد مجال البحث بجزء من الكتاب المقدس عن طريق إختيار أحد المجالات المحددة مسبقاً من قائمة <span class="guimenu">مجال البحث</span>. تستطيع تحديد نطاق -البحث الخاص بك بالنقر على زر <span class="guibutton">إعداد نطاقات البحث</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>مقدمة في أساسيات صيغ البحث</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>ادخل جملة البحث تفصلها المسافات. ستقوم خاصية البحث إفتراضياً بإرجاع النتائج +البحث الخاص بك بالنقر على زر <span class="guibutton">إعداد نطاقات البحث</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>مقدمة في أساسيات صيغ البحث</h4></div></div></div><p>ادخل جملة البحث تفصلها المسافات. ستقوم خاصية البحث إفتراضياً بإرجاع النتائج التي تطابق كل الكلمات. إذا كنت تريد إيجاد اي من الكلمات المدخلة، اختر زر <span class="guimenu">بعض الكلمات</span>. إذا كنت تريد الحصول على خيارات بحث أكثر تعقيداً.اختر زر <span class="guimenu">حر</span>. سترى أمثلة للبحث بالنقر على <span class="guimenu">جميع الصيغ</span>. - </p> - - <p>تستطيع إستخدام حروف البدل: * تحل محل أي عدد من الحروف، بينما ؟ تحل محل حرف + </p><p>تستطيع إستخدام حروف البدل: * تحل محل أي عدد من الحروف، بينما ؟ تحل محل حرف واحد. إستخدام الأقواس يتيح لك تقسيم كلمات البحث إلى مجموعات، مثل'(يسوع OR -الروح) AND الله'.</p> - - <p>لتبحث نص غير النص الرئيسي، ادخل نوع النص مصحوباً بـ ':' ثم كلمات البحث. ارجع -إلى الأمثلة في الجدول أدناه.</p> - - <p>أنواع النص المتاح: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 3.1. أنواع البحث</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="أنواع البحث" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>بادئة</th><th>المعنى</th><th>مثال</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>يبحث العناوين</td><td>heading:يسوع</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>يبحث الحواشي</td><td>footnote:موسى</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>يبحث أرقام سترونج</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>يبحث رموز الصرفيات</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>تستطيع النقر يميناً على أحد الكتب المثبتة وإختيار <span class="guimenu">'عن'</span> +الروح) AND الله'.</p><p>لتبحث نص غير النص الرئيسي، ادخل نوع النص مصحوباً بـ ':' ثم كلمات البحث. ارجع +إلى الأمثلة في الجدول أدناه.</p><p>أنواع النص المتاح: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 3.1. أنواع البحث</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="أنواع البحث" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>بادئة</th><th>المعنى</th><th>مثال</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>يبحث العناوين</td><td>heading:يسوع</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>يبحث الحواشي</td><td>footnote:موسى</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>يبحث أرقام سترونج</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>يبحث رموز الصرفيات</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>تستطيع النقر يميناً على أحد الكتب المثبتة وإختيار <span class="guimenu">'عن'</span> لمعرفة أي من معايير البحث المذكورة أعلاه متاحة. فليست جميع الكتب تدعم أداء -هذه النوعية من الأبحاث.</p> - </div> - - <p>يستخدم بيبل تايم محرك البحث Lucene لتنفيذ بحثك. وهو يحتوي العديد من الخواص +هذه النوعية من الأبحاث.</p></div><p>يستخدم بيبل تايم محرك البحث Lucene لتنفيذ بحثك. وهو يحتوي العديد من الخواص المتقدمة والتي يمكنك قراءة المزيد عنها من هنا : <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>نتائج البحث</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>هنا تستطيع معرفة كم عدد نتائج البحث التي تم إيجادها، مصنفة حسب الكتاب. النقر +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>نتائج البحث</h3></div></div></div><p>هنا تستطيع معرفة كم عدد نتائج البحث التي تم إيجادها، مصنفة حسب الكتاب. النقر على كتاب بزر الفأرة الأيمن يتيح لك نسخ، حفظ، أو طباعة كل الأعداد التي تم إيجادها في البحث في خطوة واحدة. وبنفس الطريقة تستطيع النقر على واحد من المراجع او أكثر لنسخه، حفظه أو طباعته. النقر على احد المراجع مباشرة يفتح لك -الآية ذات الصلة في نافذة المعاينة بالأسفل.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>قم بسحب مرجع وإسقاطه على أحد الكتب في رف الكتب لفح الكتاب على هذا العدد في -نافذة قراءة جديدة.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>قم بسحب مرجع وإسقاطه على نافذة قراءة مفتوحة، وسيتم الإنتقال إلى هذه الآية.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3> - <p>اختر المراجع وقم بسحبها إلى رف الكتب لإنشاء علامات.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>تحليل نتيجة البحث</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>انقر على <span class="guibutton">تحليل البحث</span> لفتح نافذة تحليل البحث لتحصل على +الآية ذات الصلة في نافذة المعاينة بالأسفل.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>قم بسحب مرجع وإسقاطه على أحد الكتب في رف الكتب لفح الكتاب على هذا العدد في +نافذة قراءة جديدة.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>قم بسحب مرجع وإسقاطه على نافذة قراءة مفتوحة، وسيتم الإنتقال إلى هذه الآية.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-right: 0.5in; margin-left: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">فكرة مفيدة</h3><p>اختر المراجع وقم بسحبها إلى رف الكتب لإنشاء علامات.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>تحليل نتيجة البحث</h4></div></div></div><p>انقر على <span class="guibutton">تحليل البحث</span> لفتح نافذة تحليل البحث لتحصل على تحليل بياني بسيط بعدد كلمات البحث الواردة في كل سفر من الكتاب المقدس، -بإمكانك أيضاً أن تقوم بحفظ هذا التحليل.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +بإمكانك أيضاً أن تقوم بحفظ هذا التحليل.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op.html index baf146a..cb98635 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,20 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">نظرة عامة على البرنامج</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">المكبر (العدسة المكبرة)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">المكتب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">البحث في الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">بحث النص في نافذة قراءة مفتوحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">الوصول لنافذة البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">ضبط إعدادات البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">نتائج البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">إعداد مسارات رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">تثبيت/تحديث الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">حذف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">فهارس البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">التصدير و الطباعة</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>نظرة عامة على البرنامج</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>هذا هو ما تبدو عليه نافذة بيبل تايم القياسية: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم"></td></tr></table></div><p> تستطيع بسهولة أن تميز أجزاء البرنامج +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">نظرة عامة على البرنامج</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">المكبر (العدسة المكبرة)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">المكتب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">البحث في الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">بحث النص في نافذة قراءة مفتوحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">الوصول لنافذة البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">ضبط إعدادات البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">نتائج البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">إعداد مسارات رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">تثبيت/تحديث الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">حذف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">فهارس البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">التصدير و الطباعة</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>نظرة عامة على البرنامج</h2></div></div></div><p>هذا هو ما تبدو عليه نافذة بيبل تايم القياسية: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم"></td></tr></table></div><p> تستطيع بسهولة أن تميز أجزاء البرنامج المختلفة. النافذة العلوية اليسرى تستخدم في فتح الكتب المثبتة في لسان تبويب رف الكتب، ومن خلال لسان التبويب علامات تستطيع إدارة علاماتك. نافذة "المكبر" الصغيرة أسفل رف الكتب تستخدم في عرض معلومات إضافية مضمنة في الوثائق. فمثلاً عندما تمر بمؤشر الفأرة على علامة حاشية سيعرض المكبر المحتوى الفعلي لهذه الحاشية. شريط الأدوات يوفر وصولاً سريعاً للوظائف الهامة، بينما المكتب في -الجانب الأيمن هو المكان التي تقرأ فيه الكتب.</p> - - <p>دعنا الآن نتابع بإلقاء نظرة على الأجزاء المختلفة من التطبيق كل على حدة.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +الجانب الأيمن هو المكان التي تقرأ فيه الكتب.</p><p>دعنا الآن نتابع بإلقاء نظرة على الأجزاء المختلفة من التطبيق كل على حدة.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index d35133f..1167773 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,14 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فهرس الإختصارات</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="مرجع الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فهرس الإختصارات</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 5. المرجع</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>فهرس الإختصارات</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>هذا فهرس لجميع الإختصارات في هذا الدليل مع وصف لكل واحد منها. الإختصارات +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فهرس الإختصارات</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="مرجع الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فهرس الإختصارات</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 5. المرجع</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>فهرس الإختصارات</h2></div></div></div><p>هذا فهرس لجميع الإختصارات في هذا الدليل مع وصف لكل واحد منها. الإختصارات مرتبة أبجدياً. إذا كنت ترغب في معرفة الإختصارات الموجودة تحت قائمة معينة، بإمكانك النظر إلى القائمة نفسها في بيبل تايم (لأنها دائماً ما تعرض الإختصارات)، أو تستطيع النظر إلى <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="مرجع القائمة الرئيسية">مرجع -القائمة الرئيسية </a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>الإختصار</th><th>الوصف</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +القائمة الرئيسية </a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>الإختصار</th><th>الوصف</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>العودة للخلف بالتاريخ في نوافذ القراءة.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -125,6 +119,4 @@ Day</span> Opens a helpful tip to use <span class="application">بيبل تاي يساوي <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار رف الكتب</span> </a> لتبديل عرض رف الكتب.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - يساوي <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار المكبر </span> </a> لتبديل عرض العدسة المكبرة.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">مرجع الكتب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + يساوي <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار المكبر </span> </a> لتبديل عرض العدسة المكبرة.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">مرجع الكتب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 85205a1..8f217bf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,128 +1,75 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>مرجع الكتب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="فهرس الإختصارات"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">مرجع الكتب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 5. المرجع</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>مرجع الكتب</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>مرجع الكتب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="فصل 5. المرجع"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="فهرس الإختصارات"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">مرجع الكتب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 5. المرجع</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>مرجع الكتب</h2></div></div></div><p> في هذا القسم تجد وصفاً للأيقونات الموجودة في نافذة الكتب المفتوحة. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> التقدم للأمام في التاريخ - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> العودة للخلف في التاريخ - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار ترجمة الكتاب المقدس المثبتة - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار ترجمة إضافية للكتاب المقدس - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> البحث في الكتب - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> عرض الإعدادات - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار تفسير مثبت. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار تثبيت إضافي. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> مزامنة المدخل المعروض مع نافذة الكتاب المقدس النشطة. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار كتاب. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار قاموس أو تأملات مثبتة. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> إختيار قاموس أو تأملات إضافية. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 5. المرجع </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فهرس الإختصارات</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 5. المرجع </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فهرس الإختصارات</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference.html index b1482b5..767d08d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 5. المرجع</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="مرجع الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 5. المرجع</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>فصل 5. المرجع</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">مرجع القائمة الرئيسية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 5. المرجع</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="مرجع الكتب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 5. المرجع</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>فصل 5. المرجع</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">مرجع القائمة الرئيسية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">ملف</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> @@ -10,265 +10,158 @@ <span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">مساعدة</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">مرجع الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">فهرس الإختصارات</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>مرجع القائمة الرئيسية</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>في هذا القسم تستطيع إيجاد وصف مفصل لكل بند في القائمة الرئيسية لبيبل تايم + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">مرجع الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">فهرس الإختصارات</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>مرجع القائمة الرئيسية</h2></div></div></div><p>في هذا القسم تستطيع إيجاد وصف مفصل لكل بند في القائمة الرئيسية لبيبل تايم وهي مرتبة بحسب ترتيب ظهورها في بيبل تايم، مع جميع البنود الفرعية المدرجة تحت بند القائمة الأساسية. تستطيع أيضاً أن ترى الإختصار الخاص بكل بند، قائمة -كاملة بجميع الإختصارات موجودة في <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="فهرس الإختصارات">قسم الإختصارات</a>. </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +كاملة بجميع الإختصارات موجودة في <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="فهرس الإختصارات">قسم الإختصارات</a>. </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">ملف</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>ملف</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">خروج</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to +open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>ملف</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">خروج</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">إغلاق بيبل تايم</span> سيسألك بيبل تايم إذا كنت تريد حفظ التغييرات -الغير محفوطة إلى القرص.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +الغير محفوطة إلى القرص.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">نمط ملء الشاشة</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">نمط ملء الشاشة</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">تبديل عرض ملء الشاشة.</span> نشط هذا الخيار لتكبير نافذة بيبل -تايم.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +تايم.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">تبديل عرض رف الكتب. </span> نشط هذا الخيار للتبديل بين إظهار وإخفاء العمود الأيسر. من الممكن أن يكون هذا مفيداً إذا كنت في حاجة لمزيد من -المساحة للمكبر.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +المساحة للمكبر.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">تبديل عرض العلامات. </span> نشط هذا الخيار للتبديل بين إظهار وإخفاء العلامات. من الممكن أن يكون هذا مفيداً إذا كنت في حاجة لمزيد من -المساحة للمكبر.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +المساحة للمكبر.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">تبديل عرض المكبر (العدسة المكبرة). </span> نشط هذا الخيار للتبديل -بين إظهار وإخفاء المكبر من العمود الأيسر.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +بين إظهار وإخفاء المكبر من العمود الأيسر.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">أشرطة -الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار الرئيسي </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تبديل عرض شريط</span> نشط هذا الخيار للتبديل بين إظهار وإخفاء شريط -الأدوات الاساسي.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار الرئيسي </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تبديل عرض شريط</span> نشط هذا الخيار للتبديل بين إظهار وإخفاء شريط +الأدوات الاساسي.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">أشرطة الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار أزرار التصفح </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تبديل عرض أزرار التصفح في الكتب. </span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تبديل عرض أزرار التصفح في الكتب. </span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو إزالة أزرار التصفح إلى الكتب. من الممكن أن يكون هذا مفيداً في رؤية شريط -الأدوات كاملاً في الكتب المفتوحة.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +الأدوات كاملاً في الكتب المفتوحة.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">أشرطة الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار الكتب </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تبديل أشرطة الأدوات في الكتب.</span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو -إزالة أيقونات الكتب في الكتب المفتوحة.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تبديل أشرطة الأدوات في الكتب.</span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو +إزالة أيقونات الكتب في الكتب المفتوحة.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">أشرطة الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار الأدوات</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تبديل الأدوات في الكتب.</span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو إزالة -أيقونات الأدوات في الكتب المفتوحة.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تبديل الأدوات في الكتب.</span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو إزالة +أيقونات الأدوات في الكتب المفتوحة.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">أشرطة الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار التنسيق</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تبديل التنسيق.</span> نشط هذا الخيار وأنت تقوم بتحرير النص الفائق -HTML في التعليقات الشخصية. سيتم إضافة أو إزالة شريط التنسيق.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تبديل التنسيق.</span> نشط هذا الخيار وأنت تقوم بتحرير النص الفائق +HTML في التعليقات الشخصية. سيتم إضافة أو إزالة شريط التنسيق.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">أشرطة الأدوات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إظهار أشرطة الأدوات في النوافذ النصية </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تبديل أشرطة الأدوات في الكتاب. </span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو -إزالة شريط الأدوات الكامل في الكتب المفتوحة.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تبديل أشرطة الأدوات في الكتاب. </span> نشط هذا الخيار لإضافة أو +إزالة شريط الأدوات الكامل في الكتب المفتوحة.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">بحث</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>بحث</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">بحث -في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">يفتح نافذة البحث للبحث في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية +في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">يفتح نافذة البحث للبحث في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية فقط</span>. يمكن إضافة ترجمات أخرى من نافذة البحث. يمكنك إيجاد وصف أكثر تفصيلاً عن البحث في قسم <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب">البحث في الكتب -</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">بحث في الكتب -المفتوحة</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">يفتح نافذة البحث للبحث في الكتب المفتوحة</span>. يمكن إضافة كتب -أخرى من نافذة البحث. يمكنك إيجاد وصف أكثر تفصيلاً عن البحث في قسم <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب">البحث في الكتب </a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +المفتوحة</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">يفتح نافذة البحث للبحث في الكتب المفتوحة</span>. يمكن إضافة كتب +أخرى من نافذة البحث. يمكنك إيجاد وصف أكثر تفصيلاً عن البحث في قسم <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="البحث في الكتب">البحث في الكتب </a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">نافذة</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إغلاق النافذة -</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">يغلق النافذة النشطة </span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">يغلق النافذة النشطة </span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إغلاق كل النوافذ </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">يغلق كل النوافذ المفتوحة </span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">تدريج</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">إغلاق كل النوافذ </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">يغلق كل النوافذ المفتوحة </span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">تدريج</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">تدريج كل النوافذ المفتوحة </span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">ترتيب</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">ترتيب</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">ترتيب كل النوافذ المفتوحة </span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">ترتيب عمودي -</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">ترتيب كل النوافذ المفتوحة عمودياً بشكل تلقائي </span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">ترتيب أفقي -</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">ترتيب كل النوافذ المفتوحة أفقياً بشكل تلقائي </span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">نمط الترتيب</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">تتحكم في سلوك ترتيب النافذة الرئيسية </span>. من القائمة المفتوحة، + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">تتحكم في سلوك ترتيب النافذة الرئيسية </span>. من القائمة المفتوحة، تستطيع تحديد ما إذا كنت ترغب في تولي مهمة ترتيب النافذة بنفسك (الطريقة اليديوية) أو تتركها للبرنامج ليقوم تلقائياً بإختيار وضع الألسنة، ترتيب عمودي تلقائي، ترتيب أفقي تلقائي، ترتيب تلقائي أو تدريج تلقائي. قم بتجربة -الإختيارات بنفسك لتراها عملياً.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +الإختيارات بنفسك لتراها عملياً.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">حفظ جلسة </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">يقوم بحفظ الجلسة الحالية مباشرة </span>. هذا سيفتح قائمة منها تستطيع إختيار جلسة موجودة سابقاً للحفظ إليها وإستبدالها بجلستك الحالية. أنظر -النقطة التالية لمعرفة كيفية الحفظ كجلسة جديدة.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">حفظ كجلسة جديدة </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +النقطة التالية لمعرفة كيفية الحفظ كجلسة جديدة.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">حفظ كجلسة جديدة </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">تحميل جلسة </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">يقوم بتحميل جلسة موجودة سابقاً </span>. هذا سيفتح قائمة منها -تستطيع إختيار جلسة سابقة للتحميل.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +تستطيع إختيار جلسة سابقة للتحميل.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">نافذة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">حذف جلسة </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">يقوم بحذف جلسة موجودة سابقاً </span>. هذا سيقوم بفتح نافذة منها -تستطيع إختيار جلسة موجودة سابقاً لتحذف.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +تستطيع إختيار جلسة موجودة سابقاً لتحذف.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>إعدادات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">ضبط إعدادات بيبل تايم</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">يفتح نافذة ضبط إعدادات بيبل تايم الرئيسية</span>. هناك تستطيع ضبط -كل الإعدادات ليتلاءم بيبل تايم مع إحتياجاتك. يرجى الرجوع إلى <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم">قسم ضبط إعدادات بيبل تايم</a> لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>إعدادات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">يفتح النافذة التي تستطيع من خلالها تغيير إعدادات سورد وإدارة رف + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">يفتح نافذة ضبط إعدادات بيبل تايم الرئيسية</span>. هناك تستطيع ضبط +كل الإعدادات ليتلاءم بيبل تايم مع إحتياجاتك. يرجى الرجوع إلى <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم">قسم ضبط إعدادات بيبل تايم</a> لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>إعدادات</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">يفتح النافذة التي تستطيع من خلالها تغيير إعدادات سورد وإدارة رف الكتب الخاص بك</span>. يرجى الرجوع إلى <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="مدير رف الكتب">قسم مدير رف الكتب </a> لمزيد من -التفاصيل.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +التفاصيل.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">مساعدة</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>مساعدة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">دليل الإستخدام</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">يفتح دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</span> الذي تقوم بقراءته الآن.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>مساعدة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">دليل الإستخدام</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">يفتح دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</span> الذي تقوم بقراءته الآن.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>مساعدة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">مساعدة كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس -</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">يفتح دليل عن كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </span> يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون هذا الدليل سبباً في تشجيع القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك -تخذل.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +تخذل.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful +tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">مساعدة</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">عن</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">يفتح نافذة تحتوي معلومات عن مشروع بيبل تايم </span> هنا تجد معلومات عن نسخة برنامج بيبل تايم، المساهمين في المشروع، نسخة برنامج سورد، -نسخة برنامج كيوت وإتفاقية الترخيص.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> مرجع الكتب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +نسخة برنامج كيوت وإتفاقية الترخيص.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 4. ضبط بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> مرجع الكتب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 1a65d08..cf82da2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>إذا كانت هذه أول مرة تقوم فيها بتشغيل بيبل تايم، بالتأكيد ستحب ضبط الخيارات +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</h2></div></div></div><p>إذا كانت هذه أول مرة تقوم فيها بتشغيل بيبل تايم، بالتأكيد ستحب ضبط الخيارات التالية، الموجودة تحت <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="إعدادات">شريط -قوائم إعدادات</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +قوائم إعدادات</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">نافذة ضبط إعدادات بيبل تايم</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">لتخصيص بيبل تايم. </span> تتيح لك هذه النافذة ضبط البرنامج ليلاءم إحتياجاتك. يرجى قراءة <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم">الوصف التفصيلي </a> -لهذه النافذة.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +لهذه النافذة.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">مدير رف الكتب </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">لتعديل رف الكتب. </span>. تتيح لك هذه النافذة تعديل رف كتبك، + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">لتعديل رف الكتب. </span>. تتيح لك هذه النافذة تعديل رف كتبك، بإضافة أو حذف الكتب من النظام الخاص بك. هذه النافذة ستظهر فقط إن لم ينجح العثور على رف كتب إفتراضي. يرجى الرجوع إلى <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="مدير رف الكتب">قسم مدير رف الكتب </a> لمزيد من التفاصيل. إذا كنت ترغب في البدء برف كتب فارغ، سيكون من المفيد تثبيت على الأقل ترجمة واحدة للكتاب المقدس، تفسير، قاموس وكتاب واحد ليتيح لك التعرف على الخصائص الأساسية في بيبل تايم بسرعة. تستطيع فعل ذلك بالنقر على زر التحديث -لتحصل على قائمة بالكتب المتاحة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +لتحصل على قائمة بالكتب المتاحة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. تشغيل البرنامج</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-term.html index c60e188..8691166 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">كيفية تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">تخصيص بداية البرنامج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>كيفية تشغيل بيبل تايم</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>تشغيل بيبل تايم</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>بيبل تايم هو ملف تنفيذي يعمل من سطح المكتب. تستطيع تشغيل بيبل تايم من قائمة -ابدأ عن طريق هذه الأيقونة : </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="أيقونة تشغيل بيبل تايم"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p>يمكن تشغيل بيبل تايم أيضاً عبر سطر الأوامر في الطرفية. لتشغيل بيبل تايم افتح -نافذة الطرفية واكتب : </p><pre class="screen">بيبل تايم</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>تخصيص بداية البرنامج</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>تستطيع من خلال الطرفية إستخدام بيبل تايم لفتح آية في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>فصل 2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">كيفية تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">تخصيص بداية البرنامج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>كيفية تشغيل بيبل تايم</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>تشغيل بيبل تايم</h3></div></div></div><p>بيبل تايم هو ملف تنفيذي يعمل من سطح المكتب. تستطيع تشغيل بيبل تايم من قائمة +ابدأ عن طريق هذه الأيقونة : </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="أيقونة تشغيل بيبل تايم"></td></tr></table></div><p>يمكن تشغيل بيبل تايم أيضاً عبر سطر الأوامر في الطرفية. لتشغيل بيبل تايم افتح +نافذة الطرفية واكتب : </p><pre class="screen">بيبل تايم</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>تخصيص بداية البرنامج</h3></div></div></div><p>تستطيع من خلال الطرفية إستخدام بيبل تايم لفتح آية في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية بطريقة عشوائية: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> لفتح آية معينة مثل John 3:16, إستخدم : </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p> تستطيع -أيضاً إستخدام اسماء الأسفار باللغة العربية.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. مقدمة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +أيضاً إستخدام اسماء الأسفار باللغة العربية.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. مقدمة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html index d6dde6b..12e96b9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html @@ -1,18 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with كيوت framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the سورد programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير ."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p> - <p><span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with كيوت framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the سورد programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير ."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p><span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">كيوت</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">سورد</span> programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير </span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. مقدمة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">عن بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">الكتب المتاحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">الدافع</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">كيفية تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">تخصيص بداية البرنامج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. تشغيل البرنامج</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">نظرة عامة على البرنامج</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">المكبر (العدسة المكبرة)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">المكتب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">البحث في الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">بحث النص في نافذة قراءة مفتوحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">الوصول لنافذة البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">ضبط إعدادات البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">نتائج البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">إعداد مسارات رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">تثبيت/تحديث الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">حذف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">فهارس البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">التصدير و الطباعة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. ضبط بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +provided by the <span class="application">جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير </span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. مقدمة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">عن بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">الكتب المتاحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">الدافع</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">كيفية تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">تشغيل بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">تخصيص بداية البرنامج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">تشغيل بيبل تايم للمرة الأولى</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. تشغيل البرنامج</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">نظرة عامة على البرنامج</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">أجزاء من نافذة تطبيق بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">المكبر (العدسة المكبرة)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">المكتب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">البحث في الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">بحث النص في نافذة قراءة مفتوحة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">الوصول لنافذة البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">ضبط إعدادات البحث</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">نتائج البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">مدير رف الكتب </span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">إعداد مسارات رف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">تثبيت/تحديث الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">حذف الكتب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">فهارس البحث</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">التصدير و الطباعة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. ضبط بيبل تايم</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">نافذة ضبط بيبل تايم </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">عرض</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">المكتب</span> @@ -32,12 +23,4 @@ provided by the <span class="application">جمعية الكتاب المقدس <span class="guimenu">إعدادات</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">مساعدة</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">مرجع الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">فهرس الإختصارات</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">أنواع البحث</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">خطوط يونيكود</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. مقدمة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">مرجع الكتب</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">فهرس الإختصارات</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">أنواع البحث</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">خطوط يونيكود</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. مقدمة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html index 76152d5..9bf3cb6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> @@ -6,98 +6,43 @@ <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> které najdete pod volbou -<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> které najdete pod volbou +<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit výběrem <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost + </h3></div></div></div><p>Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p></li></ul></div><p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se -náhled v pravém poli.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem <span class="application">SWORD</span> můžete nyní v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem <span class="application">SWORD</span> můžete nyní v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu "křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste zvolili. S -pomocí textových filtrů můžete nastavit vzhled textu.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +pomocí textových filtrů můžete nastavit vzhled textu.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud -je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p> - - <p>V základním nastavení používá <span class="application">BibleTime</span> výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je + </h3></div></div></div><p>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud +je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>V základním nastavení používá <span class="application">BibleTime</span> výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je to nezbytné, můžete to změnit. Některé jazyky vyžadují pro správné zobrazení speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo pro každý -jazyk.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které +jazyk.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které se zajímáte zobrazena správně, není potřeba zde nic měnit.Pokud se dílo zobrazuje jen jako řetězec otazníků (?????) nebo prázdných čtverců, pak -víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle. </p> - - <p>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít +víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle. </p><p>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které -se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více +se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více informací můžete použít <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Online kolekce písem</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online kolekce písem</p></li></ul></div><p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných písem neobsahuje všechny znaky definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtít použít různá písma -pro různé jazyky.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Možná nejlepší svobodné písmo Unicode, pokrývá široký výběr znaků.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> @@ -114,30 +59,14 @@ Bitstream CyberBit</a> závislosti na jejich velikosti.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( + </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Vícejazyčná Unicode TrueType Fonts na internetu</a>), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> výběr znaků Unicode -a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto + </h3></div></div></div><p>Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> má definovány horké klávesy (kompletní seznam naleznete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">Horké klávesy</a>). Většině příkazů <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zde může přiřadit horké klávesy. To je velmi užitečné pro rychlý -přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html index a1f7990..9e925fb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,55 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitola 1. Úvod</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitola 1. Úvod</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných +text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných projektem <span class="application">SWORD</span>. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů naleznete ve<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> -vývojářské sekci</a> na stránkách projektu <span class="application">SWORD</span>, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bible</span></dt><dd> - <p>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo +vývojářské sekci</a> na stránkách projektu <span class="application">SWORD</span>, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bible</span></dt><dd><p>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis (Kodex Leningradský; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je -nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu <span class="application">SWORD</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd> - <p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The -Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd> - <p>Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna +nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu <span class="application">SWORD</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The +Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna Wesleyho, komentáře Matthewa Henryho a Lutherův "Komentář ke galatským." Pomocí <span class="emphasis"><em>Osobního</em></span>komentáře můžete<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"> nahrát osobní sešit poznámek</a> do -biblických sekcí.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd> - <p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří -"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd> - <p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the +biblických sekcí.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd><p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří +"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s +Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s Ním. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitní program stále jednoduchý a -intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce -nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce +nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index db846ca..10bdd33 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,35 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> je nástroj pro správu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> je nástroj pro správu knihovny. Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat -či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> v hlavním menu.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Pokud je toto poprvé co spouštíte <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, klikněte na tlačítko Obnovit -pro zobrazení seznamu děl nabízených <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud je toto poprvé co spouštíte <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, klikněte na tlačítko Obnovit +pro zobrazení seznamu děl nabízených <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale +Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění knihovny. Když zapnete <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD -vloženo v mechanice.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +vloženo v mechanice.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> @@ -37,9 +15,7 @@ modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton"> list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete -library</span>.</p> - - <p>Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se +library</span>.</p><p>Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se chcete připojit a umístění lokální knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom klikněte na tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Spojit s knihovnou</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> prověří obsah knihovny a předloží vám seznam děl, které můžete do své @@ -47,22 +23,10 @@ knihovny přidat, nebo děl, které jsou již nainstalované, ale jsou dostupné novější verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete označit všechna díla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na <span class="guibutton">Instalovat díla</span>. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaší -knihovny.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní +knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní místo na disku. Jednoduše označte položky a klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Odstranit -díla</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné -indexy smazaných děl.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné +indexy smazaných děl.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html index e3f3eb8..d1ffbea 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši. V závislosti na kontextu je možné <span class="guimenuitem">Vybrat</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Kopírovat</span> (do schránky), @@ -8,10 +6,7 @@ je možné <span class="guimenuitem">Vybrat</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Tisknout</span>. to funguje např. v aktivním okně když kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verše, nebo na stránce výsledků hledání při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů. Je to velmi -přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p> - - <p>Tisk z <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud +přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p><p>Tisk z <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud vytváříte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahující text děl z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, doporučujeme formátovat dokument za použití systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu -prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 95a3036..d872d14 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,138 +1,65 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své -záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte +záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> tlačítkem myši na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno -pro čtení díla se objeví na ploše.</p> - - <p>Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít stejnou pasáž v jiném díle, můžete +pro čtení díla se objeví na ploše.</p><p>Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít stejnou pasáž v jiném díle, můžete použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> tlačítkem myši na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a přetáhněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetáhnout odkaz verše na -existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na symbol +existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na symbol díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto dílo. <span class="guimenuitem">"O tomto díle"</span>otevře okno s mnoha zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. <span class="guimenuitem">"Odemknout toto dílo"</span> otevře malý dialog pro zašifrované dokumenty, kde můžete vložit přístupový kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených dílech se podívejte na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Zamčené -moduly</a> na webu <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> +moduly</a> na webu <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<span class="guimenuitem">"Hledat v díle(ch)"</span>. Stiskem klávesy Shift a kliknutím na další díla můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevřením vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve všech těchto dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete v sekci -<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">Vyhledávání v dílech</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">Vyhledávání v dílech</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Chyť & pust dílo</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p> Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na kategorii záložek v knihovně a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Vytvořit novou složku"</span>, pokud chcete vytvořit novou podsložku záložek. Můžete použít běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k přetáhnutí odkazu verše z otevřených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejně tak -pro přesouvání záložek mezi složkami.</p> - <p>Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K +pro přesouvání záložek mezi složkami.</p><p>Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K tomu otevřete <span class="guimenu">kontextové menu</span> adresáře záložek jak bylo popsáno předtím a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportovat záložky"</span>. Toto otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce -záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</p> - - <p>Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na adresáře a -záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš +záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</p><p>Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na adresáře a +záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu -samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Zde můžete +samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Zde můžete otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">hledat</a> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky -v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">dolů</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, +v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">dolů</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, můžete jednoduše otevírat díla pro čtení kliknutím na jejich symbol v knihovně. Okno díla se otevře na ploše. Každé okno díla má nástrojovou lištu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dílem, například tlačítka -historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik +historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Toho docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou přístupné přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a -funguje to.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat +funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat dílo z knihovny <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>, které -se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář").</p> - - <p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> +se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář").</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se v módu pro čtení. V tomto módu není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznámku, musíte ho otevřít pomocí <span class="mousebutton">pravého</span> tlačítka myši a zvolit <span class="guimenu">Editovat toto dílo</span> a potom také <span class="guimenuitem">Prostý text</span> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Pokud je položka <span class="guimenu">Upravit toto dílo</span> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu -do souborů osobních komentářů.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho -text.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud je položka <span class="guimenu">Upravit toto dílo</span> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu +do souborů osobních komentářů.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho +text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html index b65a177..fbb13b9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,113 +1,42 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně (např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a zvolením <span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat -v celých dílech.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem +v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na symbol v <span class="guimenu">Knihovně</span> a vybráním <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve vybraných dílech</span>. Přidržením Shift nebo Ctrl a kliknutím na jména dalších děl můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté následuje stejný postup otevření dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve všech -těchto dílech najednou.</p> - - <p>Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> z hlavního menu a vybráním -odpovídající položky.</p> - - <p>Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v -aktuálním okně.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo +těchto dílech najednou.</p><p>Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> z hlavního menu a vybráním +odpovídající položky.</p><p>Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v +aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo Choose)</span> (díla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve více dílech, klikněte na toto tlačítko, poté vám bude nabídnuto menu s možností výběru děl ve -kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z +kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z definovaných oblastí v seznamu <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko -<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Vložte vyhledávané fráze oddělené mezerami. Ve výchozím nastavení vrátí +<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte vyhledávané fráze oddělené mezerami. Ve výchozím nastavení vrátí funkce vyhledávání výsledky obsahující všechna slova. Pokud chcete vyhledat pouze některá z vložených slov, zvolte <span class="guimenu">Některá slova</span>. Pokud si přejete provést komplexnější vyhledávání, zvolte <span class="guimenu">Svobodný</span> . Příklady vyhledávání uvidíte po kliknutí na <span class="guimenu">plná sklatba</span>. - </p> - - <p>Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' + </p><p>Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' zastupující libovolný jeden znak. Použití závorek vám dovoluje seskupovat -hledané výrazy, např. '(Ježíš OR duch) AND Bůh'</p> - - <p>Pro vyhledávání jiného než hlavního textu vložte určitou předponu +hledané výrazy, např. '(Ježíš OR duch) AND Bůh'</p><p>Pro vyhledávání jiného než hlavního textu vložte určitou předponu následovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. Podívejte se na následující -tabulku příkladů.</p> - - <p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledávání</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Typy vyhledávání" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th><th>Příklad</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá hlavičky</td><td>heading:Ježíš</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td><td>footnote:Mojžíš</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Můžete kliknout na nainstalované dílo a vybrat <span class="guimenu">O...</span> pro +tabulku příkladů.</p><p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledávání</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Typy vyhledávání" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th><th>Příklad</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá hlavičky</td><td>heading:Ježíš</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td><td>footnote:Mojžíš</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Můžete kliknout na nainstalované dílo a vybrat <span class="guimenu">O...</span> pro nalzení nejvhodnějších z výše uvedených kritérií. Ne všechna díla mají -zabudovány vlastnosti odpovídající tomuto typu vyhledávání.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho +zabudovány vlastnosti odpovídající tomuto typu vyhledávání.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle děl. Kliknutí na dílo <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši vám umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše které byli v daném díle nalezeny. Kliknutím na jeden nebo více odkazů ke kopírování, uložení nebo tisku. Kliknutí na určitý odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně -náhledu.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na -tomto verši v novém okně.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na -požadovanou pozici.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy +náhledu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na +tomto verši v novém okně.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na +požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy vyhledávání. Zobrazí jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množství nalezených -řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html index 66300c7..589af5d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,21 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p> - - <p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 8bbd4e6..c90865b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete se podívat přímo do nabídek <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (vždy se zde zobrazují horké klávesy), nebo si prohlédněte <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">Přehled -hlavního menu</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Horká klávesa</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +hlavního menu</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Horká klávesa</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Posune zpět v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -120,6 +114,4 @@ knih</span> </a>otevře správce knih.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit knihovnu</span> </a>zapne zobrazení knihovny.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 2572d44..a987719 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,128 +1,75 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Odkazy</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><p> V této sekci najdete popis ikon přiřazených k otevřeným dílům. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Posouvá vpřed historií. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Posouvá zpět historií. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyberte nainstalovanou bibli. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyberte další bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyhledávání ve vybraných dílech - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Nastavení zobrazení - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyberte nainstalované komentáře. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyberte další komentáře. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Synchronizovat zobrazený údaj s aktivním oknem Bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vber knihu. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyberte nainstalovaný glosář nebo modlitbu. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Vyberte další glosář nebo modlitbu. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html index 3a4ad60..96fe482 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> @@ -10,267 +10,160 @@ <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, včetně podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech horkých kláves naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">sekce -horkých kláves</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +horkých kláves</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to +open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zavře <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> se vás zeptá, jestli si -přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Přepíná zobrazení přes celou obrazovku.</span> Aktivujte tuto -možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení knihovny.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud -potřebujete více času pro časopis.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +potřebujete více času pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení knihovny.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud -potřebujete více místa pro časopis.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +potřebujete více místa pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení časopisu.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí -nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn +the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in +Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí Bibli</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další -díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání najdete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">Vyhledávání v dílech</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání najdete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">Vyhledávání v dílech</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in -open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech</span>. Do +open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána, či z něj odebrána, další -díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání naleznete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">Vyhledávání v dílech</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání naleznete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">Vyhledávání v dílech</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close -window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Všechna otevřená okna do kaskády</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Rozmístit všechna otevřená okna jako dlaždice</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna vertikálně</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna horizontálně.</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení.</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete zvolit již uložené sezení, které bude přepsáno vaším aktuálním. Podívejte se -na další položku jak uložit nové sezení.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +na další položku jak uložit nové sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení pod novým jménem</span>. Zeptá se na jméno -pro uložení sezení.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +pro uložení sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Načte existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete -vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vymaže existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde -můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Otevře hlavní konfigurační dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Můžete + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevře hlavní konfigurační dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Můžete nastavit všechny vlastnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, podle vašich potřeb. Prosím navštivte sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a> -pro více informací.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení <span class="application">SWORD</span> a spravovat -svou knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">Správce knihovny</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +pro více informací.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení <span class="application">SWORD</span> a spravovat +svou knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v sekci <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">Správce knihovny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Otevře příručku <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>, kterou právě čtete.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Otevře příručku <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>, kterou právě čtete.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevře průvodce jak studovat Bibli</span>. Přáním týmu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo čtenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu dozvědět se co říkají. Tato příručka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. Očekáváme, že budete číst a studovat Písma, abyste jim rozuměli. Když začnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno -Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful +tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> obsahuje informace o verzi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi <span class="application">SWORD</span>, verzi -<span class="application">Qt</span> a licenční ujednání.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">Qt</span> a licenční ujednání.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 322cfe4..97854ae 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,19 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to +configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Přizpůsobí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>Tento dialog vám dovolí přizpůsobit -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Upravit vaši knihovnu.</span> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Upravit vaši knihovnu.</span> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému. Bude zobrazen pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím podívejte se do sekce <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">Správce knihovny</a>, @@ -21,6 +13,4 @@ pokud se chcete dozvědět více. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude užitečné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. To můžete udělat kliknutím na tlačítko obnovit. Bude vám předložen seznam děl, které -jsou dostupné z <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +jsou dostupné z <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html index 07e17bb..c478a1a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p> You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 5625709..1ea4d2b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,18 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> @@ -32,12 +23,4 @@ provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Typy vyhledávání</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Typy vyhledávání</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html index a8246ca..c7c9b5f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 4. BibleTime konfigurieren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 4. BibleTime konfigurieren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Anzeige</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Arbeitsfläche</span> @@ -6,37 +6,20 @@ <span class="guimenu">Sprachen</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Tastenkürzel</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> im -Hauptmenü finden.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Die <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Benutzeroberfläche kann auf vielfältige Art ihren Ansprüchen +Hauptmenü finden.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</h2></div></div></div><p>Die <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Benutzeroberfläche kann auf vielfältige Art ihren Ansprüchen angepasst werden. Sie können auf den Konfigurationsdialog über die Auswahl von <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> -<span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</span>. gelangen.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</span>. gelangen.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Anzeige</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden + </h3></div></div></div><p>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden Optionen aus: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Startlogo anzeigen</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Startlogo anzeigen</p></li></ul></div><p>Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer -Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Arbeitsfläche</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Viele Funktionen, die vom <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, + </h3></div></div></div><p>Viele Funktionen, die vom <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, können nun in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz @@ -44,73 +27,35 @@ spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben. Unter Mitverwendung -von Textfiltern, können Sie die Erscheinungsform des Textes bestimmen.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +von Textfiltern, können Sie die Erscheinungsform des Textes bestimmen.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Sprachen</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel + </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, -und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</p> - - <p>Standardmäßig verwendet <span class="application">BibleTime</span> die System-Standardschrift zur +und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</p><p>Standardmäßig verwendet <span class="application">BibleTime</span> die System-Standardschrift zur Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu -spezifizieren.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Der Optionendialog - Schriften"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die +spezifizieren.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Der Optionendialog - Schriften"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen (??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass die -Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält.</p> - - <p>Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem +Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält.</p><p>Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen "Benutzerdefinierte Schrift verwenden" aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu -installieren.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang +installieren.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch das <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> -Unicode-HOWTO</a> lesen.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Wenn Sie eine kleine Schriftart wie Clearlyu (etwa 22kb) verwenden, wird -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> schneller laufen als mit einer großen Schriftart wie <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (etwa 12MB).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ihre *nix-Distribution.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Eine bestehende <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>®-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream -erhältlich sind.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser +Unicode-HOWTO</a> lesen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wenn Sie eine kleine Schriftart wie Clearlyu (etwa 22kb) verwenden, wird +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> schneller laufen als mit einer großen Schriftart wie <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (etwa 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Ihre *nix-Distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eine bestehende <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>®-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream +erhältlich sind.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten enthält alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also -evtl. verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +evtl. verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen Zeichenbereich ab.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -129,32 +74,16 @@ seine Größe verlangsamen.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Ist in einigen Dis Hebräisch, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von + </td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von Christoph Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), oder eine von Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Tastenkürzel</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Tastenkürzel (ehemals HotKeys) sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle + </h3></div></div></div><p>Tastenkürzel (ehemals HotKeys) sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Befehlen hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (siehe hierzu den <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis">Abschnitt über die Tastenkürzel</a> für eine komplette Auflistung). Den meisten Befehlen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann hier ein Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr -hilfreich, um die meistbenutzten Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>Im vorherigen Beispiel, F2, wurde der Anleitung zum Bibelstudium ein zweiter -Kurzbefehl, CTRL+2, zugewiesen.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +hilfreich, um die meistbenutzten Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>Im vorherigen Beispiel, F2, wurde der Anleitung zum Bibelstudium ein zweiter +Kurzbefehl, CTRL+2, zugewiesen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html index f6e9281..92f7397 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,61 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>-Bibliothek, welche die zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zur Verfügung stellt, so zum Beispiel das Anzeigen von Bibeltexten, das Suchen in ihnen -usw. <span class="application">SWORD</span> ist das Hauptprodukt der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der +usw. <span class="application">SWORD</span> ist das Hauptprodukt der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der Formate vorliegen, die vom <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">Entwicklerseiten</a> -des <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Projektes der <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> zu finden.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind von der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> erhältlich. Dazu gehören: -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd> - <p>Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, +des <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Projektes der <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> zu finden.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind von der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> erhältlich. Dazu gehören: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd><p>Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebräisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der -fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Projektes.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Bücher</span></dt><dd> - <p>Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und -"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentare</span></dt><dd> - <p>Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Projektes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Bücher</span></dt><dd><p>Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und +"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentare</span></dt><dd><p>Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers "Kommentar über Galater". " Mit dem <span class="emphasis"><em>Persönlichen</em></span> Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">Ihre eigenen Notizen</a> über -Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Andachtsbücher</span></dt><dd> - <p>Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes -Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lexika / Wörterbücher</span></dt><dd> - <p>Zu den verfügbaren Lexika gehören: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Andachtsbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes +Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexika / Wörterbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Zu den verfügbaren Lexika gehören: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, und die International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Verfügbare Wörterbücher umfassen Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913 und -Nave's Topical Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, +Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott -gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, -ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, +ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 9f2ce4b..446d93b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,40 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Die <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> ist ein Werkzeug, das +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Die <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> ist ein Werkzeug, das Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> im Hauptmenü -klicken.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Wenn Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zum ersten Mal starten, klicken Sie auf die +klicken.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wenn Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zum ersten Mal starten, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Auffrischen..., um eine Liste der von der <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> zur Verfügung -gestellten Werke einzusehen.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Hier können Sie festlegen, wo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte +gestellten Werke einzusehen.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie festlegen, wo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist "~/.sword/" auf *nix und "C:\Dokumente und -Einstellungen\Alle Benutzer\Anwendungsdaten\Sword" für Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte +Einstellungen\Alle Benutzer\Anwendungsdaten\Sword" für Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie -eingelegt ist.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Werke installieren/updaten</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Sammlung von Werken +eingelegt ist.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Werke installieren/updaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Sammlung von Werken (genannt "Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein (z.B. eine <span class="application">SWORD</span>-CD) oder ferngelegen (z.B. Crosswire's Online-Repository @@ -43,9 +21,7 @@ anbietet). Installieren Sie andere Quellen durch Betätigen des Knopfes <span class="guibutton">Liste holen...</span> im geöffneten Dialog <span class="guibutton">Neue Installationsquelle</span>. Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit <span class="guibutton">Hinzufügen...</span> und <span class="guibutton">Löschen...</span> -verwalten.</p> - - <p>Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie +verwalten.</p><p>Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Auffrischen...</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> wird den Inhalt @@ -55,22 +31,10 @@ die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf <span class="guibutton">Installieren...</span> klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem -Bücherregal übertragen.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem +Bücherregal übertragen.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei -einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Entfernen...</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Suchindizes</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste -Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> +einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Entfernen...</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Suchindizes</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste +Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 01e75ae..05a0b53 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime konfigurieren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime konfigurieren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit <span class="guimenuitem">Auswählen</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Kopieren</span> (zur Zwischenablage), @@ -9,11 +7,8 @@ zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's -einfach mal.</p> - - <p>Das Drucken in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel +einfach mal.</p><p>Das Drucken in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel gedacht. Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text aus <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr -Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> aus direkt zu drucken.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> aus direkt zu drucken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 67ebc0b..0481192 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,33 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können -sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte +sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument -zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p> - - <p>Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des +zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><p>Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der <span class="mousebutton">linken Maustaste</span> auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes -Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Wenn Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten</span> Maustaste auf das Symbol +Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten</span> Maustaste auf das Symbol eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk relevanten Einträgen. <span class="guimenuitem">"Über..."</span> öffnet ein Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte @@ -35,114 +18,58 @@ Werk. <span class="guimenuitem">"Entschlüsseln..."</span> öffnet ein kleines Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere Informationen über gesperrte Werke, lesen Sie bitte die Seite über <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top">gesperrte -Module</a> auf der Website der <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der +Module</a> auf der Website der <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten</span> Maustaste auf sein Symbol klicken und <span class="guimenuitem">"Suche in..."</span> auswählen. Indem Sie Umschalt und auf andere Werke klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der -Arbeitsweise der Suchfunktionenkönnen Sie im Abschnitt<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">In Werken suchen</a> finden.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +Arbeitsweise der Suchfunktionenkönnen Sie im Abschnitt<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">In Werken suchen</a> finden.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p> Klicken Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf den Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie <span class="guimenuitem">"Neuer Ordner"</span> aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie können normale Drag&Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um -Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen.</p> - <p>Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren +Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen.</p><p>Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das <span class="guimenuitem">Kontextmenü</span> des Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie <span class="guimenuitem">"Aus Verzeichnis exportieren..."</span>. Dies wird ein Dialogfenster öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das -Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise.</p> - - <p>Auch können Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf -Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein +Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise.</p><p>Auch können Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf +Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie -es einfach aus.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> statt. Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">suchen</a> und sogar ihre persönlichen -Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">unten</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Wie wir <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">bereits gesehen</a> +Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">unten</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wie wir <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">bereits gesehen</a> haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie -von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt +von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span>-Menü im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder <span class="application">BibleTime</span> die automatische Anordnung überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und -funktioniert.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein +funktioniert.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> installieren. Dieses Werk heißt -"Persönlicher Kommentar".</p> - - <p>Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im +"Persönlicher Kommentar".</p><p>Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im Bücherregal mit der <span class="mousebutton">linken Maustaste</span> öffnen, wird dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> öffnen und dann <span class="guimenu">Bearbeiten</span> und dann entweder <span class="guimenuitem">Reintext</span> (Quellcode-Editor) oder -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Falls <span class="guimenu">Bearbeiten</span> deaktiviert +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Falls <span class="guimenu">Bearbeiten</span> deaktiviert ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des -persönlichen Kommentars besitzen.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, -um den Text des Verses einzufügen.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +persönlichen Kommentars besitzen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, +um den Text des Verses einzufügen.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 9d576e3..0c1fbab 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,125 +1,54 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</h3></div></div></div><p>Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> und Auswahl von <span class="guimenuitem">Finden...</span>, oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgF</strong></span> erreicht werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen -können.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten +können.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf das Symbol im <span class="guimenu">Bücherregal</span> klicken und <span class="guimenuitem">Suche in...</span> auswählen. Indem Sie Umschalt oder Strg gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig -suchen.</p> - - <p>Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> im Hauptmenü klicken und den -entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen.</p> - - <p>Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem -offenen Lesefenster zu klicken.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Such-Konfiguration</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Werke auswählen</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie +suchen.</p><p>Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> im Hauptmenü klicken und den +entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen.</p><p>Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem +offenen Lesefenster zu klicken.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Such-Konfiguration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Werke auswählen</h4></div></div></div><p>Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie <span class="guibutton">Auswählen...</span>. Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü -auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Suchbereiche verwenden</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, +auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Suchbereiche verwenden</h4></div></div></div><p>Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste <span class="guimenu">Bereich:</span> auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Einrichten...</span> -klicken.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Geben Sie den zu suchenden Text separiert mit Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig +klicken.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax</h4></div></div></div><p>Geben Sie den zu suchenden Text separiert mit Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf alle Wörter zutreffen. Wenn Sie irgend eines der eingegebenen Wörter finden möchten, wählen Sie den <span class="guimenu">Einige Wörter</span>-Knopf aus. Falls Sie eine komplexere Suche beabsichtigen, selektieren Sie den <span class="guimenu">Frei</span>-Knopf. Sie können Syntax-Beispiele von Suchanfragen durch Klicken auf <span class="guimenu">Vollständige Syntax</span> sehen. - </p> - - <p>Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Anzahl von Zeichen, + </p><p>Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Anzahl von Zeichen, während '?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND -Gott'.</p> - - <p>Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt +Gott'.</p><p>Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Beispiele sind in der unteren Tabelle -aufgeführt.</p> - - <p>Verfügbare Textarten: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.1. Sucharten</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Sucharten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Präfix</th><th>Bedeutung</th><th>Beispiel</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>durchsucht Kopfzeilen</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>durchsucht Fußnoten</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>durchsucht Strong-Nummern</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>durchsucht Morphologie-Codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Sie können mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein installiertes Werk klicken und +aufgeführt.</p><p>Verfügbare Textarten: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.1. Sucharten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Sucharten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Präfix</th><th>Bedeutung</th><th>Beispiel</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>durchsucht Kopfzeilen</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>durchsucht Fußnoten</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>durchsucht Strong-Nummern</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>durchsucht Morphologie-Codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Sie können mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein installiertes Werk klicken und <span class="guimenu">Über...</span> auswählen, um zu sehen, welche der oben genannten Suchkriterien für Sie zutreffen. Nicht alle Werke haben die eingebauten -Eigenschaften um diese Art von Suche durchzuführen.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Ihre Suchanfragen +Eigenschaften um diese Art von Suche durchzuführen.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Ihre Suchanfragen auszuführen. Sie hat viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Suchergebnisse</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Suchergebnisse</h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen -bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem +bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen -Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn -dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu -erstellen.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Suchergebnisse analysieren</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Ergebnisse analysieren...</span>, um die +Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn +dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu +erstellen.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Suchergebnisse analysieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Ergebnisse analysieren...</span>, um die Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie -die Analyse abspeichern.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +die Analyse abspeichern.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html index 28a8c60..261cf48 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime erstmalig starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>So sieht eine typische <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Sitzung aus: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="Das BibleTime-Applikationsfenster"></td></tr></table></div><p>Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime erstmalig starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>So sieht eine typische <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Sitzung aus: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="Das BibleTime-Applikationsfenster"></td></tr></table></div><p>Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen verwalten. Das kleine "Lupen"-Fenster unterhalb @@ -11,14 +7,5 @@ an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den eigentlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und mittels der Arbeitsfläche auf der rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre -eigentliche Arbeit.</p> - - <p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln -betrachten.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +eigentliche Arbeit.</p><p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln +betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index c5e4adc..fdbc926 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Werksreferenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Werksreferenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</h2></div></div></div><p>Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel -mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in der <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hauptmenü-Referenz">Hauptmenü-Referenz</a> nachsehen.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Tastenkürzel</th><th>Beschreibung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in der <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hauptmenü-Referenz">Hauptmenü-Referenz</a> nachsehen.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Tastenkürzel</th><th>Beschreibung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Links</strong></span> </td><td>Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurückblättern.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Rechts</strong></span> @@ -123,6 +117,4 @@ Benutzung von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal anzeigen</span> </a> aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupenfenster anzeigen</span> </a> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werksreferenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupenfenster anzeigen</span> </a> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werksreferenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 22df4fc..f925300 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Werksreferenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werksreferenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Werksreferenz</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Werksreferenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werksreferenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Werksreferenz</h2></div></div></div><p> In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken assoziierten Symbolzeichen. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Blättert vorwärts im Verlauf. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Blättert rückwärts im Verlauf. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt eine installierte Bibel aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt eine zusätzliche Bibel aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> In ausgewählten Werken suchen. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Konfiguration anzeigen. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt ein installiertes Kommentar aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt ein zusätzliches Kommentar aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Synchronisiert angezeigten Eintrag mit aktivem Bibelfenster. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt ein Buch aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt ein installiertes Glossar oder eine installierte Andacht aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Wählt ein zusätzliches Glossar oder eine zusätzliche Andacht aus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index c182253..efdf67b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime konfigurieren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Werksreferenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitel 5. Referenz</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hauptmenü-Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime konfigurieren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Werksreferenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitel 5. Referenz</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hauptmenü-Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">Datei</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> @@ -10,261 +10,167 @@ <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Hilfe</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Werksreferenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hauptmenü-Referenz</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Werksreferenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hauptmenü-Referenz</h2></div></div></div><p>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch den Kurzbefehl des jeweiligen Eintrags -sehen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis aller Kurzbefehle finden Sie im <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +sehen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis aller Kurzbefehle finden Sie im <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">Datei</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Datei</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werk öffnen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Werk öffnen.</span> Dies öffnet Ihnen ein Menü zum Öffnen -installierter Bücher.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Datei</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Beenden</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Werk öffnen.</span> Dies öffnet Ihnen ein Menü zum Öffnen +installierter Bücher.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Datei</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Beenden</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> schließen.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> wird Sie fragen, ob Sie -ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Vollbildmodus</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Vollbildmodus</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</span> Diese Einstellung maximiert -das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Bücherregal anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies -kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lesezeichen anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Lesezeichen anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich -sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupe anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Lupenfenster anzeigen.</span> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das -Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</span> Benutzen Sie diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten -Büchern anzusehen.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +Büchern anzusehen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hauptleiste -anzeigen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die -Ansicht der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +anzeigen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die +Ansicht der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Navigationsleiste anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Schaltet die Navigationsleiste in Werken an / ab.</span> Mit + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Schaltet die Navigationsleiste in Werken an / ab.</span> Mit dieser Einstellung wird die Navigations-Combobox in Werken hinzugefügt oder entfernt. Dies kann nützlich sein, um die volle Werkzeugleiste in offenen -Werken zu sehen.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +Werken zu sehen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werke anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Werkzeugleisten in Werken an- / abstellen.</span> Diese Funktion -stellt die Ansicht der Werke-Symbole in geöffneten Werken an oder aus.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Werkzeugleisten in Werken an- / abstellen.</span> Diese Funktion +stellt die Ansicht der Werke-Symbole in geöffneten Werken an oder aus.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleiste anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht -der Werkzeugleiste in geöffneten Werken an oder aus.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht +der Werkzeugleiste in geöffneten Werken an oder aus.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Formatierung anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Formatierung anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Formatierung anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die Formatierungs-Leiste an oder ab, wenn Sie HTML in persönlichen Kommentaren -editieren.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> +editieren.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten in Textfenstern anzeigen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Werkzeugleisten in Werken an- / abstellen.</span> Diese Funktion + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Werkzeugleisten in Werken an- / abstellen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht der vollständigen Werkzeugleiste in geöffneten Werken an -oder aus.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +oder aus.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Suche</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">In Standardbibel suchen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">In Standardbibel suchen...</span>. Es können zusätzliche Werke zum +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Suche</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">In Standardbibel suchen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">In Standardbibel suchen...</span>. Es können zusätzliche Werke zum Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können -Sie unter <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">Sucharten</a> finden.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +Sie unter <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">Sucharten</a> finden.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Suche</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">In offenen -Werken suchen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">In allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken suchen...</span>. Werke +Werken suchen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">In allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken suchen...</span>. Werke können im Suchdialog hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können Sie im Abschnitt <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">In -Werken suchen</a> finden.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +Werken suchen</a> finden.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fenster -schließen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Aktives Fenster schließen</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +schließen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Aktives Fenster schließen</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Alle schließen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Staffeln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Alle schließen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Staffeln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Geöffnete Fenster staffeln</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kacheln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kacheln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alle geöffneten Fenster kacheln</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Vertikal -Kacheln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +Kacheln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vertikal kacheln</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Horizontal -kacheln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +kacheln</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Horizontal kacheln</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Bestimmt die grundlegende Fensteranordnung</span>. Im sich + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Bestimmt die grundlegende Fensteranordnung</span>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst festlegen möchten (manueller Modus) oder zwischen Tab-Anordnung, automatischem Vertikal-Kacheln, autmatischem Horizontal-Kacheln, automatischem Kacheln oder automatischem Staffeln -auwählen. Probieren Sie's einfach aus!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +auwählen. Probieren Sie's einfach aus!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sitzung speichern</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Sitzung speichern</span>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern -können.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> +können.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Als neue Sitzung -speichern</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +speichern</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Als neue Sitzung speichern</span>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach -einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sitzung laden</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Sitzung laden</span>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo -Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sitzung löschen</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Sitzung löschen</span>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das -Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Einstellungen</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Hauptkonfigurationsdialog öffnen</span>. Sie können + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Hauptkonfigurationsdialog öffnen</span>. Sie können hier alle möglichen Einstellungen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> an Ihre Bedürfnisse -anpassen. Bitte schauen Sie im Abschnitt <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a> für Details nach.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Einstellungen</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Öffnen eines Dialogs zur <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Konfiguration und Konfiguration +anpassen. Bitte schauen Sie im Abschnitt <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a> für Details nach.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Einstellungen</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Öffnen eines Dialogs zur <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Konfiguration und Konfiguration Ihrer Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span>. Schauen Sie bitte im Abschnitt <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">Der Bücherregal-Verwalter</a> für -Details nach.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +Details nach.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Hilfe</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbuch</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbuch</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Handbuch</span>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Sie -lesen es gerade.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> +lesen es gerade.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anleitung zum -Bibelstudium</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +Bibelstudium</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</span>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Teams, dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und @@ -273,27 +179,14 @@ er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht -enttäuschen.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tipp des Tages</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Öffnet einen hilfreichen Tipp</span> Der Tipp des Tages liefert +enttäuschen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tipp des Tages</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Öffnet einen hilfreichen Tipp</span> Der Tipp des Tages liefert einen nützlichen Hinweis, der für die Benutzung von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hilfreich -ist.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +ist.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit Projekt-Informationen über <span class="application">BibleTime</span> und enthält die <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Version, -Projekt-Beitragende, <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Version, <span class="application">Qt</span>-Version und das Lizenzabkommen.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werksreferenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Projekt-Beitragende, <span class="application">SWORD</span>-Version, <span class="application">Qt</span>-Version und das Lizenzabkommen.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werksreferenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 5a2066a..9523ee0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime erstmalig starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Wenn Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zum ersten Mal ausführen, möchten Sie bestimmt die -folgenden Optionen einstellen, die unter dem Menüpunkt <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Einstellungen">Einstellungen</a> verfügbar sind.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime erstmalig starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</h2></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zum ersten Mal ausführen, möchten Sie bestimmt die +folgenden Optionen einstellen, die unter dem Menüpunkt <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Einstellungen">Einstellungen</a> verfügbar sind.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> anpassen.</span>Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen <span class="application">BibleTime</span> an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren">die detaillierte Beschreibung</a> dieses Dialogs -nach.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +nach.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</span> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</span> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in dem Abschnitt @@ -24,6 +16,4 @@ ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kennen zu lernen. Sie erreichen dies, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Auffrischen... klicken. Ihnen wird eine Liste der von der <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> -verfügbaren Werke angezeigt.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +verfügbaren Werke angezeigt.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html index 2e0c142..511dac1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,29 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime erstmalig starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime erstmalig starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert ist. Sie können <span class="application">BibleTime</span> aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten: -</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime-Startlogo"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen +</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime-Startlogo"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen werden. Um <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben -folgendes ein: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Von dem Terminal aus, können Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> veranlassen, einen zufälligen +folgendes ein: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</h3></div></div></div><p>Von dem Terminal aus, können Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> veranlassen, einen zufälligen Vers in der Standardbibel zu öffnen: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> Um eine bestimmte Stelle wie Johannes 3:16 zu öffnen: passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p> Sie können außerdem Buchnamen ihrer -aktuellen Buchnamen-Sprache nutzen.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +aktuellen Buchnamen-Sprache nutzen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 61bc624..935563c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein kostenloses Programm für das Bibelstudium. Die Benutzeroberfläche des Programms ist mit Qt Development Frameworks entwickelt, das ermöglicht, auf mehreren Betriebssystemen zu laufen, einschließlich Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software verwendet mit der The-SWORD-Programm-Bibliothek mehr als 200 kostenlose Bibelausgaben, Kommentare, Wörterbücher und Bücher in über 50 Sprachen, die durch Crosswire Bible Society bereitgestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe -ausgeliefert.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein kostenloses Programm für das Bibelstudium. Die +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein kostenloses Programm für das Bibelstudium. Die Benutzeroberfläche des Programms ist mit Qt Development Frameworks entwickelt, das ermöglicht, auf mehreren Betriebssystemen zu laufen, einschließlich Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software verwendet mit der The-SWORD-Programm-Bibliothek mehr als 200 kostenlose Bibelausgaben, Kommentare, Wörterbücher und Bücher in über 50 Sprachen, die durch Crosswire Bible Society bereitgestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe +ausgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein kostenloses Programm für das Bibelstudium. Die Benutzeroberfläche des Programms ist mit <span class="application">Qt</span> Development Frameworks entwickelt, das ermöglicht, auf mehreren Betriebssystemen zu laufen, einschließlich Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software verwendet mit der The-<span class="application">SWORD</span>-Programm-Bibliothek mehr als 200 kostenlose Bibelausgaben, Kommentare, Wörterbücher und Bücher in über 50 Sprachen, die -durch <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> bereitgestellt werden.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +durch <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> bereitgestellt werden.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> erstmalig starten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Anzeige</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Arbeitsfläche</span> @@ -34,12 +25,4 @@ durch <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> bereitgestellt we <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Hilfe</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Werksreferenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Sucharten</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Werksreferenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Sucharten</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html index a9bda63..de472db 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> @@ -6,38 +6,21 @@ <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be found under - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the + </h3></div></div></div><p>The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Show startup logo</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Show startup logo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you - select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is @@ -46,78 +29,40 @@ hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text filters, you can control the - appearance of the text.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + appearance of the text.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Here you can specify which language should be used for the + </h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify which language should be used for the biblical booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is - available, and you'll feel at home.</p> - - <p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system + available, and you'll feel at home.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog allows - you to specify a custom font for each language.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>The Options dialog - Fonts.</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. + you to specify a custom font for each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>The Options dialog - Fonts.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then you know that the standard display font does not contain the - characters used in this work.</p> - - <p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop + characters used in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package - for that language.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installing fonts</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the + for that language.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installing fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> - Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), + Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream - Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtaining Fonts</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Your *nix distribution.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Your distribution's localization packages.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>An existing + Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtaining Fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Your distribution's localization packages.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® installation on the same - computer.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe - or Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Online font collections.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, + computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe + or Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online font collections.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different - languages.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode Fonts</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Unicode Fonts" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode Fonts</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Unicode Fonts" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a @@ -142,37 +87,21 @@ <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> </td><td>Partial coverage, see information on linked - site.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one + site.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support - them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> + them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key + </h3></div></div></div><p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined Shortcuts (see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">Shortcuts section</a> for a complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is very helpful to quickly access the - functions that you need the most.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a - secondary shortcut defined, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporting and Printing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + functions that you need the most.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a + secondary shortcut defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporting and Printing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html index dfb9f5f..1dc47f1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,71 +1,40 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product - of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in + of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> - developers section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Available works</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the + developers section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Available works</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: - </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd> - <p>The full Bible text, with optional things like + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is the most advanced section in the library of - the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Books</span></dt><dd> - <p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma - Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Commentaries</span></dt><dd> - <p>Commentaries available include classics like John + the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Books</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma + Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Commentaries</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary"> record your own - personal notes</a> to sections of the Bible.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Daily devotionals</span></dt><dd> - <p>Many people appreciate these daily portions from + personal notes</a> to sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Daily devotionals</span></dt><dd><p>Many people appreciate these daily portions from God's word. Available works include Daily Light on the - Daily Path, and the Losungen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lexicons/Dictionaries</span></dt><dd> - <p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological + Daily Path, and the Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexicons/Dictionaries</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's - Topical Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help + Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, - as He is the source of all good things.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from + as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from above, coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there - is no variation or shifting shadow.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">James 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>God bless you as you use this program.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> + is no variation or shifting shadow.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">James 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God bless you as you use this program.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index d8dcfdc..659ff68 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,40 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The Bookshelf Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The Bookshelf Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh button to see a list of works provided by - the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your + the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Sword" - for Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all + for Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all works - on the CD if it is present.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of + on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, @@ -43,9 +21,7 @@ when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and - <span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p> - - <p>To begin the installation or update process, select a + <span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click on <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will @@ -55,23 +31,11 @@ and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be - transferred to your Bookshelf.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remove work(s)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works + transferred to your Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remove work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on - <span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and - cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + <span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and + cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Searching in works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporting and Printing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Searching in works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporting and Printing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html index c46cae5..6a65a0e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exporting and Printing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporting and Printing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporting and Printing</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exporting and Printing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporting and Printing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporting and Printing</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to @@ -11,12 +9,9 @@ read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty straightforward, so just - try it out.</p> - - <p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended + try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If you are composing a document or presentation containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> - directly.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> + directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index eef5b89..a581315 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,23 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Parts of the BibleTime application window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>The Bookshelf</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Parts of the BibleTime application window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>The Bookshelf</h3></div></div></div><p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is - where you can store and access your own bookmarks.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply + where you can store and access your own bookmarks.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the desired category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for reading. A read window - will appear in the Desk area.</p> - - <p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open + will appear in the Desk area.</p><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the @@ -25,13 +14,7 @@ to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, then - it will jump to the specified location.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additional information about works</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you click with the + it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additional information about works</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. @@ -42,13 +25,7 @@ key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> - Locked Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Searching in works</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the + Locked Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Searching in works</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing @@ -57,16 +34,9 @@ dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found on the - <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">Searching in Works section</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Working with bookmarks</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">Searching in Works section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Working with bookmarks</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark @@ -75,55 +45,31 @@ bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks - between folders.</p> - <p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export + between folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You - can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p> - - <p>You can also click with the + can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and bookmarks to - change their names and descriptions.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>The Mag(nifying glass)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>This little window in the lower left corner of the + change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>The Mag(nifying glass)</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just try it - out.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>The Desk</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes + out.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>The Desk</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">search</a> in them, and even save your annotations in the personal commentary module (see - <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary">below</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>As we have + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Reading works">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you - know from your browser.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Read window placement</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. + know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Read window placement</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see @@ -131,18 +77,10 @@ completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editing your own commentary</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editing your own commentary</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. - This work is called "Personal commentary".</p> - - <p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its + This work is called "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you @@ -152,18 +90,7 @@ <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or <span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg - editor).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If + editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write - permission for the files of the personal commentary.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and - the text of the verse will be inserted.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Program operation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Searching in works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + permission for the files of the personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and + the text of the verse will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Program operation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Searching in works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 6371c28..55de98b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,21 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Searching in works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Searching in works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Searching in works</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Searching in works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Searching in works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Searching in works</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the shortcut <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can - search in entire works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the + search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting @@ -23,116 +13,51 @@ Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at - the same time.</p> - - <p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on + the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate - entry.</p> - - <p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the - search symbol in an open read window.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>At the top of the options tab you will find + entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the + search symbol in an open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to - search in.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts + search in.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the - <span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the + <span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select the <span class="guimenu">Some words</span> button. If you want to perform a more complex search, select the <span class="guimenu">Free</span> button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on <span class="guimenu">full syntax</span>. - </p> - - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of + </p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR - spirit) AND God'.</p> - - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text + spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. Refer to the - table below for examples.</p> - - <p>Available text types: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>You can right click on an installed work and select + table below for examples.</p><p>Available text types: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works have the - built in features for performing this type of search.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your + built in features for performing this type of search.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> - http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window - below.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the + below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the work at that verse in a new read - window.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and - it will jump to that verse.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to - create bookmarks.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Click on + window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and + it will jump to that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to + create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of - the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> + the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html index b627c52..59f95d4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 3. Program operation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Program operation</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Program overview</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 3. Program operation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Program operation</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Program overview</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works @@ -13,14 +9,5 @@ example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real - work.</p> - - <p>Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the - application individually.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + work.</p><p>Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the + application individually.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 04a46ed..5231b4b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it - in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">Main Menu reference</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">Main Menu reference</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -140,6 +134,4 @@ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying - glass).</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 8c95315..e998563 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,141 +1,88 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scrolls forward through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scrolls back through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an additional bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Search in selected works. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Display configuration. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select additional commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select a book. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed glossary or devotional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an additional glossary or devotional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html index 8cd5894..e99cf32 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 5. Reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Reference</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 5. Reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Reference</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> @@ -10,308 +10,184 @@ <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of all shortcuts can be - found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a - menu that will allow you to open installed books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a + menu that will allow you to open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you - if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this - setting to maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + setting to maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need more space for the - Mag.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need more space for the - Mag.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Mag on the - left pane on or off.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> + left pane on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to allow you to view additional works in parallel - to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this - setting to turn the main toolbar on or off.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> + to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this + setting to turn the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the full toolbar in the open - works</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> + works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the works icons in the open - works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the tools icons in the open - works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in Personal Commentaries. It will add or - remove the formatting toolbar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the complete toolbar in open - works.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">Searching in works</a> - section.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + section.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found in the - <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">Searching in works</a> section.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">Searching in works</a> section.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or - Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new - session.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the - session to.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to - load.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing - session that should be deleted.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + session that should be deleted.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for - details.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager">Bookshelf - Manager section</a> for details.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + Manager section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> - You are reading it now.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what @@ -320,31 +196,16 @@ denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his - word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> - </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful tip that will assist in the use of - <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">SWORD</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software - version and the license agreement.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + version and the license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 87ec343..3f11a4b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,23 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu - bar</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> + bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the detailed - description</a> of this dialog.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> + description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager">The @@ -27,6 +19,4 @@ know <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly. You can do this by clicking on the Refresh button. You will be presented with a list of works that are available from the - <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Program operation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Program operation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html index c72a1df..f1d70cb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,32 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: - </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal + </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p> - You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index 4c17e71..8e40a44 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the + <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, - dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> @@ -33,12 +24,4 @@ <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Fonts</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Fonts</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook index b067ec1..40261c0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>El Equipo &bibletime;</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-config.html index 755ce52..0b6d8cb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimiendo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimiendo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Mostrar</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Escritorio</span> @@ -6,35 +6,18 @@ <span class="guimenu">Idiomas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Atajos</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>En esta sección usted encuentra una lista para configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que -se pueden encontrar en <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> en el menú principal.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <p>La interfaz de usuario <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puede ser personalizado en muchas formas + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>En esta sección usted encuentra una lista para configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que +se pueden encontrar en <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> en el menú principal.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>La interfaz de usuario <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puede ser personalizado en muchas formas dependiendo de sus necesidades. Usted puede acceder al diálogo de -configuración seleccionando <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +configuración seleccionando <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Mostrar</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>El comportamiento de arranque puede ser personalizado. Seleccione entre las + </h3></div></div></div><p>El comportamiento de arranque puede ser personalizado. Seleccione entre las siguientes opciones: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mostrar logo de arranque</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Mostrar plantillas definen el renderizado de texto (colores, tamaño, + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de arranque</p></li></ul></div><p>Mostrar plantillas definen el renderizado de texto (colores, tamaño, etc). Variosplantillas incorporadas están disponibles. Si selecciona uno, -podrás ver una vista previa en el panel derecho.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +podrás ver una vista previa en el panel derecho.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Escritorio</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Muchas de las funciones previstas por el backend <span class="application">SWORD</span> ahora se pueden + </h3></div></div></div><p>Muchas de las funciones previstas por el backend <span class="application">SWORD</span> ahora se pueden personalizar en<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Estas características están documentadas en el mismo diálogo. Tambiéntienen la posibilidad de especificar las obras estándar que debe utilizarse cuando no haytrabajo, está especificada en una @@ -42,72 +25,34 @@ referencia. Un ejemplo: La Biblia standardse utiliza para mostrar el contenido de referencias cruzadas en la Biblia. Cuandose ciernen sobre ellos, el Mag mostrará el contenido de los versículos mencionados,según el modelo bíblico que ha especificado. Con el uso de textofiltros, puede -controlar la apariencia del texto.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +controlar la apariencia del texto.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Idiomas</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Aquí usted puede especificar qué idioma se debe utilizar para los nombres de + </h3></div></div></div><p>Aquí usted puede especificar qué idioma se debe utilizar para los nombres de libros bíblicos. Ponga esto en su idioma nativo, si está disponible, y usted -se sentirá como en casa.</p> - - <p>De forma predeterminada, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> utiliza el sistema predeterminado de +se sentirá como en casa.</p><p>De forma predeterminada, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> utiliza el sistema predeterminado de fuente de la pantalla. Puede reemplazar esta fuente en caso de ser necesario. Algunos idiomas requieren fuentes especiales para que se muestre correctamente, y este cuadro de diálogo le permite especificar una fuente -personalizada para cada idioma.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Diálogo de Opciones - Fuentes"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>El Diálogo de Opciones - Fuentes</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ahora puede utilizar todas las fuentes soportadas. Si los +personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Diálogo de Opciones - Fuentes"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>El Diálogo de Opciones - Fuentes</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ahora puede utilizar todas las fuentes soportadas. Si los trabajos que están interesados en ver se ven correctamente, no hay nada que hacer aquí. Si el trabajo sólo se muestra como una serie de signos de interrogación (??????) o cajas vacías, entonces usted sabe que la fuente de visualización estándar no contiene los caracteres utilizados en este -trabajo.</p> - - <p>Para corregir esto, elija el idioma de éste trabajo desde el menú +trabajo.</p><p>Para corregir esto, elija el idioma de éste trabajo desde el menú desplegable. Seleccione la casilla Usar fuente personalizada. A continuación, seleccione una fuente. Por ejemplo, una fuente compatible con varios idiomas es Code2000. Si la fuente instalada no puede mostrar el trabajo en que usted está interesado, trate de instalar el paquete de -localización para ese idioma.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalando fuentes</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Instrucciones detalladas para instalación de la fuente se encuentran fuera +localización para ese idioma.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalando fuentes</h4></div></div></div><p>Instrucciones detalladas para instalación de la fuente se encuentran fuera del alcance de este manual. Para más información es posible que desee hacer referencia a la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Si utiliza una fuente pequeña, como Clearlyu (unos 22kb), se ejecutará -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>más rápido que con una fuente grande como <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(unos 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obteniendo Fuentes</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Las Fuentes pueden ser obtenidas desde un número de fuentes:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Su distribución *nix</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Sus paquetes de localización de su distribución</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Una instalación existente de <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>® en su mismo computador.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Una colección de fuentes, como están disponibles en Adobe o Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Colecciones de fuentes en linea.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Las fuentes Unicode soportan más caracteres que otras fuentes, y algunas de +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Si utiliza una fuente pequeña, como Clearlyu (unos 22kb), se ejecutará +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>más rápido que con una fuente grande como <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(unos 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obteniendo Fuentes</h4></div></div></div><p>Las Fuentes pueden ser obtenidas desde un número de fuentes:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Su distribución *nix</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sus paquetes de localización de su distribución</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una instalación existente de <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® en su mismo computador.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una colección de fuentes, como están disponibles en Adobe o Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Colecciones de fuentes en linea.</p></li></ul></div><p>Las fuentes Unicode soportan más caracteres que otras fuentes, y algunas de estas fuentes están disponibles sin costo alguno. Ninguna de las fuentes disponibles incluye todos los caracteres definidos en el estándar Unicode, así que usted puede utilizar diferentes tipos de letra para idiomas -diferentes.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 4.1. Fuentes Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Fuentes Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +diferentes.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 4.1. Fuentes Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Fuentes Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Tal vez la mejor fuente Unicode libre, cubriendo una amplia variedad de caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -125,33 +70,17 @@ Bitstream CyberBit</a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a causa de su tamaño.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Incluida en algunas distribuciones. Contiene Europeo, Griego, Hebreo, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Cobertura parcial, vea información en el sitio enlazado.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Tenemos una buena lista de fuentes Unicode en la red, esta es una por + </td><td>Cobertura parcial, vea información en el sitio enlazado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Tenemos una buena lista de fuentes Unicode en la red, esta es una por Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top"> Fuentes TrueType Unicode Multilenguaje en Internet</a>), o uno por Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Rangos de -caracteres Unicode y las fuentes Unicode soportadas</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +caracteres Unicode y las fuentes Unicode soportadas</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Atajos</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Atajos (anteriormente conocido como Accesos Directos) son comandos a través + </h3></div></div></div><p>Atajos (anteriormente conocido como Accesos Directos) son comandos a través de teclas especiales que pueden ser usadas en lugar de los ítem del menú e iconos. Un número de comandos de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> poseen atajos predefinidos (vea la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice de Atajos">Sección de Atajos</a> para una lista completa). A la mayoría de los comandos de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> que se les puede asignar Atajos. Esta es una ayuda completa para crear accesos rápidos -a las funciones que usted más necesita.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>En el siguiente ejemplo, F2, El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia se le creará un -atajo secundario, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimiendo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referencias</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a las funciones que usted más necesita.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>En el siguiente ejemplo, F2, El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia se le creará un +atajo secundario, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimiendo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referencias</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-intro.html index 889e138..0244a32 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,63 +1,32 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Introducción</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introducción</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introducción</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivación</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es una herramienta de estudio bíblico que soporta diferentes +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Introducción</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introducción</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introducción</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivación</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es una herramienta de estudio bíblico que soporta diferentes tipos de textos e idiomas. Incluso grandes cantidades de trabajo por módulos que son fáciles de instalar y manejar. Estos son construidos sobre la librería <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>, proporcionando las funcionalidades back-end para <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, poder visualizar el texto bíblico, buscar etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> es el producto estrella de -<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> está diseñada para ser usada con el trabajo codificado en uno +<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> está diseñada para ser usada con el trabajo codificado en uno de los formatos soportados por el proyecto <span class="application">SWORD</span>. Información completa puede encontrarla en el documento de formatos soportados en la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">sección de -desarolladores</a> del proyecto <span class="application">SWORD</span> , <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponibles</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sobre 200 documentos en 50 idiomas están disponibles en <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Ellos incluyen: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Biblias</span></dt><dd> - <p>Textos completos de la Biblia, opcionalmente puede disfrutar Números de +desarolladores</a> del proyecto <span class="application">SWORD</span> , <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Sobre 200 documentos en 50 idiomas están disponibles en <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Ellos incluyen: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Biblias</span></dt><dd><p>Textos completos de la Biblia, opcionalmente puede disfrutar Números de Strong, cabeceras y/o notas al pié. Las Biblias están disponibles en múltiples lenguajes, incluyendo no tan sólo las versiones modernas, sino que también los textos antiguos como el Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", en hebreo), y la Septuaginta (LXX ", griego). Esta es la sección más avanzada en la -biblioteca del proyecto <span class="application">SWORD</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Libros</span></dt><dd> - <p>Los libros disponibles incluyen "Imitation of Christ (Imitación de Cristo)", +biblioteca del proyecto <span class="application">SWORD</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Libros</span></dt><dd><p>Los libros disponibles incluyen "Imitation of Christ (Imitación de Cristo)", "Enuma Elish", y "Josephus: The Complete Works (Josefo: Las Obras -Completas)"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Comentarios</span></dt><dd> - <p>Los comentarios disponibles incluyen clásicos como el de John Wesley "Notes +Completas)"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Comentarios</span></dt><dd><p>Los comentarios disponibles incluyen clásicos como el de John Wesley "Notes on the Bible", el comentario de Matthew Henry y el de Lutero "Commentary on Galatians." Con el comentario <span class="emphasis"><em>personal</em></span> que usted puede <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando su propio comentario">grabar sus notas personales</a> -a las secciones de la Biblia.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionales diarios</span></dt><dd> - <p>Muchas personas aprecian estas porciones diarias de la palabra de Dios. Las -obras disponibles incluyen Daily Light on the Daily Path, y the Losungen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Diccionarios</span></dt><dd> - <p>Los Léxicos disponibles incluyen: Morphological Analysis Codes de Robinson, +a las secciones de la Biblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionales diarios</span></dt><dd><p>Muchas personas aprecian estas porciones diarias de la palabra de Dios. Las +obras disponibles incluyen Daily Light on the Daily Path, y the Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Diccionarios</span></dt><dd><p>Los Léxicos disponibles incluyen: Morphological Analysis Codes de Robinson, y the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Los Diccionarios disponibles incluyen Hebrew Bible Dictionary de Strong, Greek Bible Dictionary de Strong, Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language -1913 de Webster, Topical Bible de Nave.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivación</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Nuestro deseo es servir a Dios, y hacer nuestra parte para ayudar a otros a +1913 de Webster, Topical Bible de Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivación</h3></div></div></div><p>Nuestro deseo es servir a Dios, y hacer nuestra parte para ayudar a otros a crecer en su relación con Él. Nos hemos esforzado para hacer de este un programa de gran poder y calidad, y seguir haciendo que aún sea sencillo e intuitivo de manejar. Es nuestro deseo que Dios sea alabado, ya que Él es la -fuente de toda buena cosa.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Toda buena dádiva y todo don perfecto descienden de lo alto, donde está el +fuente de toda buena cosa.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Toda buena dádiva y todo don perfecto descienden de lo alto, donde está el Padre que creó las lumbreras celestes, y que no cambia como los astros ni se -mueve como las sombras.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Santiago 1:17, NVI</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Dios te bendiga al usar este programa.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +mueve como las sombras.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Santiago 1:17, NVI</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dios te bendiga al usar este programa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 25e7de8..c2c6090 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,37 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>El Administrador de biblioteca</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimiendo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span> es una herramienta +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>El Administrador de biblioteca</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimiendo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></h2></div></div></div><p>El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span> es una herramienta para manejar su biblioteca. Usted puede instalar una nueva obra en su biblioteca, y actualizar o borrar una obra existente de su biblioteca. Para acceder haga clic en <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span> en el -menú principal.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Si esta es la primera vez que está iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, haga clic en el -botón Actualizar para ver una lista de las obras provistas por la <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Ruta de instalación de la Biblioteca</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Aquí puede especificar dónde <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puede almacenar su biblioteca en el +menú principal.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Si esta es la primera vez que está iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, haga clic en el +botón Actualizar para ver una lista de las obras provistas por la <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Ruta de instalación de la Biblioteca</h3></div></div></div><p>Aquí puede especificar dónde <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puede almacenar su biblioteca en el disco duro. Incluso puede guardarlo en varios directorios. El valor predeterminado es "~ /.sword/" en *nix y "C:\Documents and Settings\All -Users\Application Data\Sword" en Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Si tiene un CD de sword, pero no desea instalar todas las obras en el disco +Users\Application Data\Sword" en Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Si tiene un CD de sword, pero no desea instalar todas las obras en el disco duro, sino que se utilicen directamente desde el CD, entonces usted puede agregar la ruta de acceso al CD como uno de los caminos de su biblioteca. Al -iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, mostrará todas las obras en el CD, si está presente.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/actualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Con este servicio, puede conectarse a un repositorio de obras (llamado +iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, mostrará todas las obras en el CD, si está presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/actualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Con este servicio, puede conectarse a un repositorio de obras (llamado "biblioteca"), y la transferencia de una o más obras a su biblioteca local. Estas bibliotecas pueden ser locales (por ejemplo, un CD de <span class="application">SWORD</span>), o remoto (por ejemplo, depósito en línea Crosswire de módulos <span class="application">SWORD</span>, u @@ -39,9 +17,7 @@ otro sitio que ofrece módulos de <span class="application">SWORD</span>). Puede haciendo clic en <span class="guibutton">Obtener lista...</span> cuando haya de diálogo abiertos de <span class="guibutton">Agregar nueva fuente</span>. Puede administrar su biblioteca con la opción <span class="guibutton">Agregar</span> y -<span class="guibutton">Eliminar</span>.</p> - - <p>Para empezar el proceso de instalación o actualización, seleccione una +<span class="guibutton">Eliminar</span>.</p><p>Para empezar el proceso de instalación o actualización, seleccione una biblioteca a la que desee conectarse y una ruta local para instalar la(s) obra(s). Luego haga clic en <span class="guibutton">Refrescar</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> escaneará el contenido de la biblioteca y le presentará una lista de obras @@ -49,22 +25,10 @@ que se pueden agregar a su biblioteca, o que ya han instalado, pero están disponibles en una nueva versión en la biblioteca, y por lo tanto se pueden actualizar. Entonces usted puede marcar todas las obras que desea instalar o actualizar, y haga clic en <span class="guibutton">Instalar</span>. Luego será -trasladado a su biblioteca.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Eliminar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Este servicio le permite borrar una o varias de las obras de su biblioteca +trasladado a su biblioteca.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Eliminar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Este servicio le permite borrar una o varias de las obras de su biblioteca también liberar espacio en disco. Simplemente marca los puntos y haga clic -en <span class="guibutton">Eliminar</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Índices de Búsqueda</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Esta opción le permite crear nuevos índices de búsqueda y limpieza de -archivos índice huérfanos de obras eliminadas.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> +en <span class="guibutton">Eliminar</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Índices de Búsqueda</h3></div></div></div><p>Esta opción le permite crear nuevos índices de búsqueda y limpieza de +archivos índice huérfanos de obras eliminadas.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Buscando en las obras </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportando e Imprimiendo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Buscando en las obras </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportando e Imprimiendo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-output.html index e7b1216..f895860 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exportando e Imprimiendo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="El Administrador de biblioteca"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimiendo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimiendo</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>En muchos lugares, puede abrir un menú contextual haciendo clic con el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exportando e Imprimiendo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="El Administrador de biblioteca"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimiendo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimiendo</h2></div></div></div><p>En muchos lugares, puede abrir un menú contextual haciendo clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón. Dependiendo del contexto, que le permitirá <span class="guimenuitem">seleccionar</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">copiar</span> (al portapapeles), @@ -8,11 +6,8 @@ contexto, que le permitirá <span class="guimenuitem">seleccionar</span>, texto. Esto funciona por ejemplo en las ventanas de lectura, al hacer clic sobre el texto normal o en la referencia al verso, o en la página de resultados de búsqueda al hacer clic en un trabajo o una o más referencias -verso. Es bastante sencillo, así que pruébelo.</p> - - <p>La impresión desde <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es bastante básica y está pensado como una +verso. Es bastante sencillo, así que pruébelo.</p><p>La impresión desde <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es bastante básica y está pensado como una utilidad. Si está redactando un documento o una presentación que contiene el texto de obras de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, le sugerimos que utilice una herramienta presentación o de edición en su sistema para dar formato a su documento, en -lugar de imprimir directamente desde <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lugar de imprimir directamente desde <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index a5fde4f..39f0147 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,35 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Las partes de la ventana de aplicación BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La Biblioteca</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La biblioteca lista todas las obras instaladas, ordenadas por categoría e +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Las partes de la ventana de aplicación BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La Biblioteca</h3></div></div></div><p>La biblioteca lista todas las obras instaladas, ordenadas por categoría e idioma. También tiene una categoría denominada "Marcadores". Aquí es donde -usted puede almacenar y acceder a sus propios marcadores.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lectura de obras</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Para abrir una obra de la biblioteca para lectura, simplemente haga clic con +usted puede almacenar y acceder a sus propios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lectura de obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir una obra de la biblioteca para lectura, simplemente haga clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón izquierdo del ratón</span> sobre la categoría deseada (Biblias, Comentarios, Léxicos, Libros, Devocionales o Glosarios) para visualizar su contenido. A continuación, simplemente haga clic en una de las obras para abrir esa lectura. Una ventana de lectura aparecerá en el -área de Escritorio.</p> - - <p>Si usted está leyendo una determinada obra, y quieren abrir otra obra en el +área de Escritorio.</p><p>Si usted está leyendo una determinada obra, y quieren abrir otra obra en el pasaje que está leyendo, puede utilizar un atajo. Simplemente haga clic con <span class="mousebutton">el botón izquierdo del ratón</span> en el verso / referencia al pasaje (puntero cambia a mano) y arrástrelo a la biblioteca. Déjalo sobre la obra que desea abrir, y será abierto para lectura en la ubicación especificada. También puede arrastrar una referencia al verso en una ventana de lectura existente, entonces saltará a la -ubicación especificada.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Información adicional acerca de las obras</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Si hace clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón sobre +ubicación especificada.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Información adicional acerca de las obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Si hace clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón sobre el símbolo de una obra, verá un menú con entradas adicionales que son relevantes para esta obra. <span class="guimenuitem">"Acerca de"</span> abre una ventana con un montón de información interesante acerca de la obra @@ -37,29 +20,16 @@ seleccionada. <span class="guimenuitem">"Desbloquear"</span> se abre un pequeño cuadro de diálogo para los documentos cifrados, donde puede introducir la clave de desbloqueo para acceder a la obra. Para obtener información adicional sobre las obras bloqueada, por favor consulte la página de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top">Módulos -bloqueados</a> en el sitio web de la <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando en las obras</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Se puede buscar en una obra haciendo clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón +bloqueados</a> en el sitio web de la <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando en las obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Se puede buscar en una obra haciendo clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón sobre su símbolo y seleccionando la opción <span class="guimenuitem">"Buscar en obra(s)"</span>. Al pulsar Mayús y hacer clic en otras obras se puede seleccionar más de una. A continuación, siga el mismo procedimiento para abrir el diálogo de búsqueda. Se buscará en todos estos documentos. Una descripción completa de la ejecución de las funciones de búsqueda se pueden encontrar en la <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras">sección -de búsqueda en las Obras</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabajando con marcadores</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +de búsqueda en las Obras</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabajando con marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Drag & Drop (Arrastrar y Soltar) funciona aquí</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Drag & Drop (Arrastrar y Soltar) funciona aquí</p></div><p> Haga clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón en la categoría de marcador de biblioteca y seleccione <span class="guimenuitem">"Nueva @@ -67,50 +37,26 @@ carpeta"</span> para crear una nueva subcarpeta marcador. Puede utilizar normalmente las funciones drag & drop (arrastrar y soltar) para arrastrar versos de referencia de las ventanas de lectura o resultados de búsqueda a la carpeta de marcador, y reorganizar los marcadores de una -carpeta a otra.</p> - <p>Usted puede incorporar marcadores de otras personas o exportar los +carpeta a otra.</p><p>Usted puede incorporar marcadores de otras personas o exportar los marcadores para compartirlos. Para ello, abra el <span class="guimenu">menú contextual</span> de la carpeta de marcadores como se describe arriba, y seleccione <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportar a carpeta"</span>. Con ello se abre un cuadro de diálogo para guardar la colección de marcadores. Puede importar -los marcadores en un modo similar.</p> - - <p>También puede hacer clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> en -las carpetas y marcadores para cambiar sus nombres y descripciones.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>El Lente (Lupa)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Esta pequeña ventana en la esquina inferior izquierda de la ventana +los marcadores en un modo similar.</p><p>También puede hacer clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> en +las carpetas y marcadores para cambiar sus nombres y descripciones.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>El Lente (Lupa)</h3></div></div></div><p>Esta pequeña ventana en la esquina inferior izquierda de la ventana <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es puramente pasiva. Cuando el cursor del ratón se encuentra sobre un texto con información adicional (por ejemplo, números de Strong), entonces esta información adicional se mostrará en el Lente, y no en el -propio texto. Haga la prueba.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>El Escritorio</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>El Escritorio es donde el trabajo con <span class="application">BibleTime</span> realmente se lleva a +propio texto. Haga la prueba.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>El Escritorio</h3></div></div></div><p>El Escritorio es donde el trabajo con <span class="application">BibleTime</span> realmente se lleva a cabo. Aquí usted puede abrir las obras de la biblioteca, leer y realizar <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras">búsquedas</a> en ellas, e incluso guardar -sus anotaciones en el módulo de comentario personal (ver <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando su propio comentario">más adelante</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lectura de obras</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Como ya hemos<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lectura de obras"> visto</a>, +sus anotaciones en el módulo de comentario personal (ver <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando su propio comentario">más adelante</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lectura de obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Como ya hemos<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lectura de obras"> visto</a>, puede abrir las obras para la lectura simplemente haciendo clic en su símbolo en la biblioteca. Una ventana de lectura se abrirá en el área de Escritorio. Cada ventana tiene una barra de herramientas de lectura. Allí usted puede encontrar herramientas para navegar en el trabajo que esta ventana está conectado a leer, así como botones de historial como los que -usted conoce de su navegador.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Organizando las ventanas de lectura</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Por supuesto, usted puede abrir múltiples obras al mismo tiempo. Hay varias +usted conoce de su navegador.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Organizando las ventanas de lectura</h4></div></div></div><p>Por supuesto, usted puede abrir múltiples obras al mismo tiempo. Hay varias posibilidades para organizar las ventanas de lectura sobre el Escritorio. Por favor, eche un vistazo a la entrada <span class="guimenu">ventana</span> en el menú principal. Allí se puede ver que puede @@ -118,34 +64,15 @@ controlar completamente la ubicación de las ventanas de lectura, o dejar que <span class="application">BibleTime</span> maneje la ubicación de forma automática. Para ello, tiene que seleccionar uno de los modos de ubicación automática disponible en modo de<span class="guimenu"> Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de -Arreglo</span>. Haga la prueba, es simple y funciona.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editando su propio comentario</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Para ser capaz de almacenar sus propios comentarios acerca de las partes de +Arreglo</span>. Haga la prueba, es simple y funciona.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editando su propio comentario</h4></div></div></div><p>Para ser capaz de almacenar sus propios comentarios acerca de las partes de la Biblia, tiene que instalar una obra de la biblioteca de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></a> . Esta obra se llama "Personal -commentary".</p> - - <p>Si abre el comentario personal haciendo clic en su símbolo en la biblioteca +commentary".</p><p>Si abre el comentario personal haciendo clic en su símbolo en la biblioteca con el <span class="mousebutton">botón izquierdo</span> del ratón, se abre en modo de lectura. Usted no será capaz de editar en este modo. Si desea escribir anotaciones en el comentario personal, tienes que abrirlo con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón y seleccione <span class="guimenu">Editar</span> y luego texto sin formato (editor de código -fuente) o HTML (gui básicos editor WYSIWYG).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Si <span class="guimenu">Editar</span> está desactivado, +fuente) o HTML (gui básicos editor WYSIWYG).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Si <span class="guimenu">Editar</span> está desactivado, por favor compruebe si tiene permisos de escritura para los archivos de los -comentarios personales.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Drag & drop (Arrastrar y soltar) funciona aquí. Suelte una referencia al -verso y el texto del verso será insertado.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Buscando en las obras</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +comentarios personales.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Drag & drop (Arrastrar y soltar) funciona aquí. Suelte una referencia al +verso y el texto del verso será insertado.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Buscando en las obras</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-search.html index dee005d..f350ad0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,121 +1,50 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Buscando en las obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Las partes de la ventana de aplicación BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="El Administrador de biblioteca"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando en las obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando en las obras</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Buscando texto en una ventana abierta de lectura</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Usted puede buscar una palabra o frase en la ventana de lectura abierta (por +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Buscando en las obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Las partes de la ventana de aplicación BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="El Administrador de biblioteca"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando en las obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando en las obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Buscando texto en una ventana abierta de lectura</h3></div></div></div><p>Usted puede buscar una palabra o frase en la ventana de lectura abierta (por ejemplo, el capítulo de una Biblia que usted está leyendo) al igual que se utilizan para otros programas. Esta función se puede llegar ya sea haciendo clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> y seleccionando <span class="guimenuitem">Encontrar...</span> o usando el atajo <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Siga leyendo para -aprender cómo usted puede buscar en obras completas.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Acceso al dialogo de búsqueda</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Se puede buscar en una obra haciendo clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón +aprender cómo usted puede buscar en obras completas.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Acceso al dialogo de búsqueda</h3></div></div></div><p>Se puede buscar en una obra haciendo clic con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón sobre su símbolo en la <span class="guimenu">biblioteca</span> y seleccionando <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar en obra(s)</span>. Presionando Mayús o Ctrl y haciendo clic sobre los nombres de los otras obras usted puede seleccionar más de uno. A continuación, siga el mismo procedimiento para abrir el diálogo de -búsqueda. Se buscará en todas estas obras, al mismo tiempo.</p> - - <p>También puede acceder al diálogo de búsqueda haciendo clic en <span class="guimenu">Buscar</span> del menú principal y seleccionar la -entrada apropiada.</p> - - <p>Una tercera posibilidad para iniciar búsquedas es hacer clic en el símbolo -de la búsqueda en una ventana de lectura abierto.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuración de búsqueda</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Seleccionando obras</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>En la parte superior de la pestaña de opciones se encuentra +búsqueda. Se buscará en todas estas obras, al mismo tiempo.</p><p>También puede acceder al diálogo de búsqueda haciendo clic en <span class="guimenu">Buscar</span> del menú principal y seleccionar la +entrada apropiada.</p><p>Una tercera posibilidad para iniciar búsquedas es hacer clic en el símbolo +de la búsqueda en una ventana de lectura abierto.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuración de búsqueda</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Seleccionando obras</h4></div></div></div><p>En la parte superior de la pestaña de opciones se encuentra <span class="guibutton">Elegir</span> (obras). Si desea buscar en múltiples trabajos, haga clic en este botón y se le ofrecerá un menú donde puedes -seleccionar las obras que desea buscar.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usando Ámbitos de Búsqueda</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Usted puede reducir el alcance de la búsqueda a ciertas partes de la Biblia, +seleccionar las obras que desea buscar.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usando Ámbitos de Búsqueda</h4></div></div></div><p>Usted puede reducir el alcance de la búsqueda a ciertas partes de la Biblia, seleccionando uno de los ámbitos predefinidos de la lista del <span class="guimenu">criterio</span>. Se pueden definir rangos de su propia búsqueda -haciendo clic en el botón <span class="guibutton">Configurar</span> de criterio.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introducción a la Sintaxis Básica de Búsqueda</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Ingrese las palabras a buscar separadas por espacios. De forma +haciendo clic en el botón <span class="guibutton">Configurar</span> de criterio.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introducción a la Sintaxis Básica de Búsqueda</h4></div></div></div><p>Ingrese las palabras a buscar separadas por espacios. De forma predeterminada la función de búsqueda devolverá resultados que coinciden con todas las palabras. Si quiere encontrar cualquiera de las palabras introducidas, seleccione el botón <span class="guimenu">Algunas palabras</span>. Si desea realizar una búsqueda más compleja, seleccione el botón <span class="guimenu">Libre</span>. Usted puede ver ejemplos de las búsquedas haciendo clic en <span class="guimenu">sintaxis completa</span>. - </p> - - <p>Puede utilizar caracteres comodín: '*' coincide con cualquier número de + </p><p>Puede utilizar caracteres comodín: '*' coincide con cualquier número de caracteres, mientras que '?' coincidirá con cualquier carácter individual. El uso de paréntesis le permite agrupar los términos de -búsqueda, por ejemplo, '(Jesús OR Espíritu) AND Dios'.</p> - - <p>Para buscar otro texto en el texto principal, introduzca el tipo de texto +búsqueda, por ejemplo, '(Jesús OR Espíritu) AND Dios'.</p><p>Para buscar otro texto en el texto principal, introduzca el tipo de texto seguida de ':' y, a continuación el término de búsqueda. Consulte la tabla -de abajo para los ejemplos.</p> - - <p>Tipos disponibles de texto: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 3.1. Tipos de Búsqueda</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Tipos de Búsqueda" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefijo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Ejemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>búsqueda en cabeceras</td><td>heading:Jesús</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Búsqueda en notas al pié</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>búsqueda en los números de Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>búsqueda de códigos de morfología</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Puede hacer clic derecho sobre una obra instalada y seleccione +de abajo para los ejemplos.</p><p>Tipos disponibles de texto: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 3.1. Tipos de Búsqueda</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Tipos de Búsqueda" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefijo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Ejemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>búsqueda en cabeceras</td><td>heading:Jesús</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Búsqueda en notas al pié</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>búsqueda en los números de Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>búsqueda de códigos de morfología</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Puede hacer clic derecho sobre una obra instalada y seleccione <span class="guimenu">Acerca de</span> determinar cuál de los criterios de búsqueda mencionadas pueden funcionar para usted. No todas las obras han construido -las características para realizar diversos tipos de búsqueda.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa el motor de búsqueda de Lucene para buscar. Tiene muchas +las características para realizar diversos tipos de búsqueda.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa el motor de búsqueda de Lucene para buscar. Tiene muchas características avanzadas, y puede leer mas sobre esto aquí: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Resultados de la búsqueda</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Aquí usted puede ver cómo muchos casos en que la cadena de búsqueda fue +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Resultados de la búsqueda</h3></div></div></div><p>Aquí usted puede ver cómo muchos casos en que la cadena de búsqueda fue encontrada, ordenado por obras. Al hacer clic en una obra con el <span class="mousebutton">botón derecho</span> del ratón le permite copiar, guardar o imprimir todos los versos a la vez que se encontraron en una cierta obra. Esto también funciona cuando se hace clic en uno o varios de las referencias para copiar, guardar o imprimir. Al hacer clic en una referencia particular, abre ese versículo en contexto en la ventana de vista -previa a continuación.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Arrastre una referencia y suéltela en un símbolo de obra en la biblioteca -para abrir la obra en ese versículo en una ventana nueva de lectura.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Arrastre una referencia y suéltela en una ventana de lectura abierta, y -saltará a ese verso.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3> - <p>Seleccione las referencias y arrástrelas a la biblioteca para crear -marcadores.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Análisis de los resultados de la búsqueda</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Haga clic en el <span class="guibutton">Analizar resultados</span> para abrir la +previa a continuación.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Arrastre una referencia y suéltela en un símbolo de obra en la biblioteca +para abrir la obra en ese versículo en una ventana nueva de lectura.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Arrastre una referencia y suéltela en una ventana de lectura abierta, y +saltará a ese verso.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Sugerencia</h3><p>Seleccione las referencias y arrástrelas a la biblioteca para crear +marcadores.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Análisis de los resultados de la búsqueda</h4></div></div></div><p>Haga clic en el <span class="guibutton">Analizar resultados</span> para abrir la pantalla de análisis de búsqueda. Esto le da un simple análisis gráfico del número de casos se encontró la cadena de búsqueda en cada libro de la -Biblia, también puede guardar el análisis.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Biblia, también puede guardar el análisis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op.html index 7b2f8e3..3787261 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime por primera vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Las partes de la ventana de aplicación BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Visión general del programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">El Lente (Lupa)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">El Escritorio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando en las obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Buscando texto en una ventana abierta de lectura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acceso al dialogo de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuración de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de la búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Ruta de instalación de la Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/actualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Eliminar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Índices de Búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimiendo</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Visión general del programa</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Esta es el aspecto típico de una sesión de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="La ventana de aplicación BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Usted puede ver facilmente las distintas partes +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime por primera vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Las partes de la ventana de aplicación BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Visión general del programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">El Lente (Lupa)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">El Escritorio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando en las obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Buscando texto en una ventana abierta de lectura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acceso al dialogo de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuración de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de la búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Ruta de instalación de la Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/actualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Eliminar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Índices de Búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimiendo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Visión general del programa</h2></div></div></div><p>Esta es el aspecto típico de una sesión de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="La ventana de aplicación BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Usted puede ver facilmente las distintas partes de la aplicación. La ventana superior izquierda se utiliza para abrir las obras instaladas en la ficha de la biblioteca, y con la ficha Marcadores puede administrar sus marcadores. La pequeña ventana "Lente" debajo de la @@ -10,14 +6,5 @@ biblioteca se utiliza para mostrar información adicional que se incrusta en los documentos. Al mover el ratón sobre un marcador de la nota, por ejemplo, el Lente mostrará el contenido real de la nota. La barra de herramientas que proporciona acceso rápido a funciones importantes, y el escritorio en la -parte derecha es donde usted hace su trabajo real.</p> - - <p>Pasemos ahora al mirar las diferentes partes de la aplicación de forma -individual.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +parte derecha es donde usted hace su trabajo real.</p><p>Pasemos ahora al mirar las diferentes partes de la aplicación de forma +individual.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 9d563f3..ad46c71 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,14 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Indice de Atajos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Obras de referencia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indice de Atajos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referencias</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Indice de Atajos</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Este es un indice de todos los atajos y su correspondiente descripción en el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Indice de Atajos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Obras de referencia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indice de Atajos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referencias</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Indice de Atajos</h2></div></div></div><p>Este es un indice de todos los atajos y su correspondiente descripción en el manual. Los atajos están (aproximadamente) ordenados alfabéticamente. Si usted quiere encontrar directamente uno de los cientos de atajos a un ítem del menú, puede buscar en la propia entrada en <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (como siempre -muestra el atajo) o puede ver la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Referencias del Menú principal">Referencia al menú principal</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Atajo</th><th>Descripción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +muestra el atajo) o puede ver la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Referencias del Menú principal">Referencia al menú principal</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Atajo</th><th>Descripción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Mueve atrás en la historia de la ventana de lectura</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -125,6 +119,4 @@ Administrar Biblioteca.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ver Biblioteca</span> </a> equivalente; activar mostrar la Biblioteca.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar lente</span> </a> equivalente; alterna la vista del lente (lupa).</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Obras de referencia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar lente</span> </a> equivalente; alterna la vista del lente (lupa).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Obras de referencia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 945fe57..87ec58d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Obras de referencia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice de Atajos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Obras de referencia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referencias</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Obras de referencia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Obras de referencia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referencias"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice de Atajos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Obras de referencia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referencias</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Obras de referencia</h2></div></div></div><p> En esta sección usted podrá buscar descripciones de los iconos asociados a la obra abierta. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Desplaza hacia adelante en la historia. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Desplaza hacia atrás en la historia. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar una Biblia instalada. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar una Biblia adicional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Buscar en una obra seleccionada. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Mostrar la configuración. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar un comentario instalado. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar un comentario adicional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sincronizar las entradas mostradas con la de la Biblia de la ventana activa. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar un libro. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar un glosario o devocional instalado. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleccionar un glosario o devocional adicional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 5. Referencias </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indice de Atajos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 5. Referencias </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indice de Atajos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference.html index 32d6112..09d5a39 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 5. Referencias</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Obras de referencia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referencias</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referencias</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referencias del Menú principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 5. Referencias</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Obras de referencia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referencias</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referencias</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referencias del Menú principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">Archivo</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> @@ -10,292 +10,185 @@ <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Ayuda</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Obras de referencia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice de Atajos</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referencias del Menú principal</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>En esta sección se pueden encontrar descripciones detalladas de todas las + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Obras de referencia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice de Atajos</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referencias del Menú principal</h2></div></div></div><p>En esta sección se pueden encontrar descripciones detalladas de todas las entradas del menú principal de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Están ordenadas justo en la forma en que aparece en <span class="application">BibleTime</span> con todos los sub-items que figuran en el menú principal al que pertenecen. También puede ver el atajo de cada -item, una lista completa de todos los atajos se pueden encontrar en la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice de Atajos">sección atajos</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +item, una lista completa de todos los atajos se pueden encontrar en la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice de Atajos">sección atajos</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">Archivo</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Archivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Abrir obra</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abrir obra.</span> Esto le dará un menú que le permitirá abrir los -libros instalados.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Archivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salir</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abrir obra.</span> Esto le dará un menú que le permitirá abrir los +libros instalados.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Archivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salir</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Salir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> le preguntará si desea -escribir los cambios no guardados en el disco.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +escribir los cambios no guardados en el disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo pantalla completa</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo pantalla completa</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Activa la presentación de pantalla completa.</span> Activar esta -opción para maximizar la ventana de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +opción para maximizar la ventana de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar biblioteca</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Activa la presentación de la biblioteca.</span> Activar esta opción para agregar o quitar la biblioteca en el panel izquierdo. Esto puede -ser útil si necesita más espacio para el Lente.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +ser útil si necesita más espacio para el Lente.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Marcadores</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Activa la presentación de la marcadores.</span> Activar esta opción para agregar o quitar los marcadores en el panel izquierdo. Esto -puede ser útil si necesita más espacio para el Lente.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +puede ser útil si necesita más espacio para el Lente.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Lupa</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Aciva la presentación del Lente (Lupa).</span> Activar esta opción -para agrgar o quitar el Lente en el panel izquierdo.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +para agrgar o quitar el Lente en el panel izquierdo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar cabeceras de texto en paralelo</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna la visualización de las obras complementarias</span> Activa esta opción para que usted pueda ver las obras complementarias en -paralelo a sus libros abiertos actuales.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +paralelo a sus libros abiertos actuales.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barra de -Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Principal</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Activa la vista de la Barra de Herramientas Principal.</span> +Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Principal</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Activa la vista de la Barra de Herramientas Principal.</span> Activar esta opción para agregar o quitar la barra de herramientas -principal.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +principal.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barra de Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Navegación</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Activa la Navegación de obras</span> Activar esta opción para + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Activa la Navegación de obras</span> Activar esta opción para agregar o quitar el cuadro de navegación en las obras. Esto puede ser útil -para ver completamente la barra de herramientas de en las obras abiertas</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +para ver completamente la barra de herramientas de en las obras abiertas</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barra de Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Obras</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Activa la Barra de Herramientas en obras.</span> Activar esta -opción para agregar o quitar los iconos de las obras en las obras abiertas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Activa la Barra de Herramientas en obras.</span> Activar esta +opción para agregar o quitar los iconos de las obras en las obras abiertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barra de Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Herramientas</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Activar herramientas en obras.</span> Activar esta opción para -agregar o quitar los iconos de herramientas en las obras abiertas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Activar herramientas en obras.</span> Activar esta opción para +agregar o quitar los iconos de herramientas en las obras abiertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barra de Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Formato</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Activa formato</span> Activar esta opción durante la edición de + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Activa formato</span> Activar esta opción durante la edición de HTML en los comentarios personales. Agregar o quitar la barra de -herramientas de formato.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> +herramientas de formato.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ver</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barra de Herramientas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Barra de herramientas en la ventana de texto</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Activa las barras de herramientas en las obras.</span> Activar + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Activa las barras de herramientas en las obras.</span> Activar esta opción para agregar o quitar la barra de herramientas completa de las -obras abiertas.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +obras abiertas.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Buscar</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Buscar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar en la Biblia estandar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre el diálogo Buscar para buscar en la Biblia estándar +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Buscar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar en la Biblia estandar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre el diálogo Buscar para buscar en la Biblia estándar solamente</span>. Más obras se pueden añadir en el diálogo de búsqueda. Una descripción más detallada de búsqueda se pueden encontrar en -la <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras">sección de búsqueda</a> de las obras.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +la <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras">sección de búsqueda</a> de las obras.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Buscar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar en las -obras abiertas</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre el diálogo Buscar para buscar en todas las obras +obras abiertas</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre el diálogo Buscar para buscar en todas las obras abiertas</span>. Las obras se pueden añadir o quitar en el diálogo de búsqueda. Una descripción más detallada de búsqueda se pueden encontrar en -la <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras">sección de búsqueda</a> de las obras.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +la <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando en las obras">sección de búsqueda</a> de las obras.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Ventana</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cerrar -Ventana</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Cerrar ventanas activas</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +Ventana</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Cerrar ventanas activas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cerrar todo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Cerrar todas las ventanas abiertas</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascada</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cerrar todo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Cerrar todas las ventanas abiertas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascada</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Acomodar en Cascada todas las ventanas abiertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mosaico</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mosaico</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Acomodar en Mosaicos todas las ventanas abiertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mosaicos -verticales</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +verticales</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Acomodar en Mosaicos Verticales todas las ventanas abiertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mosaicos -horizontales</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontales</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Acomodar en mosaicos Horizontales todas las ventanas abiertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de arreglo</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controla el comportamiento básico del arreglo de las + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controla el comportamiento básico del arreglo de las ventanas</span>. En el menú contextual de apertura, puede especificar que desea hacerse cargo de la organización de las ventanas por si mismo (modo manual),con pestañas, Auto-Mosaico vertical, Auto-mosaico horizontal, -Auto-mosaico o cascada automática. Sólo tienes que probarlo!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +Auto-mosaico o cascada automática. Sólo tienes que probarlo!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Grabar sesión</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Guarda directamente el estado actual de la sesión</span>. Esto abrirá un menú contextual donde puede seleccionar una sesión existente para ahorrar espacio. Se sobrescribe con su estado actual de al sesión. Vea el -siguiente ítem sobre cómo guardar en una nueva sesión.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> +siguiente ítem sobre cómo guardar en una nueva sesión.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Grabar como nueva -sesión</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +sesión</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Guarda la sesión actual con un nuevo nombre</span>. Este le pedirá -un nuevo nombre para guardar la sesión.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +un nuevo nombre para guardar la sesión.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Leer sesión</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Cargar una sesión existente</span>.Esto abrirá un menú contextual -donde puede seleccionar una sesión existente para cargar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +donde puede seleccionar una sesión existente para cargar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ventana</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Borrar sesión</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Elimina una sesión existente</span>. Esto abrirá un menú contextual donde puede seleccionar una sesión existente que va a ser -borrada.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +borrada.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Preferencias</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Abrir el dialogo principal de configuración de + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abrir el dialogo principal de configuración de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Puede configurar todos los tipos de ajustes agradables para adaptar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a sus necesidades. Por favor vea la <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de Configuración BibleTime">sección de Configuración de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a> para -mayor detalle.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> +mayor detalle.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Preferencias</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manejador de -Biblioteca</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abrir el dialogo donde usted puede cambiar su configuración <span class="application">SWORD</span> +Biblioteca</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abrir el dialogo donde usted puede cambiar su configuración <span class="application">SWORD</span> y manejar su biblioteca</span>. Por favor vea la <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="El Administrador de biblioteca">sección manejando la Biblioteca</a> -para detalles.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +para detalles.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Ayuda</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abrir la guía de usuario de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> Usted la está -leyendo ahora.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +leyendo ahora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abrir la guía Cómo estudiar la Biblia</span>. Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> que este Como provocará a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en particular ha sido elegida, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina confesional particular. Esperamos que lea y estudie las escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si usted comienza con la actitud que desea que el Señor siembre su -Palabra en su corazón, Él no le defraudará.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sugerencia del día</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre una sugerencia útil</span> La Sugerencia del día ofrece un -consejo útil que le ayuda en el uso de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +Palabra en su corazón, Él no le defraudará.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sugerencia del día</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre una sugerencia útil</span> La Sugerencia del día ofrece un +consejo útil que le ayuda en el uso de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ayuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Acerca de</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abrir la ventana de información del proyecto acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> contiene información acerca de la versión de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores del proyecto, version del software <span class="application">SWORD</span>, -versión de <span class="application">Qt</span> y la licencia de software.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Obras de referencia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +versión de <span class="application">Qt</span> y la licencia de software.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Obras de referencia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index fc2ad04..f6c7103 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Iniciando BibleTime por primera vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Si usted está comenzando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez, tendrá que configurar +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Iniciando BibleTime por primera vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operación del programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</h2></div></div></div><p>Si usted está comenzando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez, tendrá que configurar las siguientes opciones, disponibles en la <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Preferencias">Barra de menú de -Preferencias</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +Preferencias</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Personaliza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>En este dialogo usted puede -adaptar<span class="application">BibleTime</span> a sus necesidades. Por Favor vea <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de Configuración BibleTime">la descripción detallada</a> de este dialogo.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +adaptar<span class="application">BibleTime</span> a sus necesidades. Por Favor vea <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de Configuración BibleTime">la descripción detallada</a> de este dialogo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Administrador de biblioteca</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifica su biblioteca</span>. Este cuadro de diálogo le permite + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica su biblioteca</span>. Este cuadro de diálogo le permite modificar su biblioteca, añadir o eliminar obras a su sistema. Sólo se muestra si no tiene valor predeterminado la biblioteca. Por favor vea <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="El Administrador de biblioteca">la sección de Administración de Biblioteca</a> para más detalles. Si usted comienza con una biblioteca vacía, será útil para instalar al menos una Biblia, Comentario, léxico y reservar una para conocer las características <span class="application">BibleTime</span> básicas rápidamente. Usted puede hacer esto haciendo clic en el botón Actualizar. Se -le presentará con una lista de obras que están disponibles en la <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +le presentará con una lista de obras que están disponibles en la <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Operación del programa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-term.html index ca6af4c..34de92c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime por primera vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Inicio de personalización</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un archivo ejecutable que se integra con el escritorio. Usted -puede lanzar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> desde el Menú Inicio con este icono: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="icono de inicio BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> también puede ser lanzado desde un símbolo terminal. Para -iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra una ventana de terminal y escriba: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Inicio de personalización</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Desde un terminal usted puede usar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir un versiculo al +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciar BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime por primera vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Inicio de personalización</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un archivo ejecutable que se integra con el escritorio. Usted +puede lanzar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> desde el Menú Inicio con este icono: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="icono de inicio BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> también puede ser lanzado desde un símbolo terminal. Para +iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra una ventana de terminal y escriba: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Inicio de personalización</h3></div></div></div><p>Desde un terminal usted puede usar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir un versiculo al azar desde la Biblia estandar: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> Para abrir en un pasaje dado como John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Juan 3:16"</pre><p> También puede utilizar los nombres de libro de sus nombres de libro -en su idioma actual.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introducción </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +en su idioma actual.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introducción </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html index ee0ecaf..75c0444 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio de la Biblia completamente libre. La programación de interfaz de usuario esta construida con el framework Qt, lo que hace que se ejecute en varios sistemas operativos, incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software utiliza la biblioteca de programación SWORD para trabajar con más de 200 textos libres de la Biblia, comentarios, diccionarios y libros en más de 50 idiomas que ofrece el Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un programa de estudio de la Biblia completamente libre. La +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio de la Biblia completamente libre. La programación de interfaz de usuario esta construida con el framework Qt, lo que hace que se ejecute en varios sistemas operativos, incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software utiliza la biblioteca de programación SWORD para trabajar con más de 200 textos libres de la Biblia, comentarios, diccionarios y libros en más de 50 idiomas que ofrece el Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 El Equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un programa de estudio de la Biblia completamente libre. La programación de interfaz de usuario esta construida con el framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, lo que hace que se ejecute en varios sistemas operativos, incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software utiliza la biblioteca de programación <span class="application">SWORD</span> para trabajar con más de 200 textos libres de la Biblia, comentarios, diccionarios y libros en más de 50 idiomas que ofrece -el <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introducción</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivación</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Inicio de personalización</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operación del programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Visión general del programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">El Lente (Lupa)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">El Escritorio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando en las obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Buscando texto en una ventana abierta de lectura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acceso al dialogo de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuración de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de la búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Ruta de instalación de la Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/actualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Eliminar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Índices de Búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimiendo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +el <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introducción</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Acerca de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivación</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Inicio de personalización</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> por primera vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operación del programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Visión general del programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Las partes de la ventana de aplicación <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">El Lente (Lupa)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">El Escritorio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando en las obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Buscando texto en una ventana abierta de lectura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acceso al dialogo de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuración de búsqueda</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de la búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">El <span class="guimenuitem">Administrador de biblioteca</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Ruta de instalación de la Biblioteca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/actualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Eliminar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Índices de Búsqueda</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimiendo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de Configuración <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Mostrar</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Escritorio</span> @@ -34,12 +25,4 @@ el <span class="application">Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> <span class="guimenu">Preferencias</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Ayuda</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Obras de referencia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice de Atajos</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Búsqueda</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fuentes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introducción</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Obras de referencia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice de Atajos</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Búsqueda</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fuentes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introducción</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 069cb94..b197458 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Tiedosto</guimenu> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Sulkee &bibletimen;.</action> &bibletime; kysyy sinulta, haluatko + <action>Sulkee &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; kysyy sinulta, haluatko tallettaa tehdyt muutokset.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html index a17488f..89a1e4f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,118 +1,63 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> asetukset-ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Näyttö</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + <span class="guimenu">Työpöytä</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + <span class="guimenu">Kielet</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetuksia + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetuksia asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> --kohdasta.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi +-kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> asetukset-ikkuna</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Aseta -<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Näytä aloituskuva</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko +<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Näyttö</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Näytä aloituskuva</p></li></ul></div><p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset -yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be customized in +yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Työpöytä</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text -filters, you can control the appearance of the text.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä -äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</p> - - <p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Kielet</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä +äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>Valintaikkuna - Kirjasimet.</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Valintaikkuna - kirjasimet"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Valintaikkuna - Kirjasimet.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</p> - - <p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten <span class="trademark"> -Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Your *nix distribution.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® -installation on the same computer.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa +Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Sinun *nix jakelusi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +-asennus samalla tietokoneella.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun -tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Ehkä paras ilmainen Unicode-kirjasin, käsittää laajan joukon merkkejä.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> -SIL unicode fonts</a> - </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> +SIL unicode fontit</a> + </td><td>Erinomaiset Unicode-fontit Linguisticsin kesä-instituutista.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> - <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> -Crosswire's font directory</a> - </td><td>Several fonts available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> FTP site.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> Crosswiren +kirjasinhakemisto</a> + </td><td>Useita fontteja saatavilla <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> FTP-palvelimella.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> Bitstream CyberBit</a> </td><td>Käsittää melkein koko Unicode-merkistön, mutta hidastuttaa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>ä @@ -120,30 +65,14 @@ merkittävästi koon vuoksi.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Sisältyy muutami heprean ja Thai-kielen.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( + </td><td>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), tai Alan Woodin (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be + </h3></div></div></div><p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined Shortcuts (see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">Shortcuts section</a> for a complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is -very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html index 3cb4faa..0a3465a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,57 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Luku 1. Johdanto</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Luku 1. Johdanto</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Raamattuja</span></dt><dd> - <p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 dokumenttia 50:llä kielellä on saatavilla lähteestä <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. Nämä sisältävät: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Raamattuja</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Kirjat</span></dt><dd> - <p>Tarjollaolevat kirjat sisältävät teokset "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma -Elish", ja "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentaareja</span></dt><dd> - <p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +the most advanced section in the library of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kirjat</span></dt><dd><p>Tarjollaolevat kirjat sisältävät teokset "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma +Elish", ja "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentaareja</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi"> record your own personal notes</a> to -sections of the Bible.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Päivittäiset hartaukset</span></dt><dd> - <p>Monet ihmiset pitävät arvossa päivän Sanaa. Saatavillaolevat teokset -sisältävät Daily Light Daily Pathilla, ja Losungenin.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Sanakirjat</span></dt><dd> - <p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Päivittäiset hartaukset</span></dt><dd><p>Monet ihmiset pitävät arvossa päivän Sanaa. Saatavillaolevat teokset +sisältävät Daily Light Daily Pathilla, ja Losungenin.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Sanakirjat</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita +Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien -asioiden lähde.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan -tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +asioiden lähde.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan +tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 201518d..21d085f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,35 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh -button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh +button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> @@ -37,9 +15,7 @@ modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton"> list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete -library</span>.</p> - - <p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click on <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will scan the contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can @@ -47,22 +23,10 @@ add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja -napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten -orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> +napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten +orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 944e186..cad0272 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -8,11 +6,8 @@ allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.</p> - - <p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If you are composing a document or presentation containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 8e96667..614cf1f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,143 +1,70 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian -"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta +"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta yksinkertaisesti<span class="mousebutton">vasenta hiiren nappia</span> halutussa kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä -teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p> - - <p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked -Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">Searching in Works -section</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.</p> - <p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p> - - <p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <span class="mousebutton">oikeaa</span> nappia muuttaaksesi +kansioiden tai kirjanmerkkien nimiä ja niiden kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just -try it out.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. This work is called "Personal -commentary".</p> - - <p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html index a1402bd..0b24155 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,114 +1,43 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the shortcut <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.</p> - - <p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.</p> - - <p>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia -avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>At the top of the options tab you will find +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia +avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select the <span class="guimenu">Some words</span> button. If you want to perform a more complex search, select the <span class="guimenu">Free</span> button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on <span class="guimenu">full syntax</span>. - </p> - - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will + </p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p> - - <p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p><p>Saatavilla olevat tekstityypit: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 3.1. Etsimistyypit</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Etsimistyypit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th><th>Esimerkki</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td><td>otsikko:Jeesus</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td><td>alaviite:Mooses</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works -have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen -lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen -kohdalle.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> - <p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen +lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen +kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html index 542f734..75d8014 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,21 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTimen aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="BibleTime sovellusikkuna"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p> - - <p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 24d519b..209627e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Päävalikon käyttöopas">Main Menu -reference</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Kuvaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +reference</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Kuvaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -119,6 +113,4 @@ Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 51e9bd7..e600dcf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Scrolls forward through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Selaa eteenpäin läpi historian. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Scrolls back through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Selaa taaksepäin läpi historian. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select an installed bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Valitse asennettu Raamattu. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select an additional bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Valitse lisä-Raamattu. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Search in selected works. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Etsi valituista teoksista. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Display configuration. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Näytön asetukset. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select an installed commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Valitse asennettu kommentaari. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select additional commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Valitse lisä-kommentaari. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select a book. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Valitse kirja. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed glossary or devotional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an additional glossary or devotional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html index 407dacb..07d4e72 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,281 +1,175 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Luku 5. Viittaus</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Luku 5. Viittaus</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">Tiedosto</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> + <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + <span class="guimenu">Etsi</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + <span class="guimenu">Apua</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of -all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Tiedosto</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Tiedosto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Avaa teos</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Avaa teos.</span> Tämä avaa sinulle valikon, jolla voit avata +asennetut teokset.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Tiedosto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Poistu</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sulkee <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kysyy sinulta, haluatko +tallettaa tehdyt muutokset.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kokoruutu-tila</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to -maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä kirjahylly</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vaihtaa kirjahyllyn näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi kirjahyllyn näkyviin tai piilotetuksi. Tämä on kätevää, jos -haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä kirjanmerkit</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä suurennuslasi</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai -piilotetuksi.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +piilotetuksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn +the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in +Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Etsi</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed -search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">Searching in works</a> section.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">Searching in works</a> section.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in -open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">Searching in -works</a> section.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> +works</a> section.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close -window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sulje kaikki</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon talletettavaksi. Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, -miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</span>. Tämä kysyy -uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, -josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa -kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your -needs. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">Configuring -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for details.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and +needs. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime asetukset-ikkuna">Configuring +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">Bookshelf Manager section</a> for -details.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Apua</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Apua</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Käsikirja</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Avaa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käyttöoppaan</span> Luet sitä juuri nyt.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Avaa auttavan vihjeen</span> Päivän vihje antaa käyttökelpoisen +ohjeen, joka avustaa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käytössä.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Apua</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tietoja +ohjelmasta</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">SWORD</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 44b14df..af02f09 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTimen aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to +configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Räätälöi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n.</span>Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä -ikkunasta.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> - <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime asetukset-ikkuna">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä +ikkunasta.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">The Bookshelf Manager section</a> for further details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly. You can do this by clicking on the Refresh button. You will be presented with a list of works -that are available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +that are available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html index 6e60211..7bae8aa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTimen aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime aloituskuvake"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p> You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index fcf0748..a20c61f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,43 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime on täysin vapaa Raamatun opiskeluohjelma. Ohjelman käyttöliittymä on tehty käyttäen Qt frameworkia, jonka ansiosta sitä voidaan käyttää useassa käyttöjärjestelmässä sisältäen Linuxin, Windowsin, FreeBSD:n ja Mac OS X:n. Ohjelma käyttää SWORD-ohjelmakirjastoa yli 200 vapaastijaettavineen Raamatun teksteineen, kommentaarineen, sisällysluetteloineen ja kirjoineen yli 50 kielellä, jotka on tarjonnut Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Apua-ikkuna"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käsikirja jaetaan <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman yhteydessä.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> on täysin vapaa Raamatun opiskeluohjelma. Ohjelman +käyttöliittymä on tehty käyttäen <span class="application">Qt</span> frameworkia, jonka ansiosta sitä +voidaan käyttää useassa käyttöjärjestelmässä sisältäen Linuxin, Windowsin, +FreeBSD:n ja Mac OS X:n. Ohjelma käyttää <span class="application">SWORD</span>-ohjelmakirjastoa yli 200 +vapaastijaettavineen Raamatun teksteineen, kommentaarineen, +sisällysluetteloineen ja kirjoineen yli 50 kielellä, jotka on tarjonnut +<span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n aloitus ensimmäistä kertaa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> asetukset-ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Näyttö</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + <span class="guimenu">Työpöytä</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + <span class="guimenu">Kielet</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Viittaus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> + <span class="guimenu">Tiedosto</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> + <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + <span class="guimenu">Etsi</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Apua</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Etsimistyypit</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 3fc2ae0..ab83b8b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-config"> <title>Configurer &bibletime;</title> - <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be -found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> + <para>Dans cette section, vous trouverez une vue d'ensemble pour configurer +&bibletime;, qui peut être trouvé sous <guimenu>Paramètres</guimenu> dans le +menu principal.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on @@ -11,7 +12,7 @@ your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> <title> - <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + <guimenu>Affichage</guimenu> </title> <para>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : <itemizedlist> @@ -26,21 +27,23 @@ on the right pane.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + <guimenu>Bureau</guimenu> </title> - <para>Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible -is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you -hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text -filters, you can control the appearance of the text.</para> + <para>Beaucoup de fonctionnalités fournies par le backend &sword; peuvent +maintenant être personnalisé dans &bibletime;. Ces fonctionnalités sont +documentées directement dans la boîte de dialogue. Vous avez également la +possibilité de spécifier les ouvrages standards qui doivent être utilisés +lorsqu'aucun ouvrage spécifique n'est spécifié dans une référence. Un +exemple : La Bible standard est utilisée pour afficher le contenu des +références croisées dans la Bible. Lorsque vous survolez ces derniers, +l'Aperçu montrera le contenu des versets mentionnés, selon la Bible standard +que vous avez spécifiée. Avec l'utilisation de filtres de texte, vous pouvez +contrôler l'apparence du texte.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <title> - <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + <guimenu>Langues</guimenu> </title> <para>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous @@ -54,23 +57,25 @@ each language.</para> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + <phrase>Boîte de dialogue Options - polices</phrase> </textobject> <caption> <para>Le dialogue Options - polices</para> </caption> </mediaobject> - <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are -interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work -only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then -you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</para> + <para>&bibletime; peut maintenant utiliser toutes les polices supportées. Tant que +les ouvrages qui vous intéressent s'affichent correctement, vous n'avez rien +besoin de faire. Si un ouvrage ne s'affiche que sous la forme d'une série de +points d'interrogation (??????) ou de cases vides, vous savez que la police +d'affichage standard ne contient pas les caractères utilisés dans cet +ouvrage.</para> - <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select -the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that -supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the -work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</para> + <para>Pour corriger cela, choisissez la langue de cet ouvrage dans le menu +déroulant. Sélectionnez la case à cocher « Utiliser une police +personnalisée ». Maintenant, sélectionnez une police. Par exemple, une +police qui prend en charge de nombreuses langues est Code2000. Si aucune +police installée ne peut afficher l'ouvrage qui vous intéresse, essayez +d'installer le paquet de localisation pour cette langue.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> <title>Installer des polices</title> <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this @@ -78,9 +83,9 @@ handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode HOWTO</ulink>.</para> <tip> - <para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run -faster than with a large font like <trademark class="registered">Bitstream -Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> + <para>Si vous utilisez une petite police comme Clearlyu (environ 22kb), +&bibletime; fonctionnera plus rapidement qu'avec une grande police comme +<trademark class="registered">Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (environ 12Mb).</para> </tip> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> @@ -88,14 +93,14 @@ Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> <para>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + <para>Votre distribution *nix.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> -installation on the same computer.</para> + <para>Une installation <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> +existante sur le même ordinateur.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</para> @@ -123,9 +128,9 @@ spectre de caractères.</entry> <entry> <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> -SIL unicode fonts</ulink> +Polices unicode du SIL</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + <entry>D'excellentes polices unicode de l'Institut d'été de linguistique.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -135,8 +140,8 @@ SIL unicode fonts</ulink> </row> <row> <entry> - <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> -Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> Dossier de +polices Crosswire</ulink> </entry> <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; FTP site.</entry> @@ -175,7 +180,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <title> - <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> + <guimenu>Raccourcis</guimenu> </title> <para>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 9c5c4d8..6519699 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-intro"> <title>Introduction</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> - <title>About &bibletime;</title> + <title>Au sujet de &bibletime;</title> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and @@ -19,55 +19,8 @@ section</ulink> of the &sword; Project, &cbs;.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> <title>Œuvres disponibles</title> - <para>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. These include: <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Bibles</term> - <listitem> - <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings -and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and -include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the &sword; project.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Livres</term> - <listitem> - <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Commentaires</term> - <listitem> - <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link -linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to -sections of the Bible.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Lectures quotidiennes</term> - <listitem> - <para>De nombreuses personnes apprécient ces rations quotidiennes de la parole de -Dieu. Parmi les modules disponibles, Daily Light on the Daily Path, et les -Losungen.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Lexiques et dictionnaires</term> - <listitem> - <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the -International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include -Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's -Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist></para> + <para>Plus de 200 documents en 50 langues sont disponibles à partir du <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. Ceux-ci inclus :</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 285f1b8..939be98 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + <phrase>La fenêtre application de &bibletime;</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the @@ -238,37 +238,37 @@ search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</para> <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</para> - <para>Available text types: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <para>Types de textes disponibles : <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> <title>Search Types</title> <tgroup cols="3"> <thead> <row> <?dbhtml bgcolor="#EEEEEE" ?> <?dbfo bgcolor="#EEEEEE" ?> - <entry>Prefix</entry> + <entry>Prefixe</entry> <entry>Meaning</entry> - <entry>Example</entry> + <entry>Exemple</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>heading:</entry> - <entry>searches headings</entry> + <entry>recherche des titres</entry> <entry>heading:Jesus</entry> </row> <row> <entry>footnote:</entry> - <entry>searches footnotes</entry> + <entry>Recherche des notes de bas de page</entry> <entry>footnote:Moses</entry> </row> <row> <entry>strong:</entry> - <entry>searches Strong's Numbers</entry> + <entry>Recherche des nombres de Strong</entry> <entry>strong:G535</entry> </row> <row> <entry>morph:</entry> - <entry>searches morphology codes</entry> + <entry>Recherche des codes morphologiques</entry> <entry>morph:N-GSM</entry> </row> </tbody> @@ -384,9 +384,9 @@ libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez sur<guibutton>Enlever modules</guibutton>.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> - <title>Search Indexes</title> - <para>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</para> + <title>Rechercher des index</title> + <para>Cette option vous permet de créer de nouveaux index de recherche et de +nettoyer les fichiers d'index orphelins pour les ouvrages supprimés.</para> <tip> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 2798bad..cf88711 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-shortcuts">shortcuts section</link>.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <title> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> + <guimenu>Fichier</guimenu> </title> <para> <variablelist> @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ open installed books.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Fichier</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Quitter</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Affichage</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Montrer la +bibliothèque</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ zoom.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Affichage</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Montrer les signets</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -102,7 +102,8 @@ more space for the Mag.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" -depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Affichage</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Montrer l'aperçu</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ remove the complete toolbar in open works.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> <title> - <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + <guimenu>Rechercher</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> @@ -256,7 +257,7 @@ window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes active window</action>.</para> + <action>Ferme le fenêtre active</action>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -266,8 +267,8 @@ window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Fenêtre</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Ferme tout</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -414,7 +415,7 @@ where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenu>Paramètres</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> @@ -455,7 +456,7 @@ details.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <title> - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> @@ -463,7 +464,7 @@ details.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manuel</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -507,7 +508,7 @@ tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;.</para> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>À propos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -631,7 +632,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject></guimenu> </menuchoice> <listitem> <para> - Display configuration. + Configuration de l'affichage. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -667,7 +668,7 @@ depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject></guimenu> </menuch <listitem> <para> - Select additional commentary. + Sélectionner un commentaire additionnel. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -703,7 +704,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject></guimenu> </menuchoice> <listitem> <para> - Select a book. + Sélectionner un livre. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -749,7 +750,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject></guimenu> </menuchoice> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"> - <title>Shortcuts index</title> + <title>Index des raccourcis clavier</title> <para>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to @@ -766,20 +767,20 @@ reference</link>.</para> <row> <?dbhtml bgcolor="#EEEEEE" ?> <?dbfo bgcolor="#EEEEEE" ?> - <entry>Shortcut</entry> + <entry>Raccourci</entry> <entry>Description</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Alt;+Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Alt;+Gauche</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Alt;+Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Alt;+Droit</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture</entry> </row> @@ -988,8 +989,8 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> +<guimenu>Fichier</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quitter</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> équivalent ; ferme &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -1020,8 +1021,9 @@ HowTo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</entry <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the -Day</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Astuce du +jour</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Ouvre une astuce aidant à utiliser +&bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index e6e0e1e..b8ec169 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + <phrase>&bibletime; démarre l'icône</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject></para> @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-start-firstrun"> - <title>Starting &bibletime; for the first time</title> + <title>Démarrage de &bibletime; pour la première fois</title> <para>If you are starting &bibletime; for the first time, you will want to configure the following options, available under the <link @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ detailed description</link> of this dialog.</para> <varlistentry> <term> - <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + <interface>Gestionnaire de bibliothèque</interface> </term> <listitem> <para><action>Modifies your Bookshelf</action>. This dialog lets you modify your diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index d9e5d4c..9ba3024 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ [ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY sword '<application>SWORD</application>'> - <!ENTITY cbs '<application>Crosswire Bible Society</application>'> + <!ENTITY cbs '<application>Société biblique Crosswire</application>'> <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>L'équipe de &bibletime;</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>January 2014</date> + <date>Janvier 2014</date> <releaseinfo>2.10.1</releaseinfo> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ provided by the &cbs;.</para> <keyword>BibleTime</keyword> <keyword>SWORD</keyword> <keyword>Crosswire</keyword> - <keyword>Help dialog</keyword> + <keyword>Boîte de dialogue d'aide</keyword> </keywordset> </bookinfo> &hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; &hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5; diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html index 877ab97..5d6417c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,119 +1,69 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Affichage</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + <span class="guimenu">Bureau</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + <span class="guimenu">Langues</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> - <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on + <span class="guimenu">Raccourcis</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Dans cette section, vous trouverez une vue d'ensemble pour configurer +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, qui peut être trouvé sous <span class="guimenu">Paramètres</span> dans le +menu principal.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Affichage</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be customized in -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible -is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you -hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text -filters, you can control the appearance of the text.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Bureau</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Beaucoup de fonctionnalités fournies par le backend <span class="application">SWORD</span> peuvent +maintenant être personnalisé dans <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ces fonctionnalités sont +documentées directement dans la boîte de dialogue. Vous avez également la +possibilité de spécifier les ouvrages standards qui doivent être utilisés +lorsqu'aucun ouvrage spécifique n'est spécifié dans une référence. Un +exemple : La Bible standard est utilisée pour afficher le contenu des +références croisées dans la Bible. Lorsque vous survolez ces derniers, +l'Aperçu montrera le contenu des versets mentionnés, selon la Bible standard +que vous avez spécifiée. Avec l'utilisation de filtres de texte, vous pouvez +contrôler l'apparence du texte.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Langues</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous -sentirez chez vous.</p> - - <p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +sentirez chez vous.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>Le dialogue Options - polices</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are -interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work -only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then -you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</p> - - <p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select -the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that -supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the -work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Boîte de dialogue Options - polices"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Le dialogue Options - polices</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> peut maintenant utiliser toutes les polices supportées. Tant que +les ouvrages qui vous intéressent s'affichent correctement, vous n'avez rien +besoin de faire. Si un ouvrage ne s'affiche que sous la forme d'une série de +points d'interrogation (??????) ou de cases vides, vous savez que la police +d'affichage standard ne contient pas les caractères utilisés dans cet +ouvrage.</p><p>Pour corriger cela, choisissez la langue de cet ouvrage dans le menu +déroulant. Sélectionnez la case à cocher « Utiliser une police +personnalisée ». Maintenant, sélectionnez une police. Par exemple, une +police qui prend en charge de nombreuses langues est Code2000. Si aucune +police installée ne peut afficher l'ouvrage qui vous intéresse, essayez +d'installer le paquet de localisation pour cette langue.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run -faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Your *nix distribution.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® -installation on the same computer.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Si vous utilisez une petite police comme Clearlyu (environ 22kb), +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> fonctionnera plus rapidement qu'avec une grande police comme +<span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (environ 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Votre distribution *nix.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Une installation <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +existante sur le même ordinateur.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Peut-être bien la meilleure police Unicode gratuite, couvrant un large spectre de caractères.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> -SIL unicode fonts</a> - </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> +Polices unicode du SIL</a> + </td><td>D'excellentes polices unicode de l'Institut d'été de linguistique.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> - <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> -Crosswire's font directory</a> - </td><td>Several fonts available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> FTP site.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> Dossier de +polices Crosswire</a> + </td><td>Several fonts available from the <span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span> FTP site.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> Bitstream CyberBit</a> </td><td>Couvre presque tout le spectre d'Unicode, mais peut ralentir <span class="application">BibleTime</span> à @@ -121,30 +71,14 @@ cause de sa taille.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Inclue dans certaines dist cyrilliques, grec, hébreu et thaï.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer + </td><td>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Raccourcis</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s -commands have predefined Shortcuts (see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">Shortcuts section</a> for a complete +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Index des raccourcis clavier">Shortcuts section</a> for a complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is -very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html index a73a06d..0ce33fa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,57 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapitre 1. Introduction</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapitre 1. Introduction</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Au sujet de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Au sujet de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd> - <p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings -and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and -include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Livres</span></dt><dd> - <p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Commentaires</span></dt><dd> - <p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire"> record your own personal notes</a> to -sections of the Bible.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lectures quotidiennes</span></dt><dd> - <p>De nombreuses personnes apprécient ces rations quotidiennes de la parole de -Dieu. Parmi les modules disponibles, Daily Light on the Daily Path, et les -Losungen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lexiques et dictionnaires</span></dt><dd> - <p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the -International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include -Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's -Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de 200 documents en 50 langues sont disponibles à partir du <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span></a>. Ceux-ci inclus :</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire -that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des -lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des +lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index bd29dda..9e7accf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,35 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh -button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh +button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> @@ -37,9 +15,7 @@ modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton"> list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete -library</span>.</p> - - <p>Pour commencer une installation ou une mise à jour, choisissez la +library</span>.</p><p>Pour commencer une installation ou une mise à jour, choisissez la bibliothèque à laquelle vous désirez vous connecter et une bibliothèque locale où installer l'module. Cliquez ensuite sur <span class="guibutton">Connecter à la bibliothèque</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parcourra le contenu de la @@ -47,22 +23,10 @@ bibliothèque et vous proposera une liste d'modules que vous pouvez ajouter à votre bibliothèque; ou que vous avez déjà installés mais dont une nouvelle version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules à installer ou à mettre à jour et cliquez sur <span class="guibutton">Installer modules</span>. Elles -seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour +seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez -sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> +sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Rechercher des index</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette option vous permet de créer de nouveaux index de recherche et de +nettoyer les fichiers d'index orphelins pour les ouvrages supprimés.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html index e1ba6b0..e66bed3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -8,11 +6,8 @@ allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.</p> - - <p>L'imprimer à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> est plutôt rudimentaire et est destinée à +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>L'imprimer à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> est plutôt rudimentaire et est destinée à rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation contenant du texte d'modules de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, nous vous invitons à utiliser un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre système pour mettre en forme -votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index ed4369c..6f674e2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,144 +1,71 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos -signets et d'y accéder.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la +signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la souris</span> sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires, Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de -lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p> - - <p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked -Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">Searching in Works -section</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.</p> - <p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p> - - <p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> est complètement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas -dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div> - - <p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà vu</a>, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothèque. Une fenêtre de lecture s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenêtre de lecture a sa propre barre d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi -que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have -install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. This work is called "Personal -commentary".</p> - - <p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span></a>. This work is called "Personal +commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html index f41f8eb..177ad38 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,116 +1,45 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the shortcut <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.</p> - - <p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.</p> - - <p>Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône -de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>At the top of the options tab you will find +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône +de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introduction élémentaire syntaxe de recherche</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introduction élémentaire syntaxe de recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select the <span class="guimenu">Some words</span> button. If you want to perform a more complex search, select the <span class="guimenu">Free</span> button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on <span class="guimenu">full syntax</span>. - </p> - - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will + </p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p> - - <p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p><p>Types de textes disponibles : </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixe</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Exemple</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>recherche des titres</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Recherche des notes de bas de page</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Recherche des nombres de Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Recherche des codes morphologiques</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works -have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre -de lecture.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture -ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> - <p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la -bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis +de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture +ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la +bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html index b4b99ed..97c3b2f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,21 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Démarrage de BibleTime pour la première fois"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Rechercher des index</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="La fenêtre application de BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p> - - <p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pour la première fois </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index b756a58..bcc62bf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,18 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Index des raccourcis clavier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis clavier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Index des raccourcis clavier</h2></div></div></div><p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Référence du menu principal">Main Menu -reference</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> +reference</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Raccourci</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Gauche</strong></span> </td><td>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Droit</strong></span> </td><td>Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </td><td> @@ -93,8 +87,8 @@ lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> -</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Fichier</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quitter</span> +</a> équivalent ; ferme <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </td><td>Ferme la fenêtre courante.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> @@ -106,8 +100,9 @@ currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> HowTo</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the -Day</span> Opens a helpful tip to use <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Aide</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Astuce du +jour</span> Ouvre une astuce aidant à utiliser +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> @@ -120,6 +115,4 @@ Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index fc08a4a..36124cb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Index des raccourcis clavier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scrolls forward through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scrolls back through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sélectionnez une bible installé. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> électionnez une bible supplémentaires. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Search in selected works. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Display configuration. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Configuration de l'affichage. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sélectionnez un commentaire installé. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select additional commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Sélectionner un commentaire additionnel. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Synchroniser s'affiche entrée avec la Bible fenêtre active. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - Select a book. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Sélectionner un livre. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sélectionnez un glossaire installé ou de dévotion. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sélectionnez un glossaire supplémentaires ou de dévotion. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis clavier</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html index fd281fd..d88da86 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,281 +1,175 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapitre 5. Référence</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapitre 5. Référence</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">Fichier</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + <span class="guimenu">Rechercher</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + <span class="guimenu">Paramètres</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + <span class="guimenu">Aide</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Index des raccourcis clavier</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of -all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Index des raccourcis clavier">shortcuts section</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Fichier</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to +open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Fichier</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quitter</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to -maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Affichage</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Montrer la +bibliothèque</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet de faire apparaître ou disparaître la bibliothèque dans le panneau de gauche. Cela peut être utile si vous avez besoin de plus de place pour le -zoom.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +zoom.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Affichage</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Montrer les signets</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Affichage</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Montrer l'aperçu</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet -de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn +the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in +Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Rechercher</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed -search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">Searching in works</a> section.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">Searching in works</a> section.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in -open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">Searching in -works</a> section.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +works</a> section.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close -window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ferme le fenêtre active</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Fenêtre</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ferme tout</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Empile les fenêtres de lecture en cascade</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Paramètres</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">Configuring -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for details.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">Bookshelf Manager section</a> for -details.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Aide</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Aide</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuel</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful +tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Aide</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">À propos</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">SWORD</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 717b223..24995ed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Démarrage de BibleTime pour la première fois</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pour la première fois</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pour la première fois</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to +configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Paramètres">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> - <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Gestionnaire de bibliothèque</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">The Bookshelf Manager section</a> for further details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly. You can do this by clicking on the Refresh button. You will be presented with a list of works -that are available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +that are available from the <span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html index 1209c86..064dfbd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Démarrage de BibleTime pour la première fois"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pour la première fois</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime démarre l'icône"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p> You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pour la première fois</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index f85953e..1abbca8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,43 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Société biblique Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Boîte de dialogue d'aide"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 L'équipe de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +provided by the <span class="application">Société biblique Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Au sujet de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pour la première fois</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Rechercher des index</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Affichage</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + <span class="guimenu">Bureau</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + <span class="guimenu">Langues</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> - <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> + <span class="guimenu">Raccourcis</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Référence</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> + <span class="guimenu">Fichier</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + <span class="guimenu">Rechercher</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + <span class="guimenu">Paramètres</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Aide</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Index des raccourcis clavier</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html index 658d6a9..263991c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Képernyő</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Munkaasztal</span> @@ -6,106 +6,51 @@ A <span class="guimenuitem">Nyelvek</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Gyorslinkek</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü -<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü +<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> <span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> -beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Képernyő</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Indítási logó mutatása</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek + </h3></div></div></div><p>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Indítási logó mutatása</p></li></ul></div><p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt -egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Munkaasztal</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a <span class="application">SWORD</span> keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni + </h3></div></div></div><p>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a <span class="application">SWORD</span> keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi -például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> A <span class="guimenuitem">Nyelvek</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját -nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p> - - <p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti + </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját +nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti betűkészletet használja, amit ön felülbírálhat, ha szükséges. Néhány nyelv speciális betűkészletet igényel a korrekt megjelenítéshez. Ez az ablak lehetőséget nyújt önnek, hogy egyedi betűkészletet határozzon meg minden -nyelvhez.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="A betűkészletek beállítása."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a +nyelvhez.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="A betűkészletek beállítása."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a dokumentum amit néz, tökéletesen megjelenik, nem kell tennie semmit, ellenben ha a dokumentum egy sorozat kérdőjelt (????????), vagy üres négyzetet tartalmaz, akkor tudhatja, hogy az alapértelmezett betűkészlet nem tartalmazza azokat a karaktereket, amelyek a helyes megjelenítéshez -szükségesek.</p> - - <p>Hogy kijavítsa, válassza ki a dokumentum nyelvét a legördülő +szükségesek.</p><p>Hogy kijavítsa, válassza ki a dokumentum nyelvét a legördülő menüből. Kattintsa be az egyedi betűkészlet használata jelölőnégyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepített betűkészlet sem képes helyesen megjeleníteni a kívánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg -telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a +telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> UNICODE -HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), +HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél, mint a <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés -ugyanazon a számítógépen.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb +Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés +ugyanazon a számítógépen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p></li></ul></div><p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhető. Egy betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különböző betűkészleteket -kell használnia.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>4.1. táblázat - UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +kell használnia.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>4.1. táblázat - UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle karaktert tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -125,31 +70,15 @@ futását a méretük miatt.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>A legtöbb disztr héber és thai karaktereket.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph + </td><td>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph Singer összeállításában ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType betűkészletek az Interneten</a>), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode karakter -összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Gyorslinkek</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>A billentyűkombinációk (előzőleg gyorsbillentyűk) speciális + </h3></div></div></div><p>A billentyűkombinációk (előzőleg gyorsbillentyűk) speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz tartozik billentyűkombináció ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Billentyűkombinációk">itt található</a> a teljes lista). A legtöbb <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancs rendelkezik billentyűkombinációval, -ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók eléréséhez.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>Az előző példában látható, hogy az F2, a "hogyan tanulmányozza a -Bibliát"-hoz tartozik egy második billentyűkombináció, a CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók eléréséhez.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>Az előző példában látható, hogy az F2, a "hogyan tanulmányozza a +Bibliát"-hoz tartozik egy második billentyűkombináció, a CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html index a0b5bc2..3b26a80 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,35 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg telepíthető dokumentummal, modullal. Ez a program a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> keretrendszerre épül, mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A <span class="application">SWORD</span> a -<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> zászlóshajója.</p> - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> arra lett tervezve, hogy a <span class="application">SWORD</span> projekt által értelmezhető +<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> zászlóshajója.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> arra lett tervezve, hogy a <span class="application">SWORD</span> projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott formátumokról a <span class="application">SWORD</span> projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői -szekciójában</a> találhat.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> honlapján. Itt találhat:</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivációnk</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, +szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> honlapján. Itt találhat:</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivációnk</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsőítve legyen, ahogyan Tőle származik -minden jó.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a +minden jó.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak -árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index dab6fbe..93db79c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,39 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segítségével tud új dokumentumokat telepíteni a könyvespolcra, frissíteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja -a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ha ez az első alkalom, hogy elindította a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -t, kattintson a -Frissítés gombra, hogy lássa a <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> által biztosított munkák listáját. </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a +a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha ez az első alkalom, hogy elindította a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -t, kattintson a +Frissítés gombra, hogy lássa a <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> által biztosított munkák listáját. </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a "~/.sword/" *nixokon, és "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" Windowson. </p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, +Data\Sword" Windowson. </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes -dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez +dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez ("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), vagy távoliak is (pl. a Crosswire online <span class="application">SWORD</span> tárolóhelye, vagy más oldalak, @@ -41,9 +19,7 @@ ahol <span class="application">SWORD</span> modulok találhatók). További forr <span class="guibutton">Lista letöltése...</span> gombra kattintva, ha az <span class="guibutton">Új telepítési forrás</span> ablak látható. Egyszerűen kezelheti ezeket a lelőhelyeket a <span class="guibutton">Hozzáadás</span> és a -<span class="guibutton">Törlés</span> gomb segítségével.</p> - - <p>A telepítési vagy frissítési folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, +<span class="guibutton">Törlés</span> gomb segítségével.</p><p>A telepítési vagy frissítési folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, melyhez csatlakozni kíván, és a helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a <span class="guibutton"> Frissítés...</span> gombra. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> leellenőrzi a tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát @@ -56,28 +32,16 @@ helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket, majd <span class="guibutton">Telepítés...</span> és a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára -kerülnek.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, +kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, -majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a +majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult -indexeit.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> +indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 2a60bd1..d38c40b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,14 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span> (a vágólapra), <span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy <span class="guimenuitem">Nyomtatni</span>. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.</p> - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak +kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> @@ -17,5 +13,4 @@ képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyi ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességeire -támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index c36bd72..09ad22f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,138 +1,65 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és nyelvenként. Itt található a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja és -elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal +elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a kívánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok, Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott munkára a megnyitásához. A kívánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz -látható.</p> - - <p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát +látható.</p><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a versre, hivatkozásra (a mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog -ugrani.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum +ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott munkára érvényes. Az <span class="guimenuitem">"Névjegy"</span> egy új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A <span class="guimenuitem">"Feloldás"</span> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> ezen az -oldalon</a>, a <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> honlapján. </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal +oldalon</a>, a <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">"Keresés itt:"</span> menüpontot. A Shift segítségével másik ikonokra kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes -kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p> Kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal a könyvjelzők kategóriára, majd válassza az <span class="guimenuitem">"Új mappa létrehozása"</span> menüelemet egy új könyvjelző mappa létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a keresési eredményeket áthúzza a -könyvjelzőkhöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévő könyvjelzőit.</p> - <p>Lehetősége van könyvjelzők importálására és exportálására is. Ennek +könyvjelzőkhöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévő könyvjelzőit.</p><p>Lehetősége van könyvjelzők importálására és exportálására is. Ennek érdekében nyissa meg a <span class="guimenu">helyi menüt</span> a könyvjelző mappában, ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett írva, majd válassza a <span class="guimenuitem">"Könyvjelzők exportálása"</span> menüpontot. Ekkor előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az -importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</p> - - <p>A <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen +importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</p><p>A <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak -megváltoztatására is.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor +megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészítő információ (például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a -részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak +részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">kereshet</a> bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket -fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat +fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott -munkában.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, +munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> automatikusan is szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <span class="guimenu">Ablak -menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot. Csak próbálja ki, egyszerű, és működik.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges +menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot. Csak próbálja ki, egyszerű, és működik.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges telepíteni a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt" ezt az angol nyelvű dokumentumoknál -találja Personal Commentary néven.</p> - - <p>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára +találja Personal Commentary néven.</p><p>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára <span class="mousebutton">kattintva</span> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése </span>pontot és az <span class="guimenuitem">Egyszerű szöveg </span>(forráskód szerkesztő) vagy -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő) lehetőséget.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> -inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a -dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő) lehetőséget.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> +inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a +dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 6cfdd77..3e6bcd4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,131 +1,60 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal, és válassza a <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes -dokumentumokban is. </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy +dokumentumokban is. </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a <span class="guimenu">Könyvespolcon</span>, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a dokumentum(ok)ban</span> lehetőséget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott -munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</p> - - <p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a -megfelelő bejegyzést.</p> - - <p>A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el +munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</p><p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a +megfelelő bejegyzést.</p><p>A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés -ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy +ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a -lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ +lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra -kattintva.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Billentyúzze be a keresési kifejezéseket szóközökkel +kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Billentyúzze be a keresési kifejezéseket szóközökkel elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredménye az összes szót tartalmazza. Amennyiben bármelyik szó megfelelő a begépeltek közül, válassza a <span class="guimenu">Bármely szó</span> gombot. Amennyiben bonyolultabb keresési szempontokat kíván megadni, válassza az <span class="guimenu">Egyéni</span> gombot. Példákat találhat a <span class="guimenu">teljes kifejezés</span> lehetőségre kattintva. - </p> - - <p>Használhat helyettesítő karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt helyettesít, + </p><p>Használhat helyettesítő karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt helyettesít, míg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosíthatja (mint matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS -Isten'.</p> - - <p>Ha a fő szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása +Isten'.</p><p>Ha a fő szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után ':', és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's -szám előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'.</p> - - <p>Elérhető szövegtípusok: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>3.1. táblázat - Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th><th>Példa</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td><td>heading:Jézus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td><td>footnote:Mózes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Jobb egérgombbal egy telepített munkára kattintva kiválaszthatja a +szám előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Elérhető szövegtípusok: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>3.1. táblázat - Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th><th>Példa</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td><td>heading:Jézus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td><td>footnote:Mózes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Jobb egérgombbal egy telepített munkára kattintva kiválaszthatja a <span class="guimenu">Névjegy</span> menüpontot, hogy megnézze, milyen fent említett keresési lehetőségei vannak. Nem minden dokumentum rendelkezik ilyen típusú -keresési lehetőségekkel.</p> - </div> - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb +keresési lehetőségekkel.</p></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a munkára kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a -dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum +dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy -megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> - <p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők +megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők készítéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra -könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy +könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt -az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html index f212193..4283af0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,20 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. fejezet - A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime első indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>3. fejezet - A program működése</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Így néz ki egy átlagos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> munkamenet: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A BibleTime ablak részei"></td></tr></table></div><p> Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. fejezet - A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime első indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>3. fejezet - A program működése</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Így néz ki egy átlagos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> munkamenet: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A BibleTime ablak részei"></td></tr></table></div><p> Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb "Nagyító" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a "Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg -a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p> - - <p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 0404aa3..38fd484 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,13 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Billentyűkombinációk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Hivatkozások"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Billentyűkombinációk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Billentyűkombinációk</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Ez az összes billentyűkombináció leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Billentyűkombinációk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Hivatkozások"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Billentyűkombinációk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Billentyűkombinációk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes billentyűkombináció leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Billentyűkombináció</th><th>Leírás</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Billentyűkombináció</th><th>Leírás</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Balra</strong></span> </td><td>Visszalép az előzményekben az olvasó ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Jobbra</strong></span> @@ -137,6 +131,4 @@ láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a -nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hivatkozások </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hivatkozások </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 0f2ff59..8e1c0f7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,128 +1,75 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hivatkozások</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Billentyűkombinációk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hivatkozások</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Hivatkozások</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hivatkozások</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Billentyűkombinációk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hivatkozások</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Hivatkozások</h2></div></div></div><p> Ebben a részben a megynyitott munkák ikonjairól talál leírást. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Előre görget az előzményekben. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Visszafelé görget az előzményekben. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Telepített bibliát választ. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Újabb Bibliát választ. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Keresés a kiválasztott dokumentumokban - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Testreszabás. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Telepített kommentárt választ. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> További kommentár kiválasztása. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> A mutatott bejegyzést szinkronizálja az aktív Biblia ablakkal. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Dokumentumok kiválasztása - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Egy telepített magyarázatot vagy áhitatot választ. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Egy kiegészítő magyarázatot vagy áhitatot választ. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Billentyűkombinációk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Billentyűkombinációk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html index 7ad942c..7afac1b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Hivatkozások"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Hivatkozások"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> @@ -10,256 +10,162 @@ <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Hivatkozások</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Billentyűkombinációk</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Hivatkozások</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Billentyűkombinációk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk -tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Billentyűkombinációk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Billentyűkombinációk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Dokumentum megnyitása</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Dokumentum megnyitása.</span> Ez egy menüt nyit meg, ahol -lehetősége nyílik telepített dokumentumok megnyitására.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Dokumentum megnyitása.</span> Ez egy menüt nyit meg, ahol +lehetősége nyílik telepített dokumentumok megnyitására.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása</span>. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> meg fogja kérdezni, -hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Teljes képernyő</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Teljes képernyő</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Teljes képernyős mód.</span> Jelölje ezt a módot be,hogy -maximalizálja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablakát.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +maximalizálja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablakát.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.<span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt -kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését, ez kényelmes lehet, ha több helyre van szüksége -a Nagyítóhoz.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +a Nagyítóhoz.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) megjelenítését.<span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) -megjelenítését.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fő eszköztár -mutatása</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Fő eszköztár megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő -eszköztár megjelenítését.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +mutatása</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Fő eszköztár megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő +eszköztár megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszköztárak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Navigációs sáv mutatása</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">A navigáció mutatása a dokumentumokban.</span> Itt állíthatja be a + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">A navigáció mutatása a dokumentumokban.</span> Itt állíthatja be a navigációs sáv mutatását a dokumentumablakokban. Kézenfekvő lehet a teljes -eszköztár megjeleníttetése a megnyitott munkákban</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +eszköztár megjeleníttetése a megnyitott munkákban</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszköztárak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dokumentumok mutatása</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése a dokumentumokban. </span> Itt -kapcsolhatja ki/be az eszköztár megjelenítését.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése a dokumentumokban. </span> Itt +kapcsolhatja ki/be az eszköztár megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszköztárak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszközök eszköztár mutatása</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Eszközök megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be az eszközök -megjelenítését a megnyitott munkákban..</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Eszközök megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be az eszközök +megjelenítését a megnyitott munkákban..</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszköztárak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Formátum mutatása</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Forátumot mutat.</span> Kapcsolja be ezt a beállítást amikor a -személyes kommentárt szerkeszti HTML formátumban.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Forátumot mutat.</span> Kapcsolja be ezt a beállítást amikor a +személyes kommentárt szerkeszti HTML formátumban.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszköztárak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Eszköztárak mutatása a szövegablakban.</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése az ablakokban. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja -ki/be a a teljes eszköztár megjelenítését a megnyitott ablakokban.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése az ablakokban. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja +ki/be a a teljes eszköztár megjelenítését a megnyitott ablakokban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés az alapértelmezett bibliában</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés az alapértelmezett bibliában</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További dokumentumok adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban. További részletes leírást -talál <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +talál <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a -megnyitott munká(k)ban</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit +megnyitott munká(k)ban</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit meg</span>. Munkák vehetők el, illetve adhatók a kereséshez a -párbeszédablakban. További részletes leírást talál <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +párbeszédablakban. További részletes leírást talál <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablak -bezárása</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Az összes aktív ablakot bezárja</span></p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +bezárása</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes aktív ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Összes bezárása</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Átlapolt</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Összes bezárása</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Átlapolt</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Az összes ablakot átlapolja</span> - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mozaik</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mozaik</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Az összes ablakot mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span> - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Függőleges -mozaik</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +mozaik</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Az összes ablakot függőleges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span> - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Vízszintes -mozaik</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +mozaik</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span> - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Elrendezés</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Munkafolyamat mentése</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévő folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből tudhatja meg, hogyan kell menteni új folyamatot.<span class="action">A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévő folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből tudhatja meg, hogyan -kell menteni új folyamatot.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> +kell menteni új folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés új -munkafolyamatként</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +munkafolyamatként</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.<span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven -menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Munkafolyamat betöltése</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendő folyamatot.<span class="action">Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a -betöltendő folyamatot.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +betöltendő folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Munkafolyamat törlése</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Mentett folyamat törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendő munkafolyamatot.<span class="action">Mentett folyamat törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendő -munkafolyamatot.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +munkafolyamatot.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action"> Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő beállítási ablakát</span>. Itt + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"> Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő beállítási ablakát</span>. Itt megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> úgy viselkedjen, ahogyan azt szeretné. Nézze meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">beállítások -részt</a> a részletekért.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> +részt</a> a részletekért.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc -menedzser</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a <span class="application">SWORD</span> beállításait, és -kezelheti a könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +menedzser</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a <span class="application">SWORD</span> beállításait, és +kezelheti a könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kézikönyv</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kézikönyv</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói kézikönyvét</span>. Épp ezt olvassa.<span class="action">Megnyitja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói -kézikönyvét</span>. Épp ezt olvassa.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> +kézikönyvét</span>. Épp ezt olvassa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hogyan tanulmányozza a -Bibliát</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +Bibliát</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"> Megnyit egy segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához</span>. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménykedik benne, hogy ez a segédlet arra készteti olvasóit, hogy tanulmányozzák az írásokat, hogy mit is mondanak. Ez a @@ -274,28 +180,15 @@ hogy mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató úgy lett összeállítva, ho ne vegyen védelmébe semmilyen egyéni felekezeti tanítást. Reméljük, hogy olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy megértse, mit is mondanak. Ha úgy kezdi tanulmányozni az írást, hogy azt kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse a szavát -magként a szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nap tippje</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Hasznos tipp megnyitása</span> A Nap Tippje hasznos ötleteket ad a -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> használatához.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +magként a szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nap tippje</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Hasznos tipp megnyitása</span> A Nap Tippje hasznos ötleteket ad a +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> használatához.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Súgó</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Névjegy</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Információs ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">SWORD</span> verziójáról, a <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekről.<span class="action">Információs ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">SWORD</span> verziójáról, a <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és -a felhasználási feltételekről.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hivatkozások</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hivatkozások</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index f6269af..99af09a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,25 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime első indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Amennyiben először indította el a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -t, be kell állítania a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Beállítások">Beállítások </a> menü alatti -opciókat.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime első indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </h2></div></div></div><p>Amennyiben először indította el a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -t, be kell állítania a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Beállítások">Beállítások </a> menü alatti +opciókat.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy -a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Könyvespolc beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Könyvespolc beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a könyvespolcának beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. Csak akkor jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a részt</a> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit. A frissítés gombra kattintva -megtekintheti a <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> által biztosított dokumentumok listáját.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +megtekintheti a <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> által biztosított dokumentumok listáját.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html index 97f64fc..59a8ad6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime első indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel -az ikonnal: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime indítóikon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be -egy terminál ablakba ezt: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Terminálból is indítható a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> véletlenszerű verssel az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="BibleTime első indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel +az ikonnal: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime indítóikon"></td></tr></table></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be +egy terminál ablakba ezt: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból is indítható a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> véletlenszerű verssel az alapértelmezett bibliából: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> Egy meghatározott verssel indításhoz (pl. Jn 3:16), ezt írja be: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p> Természetesen a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is -megadhatja.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +megadhatja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index 639d8a0..09ec775 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,18 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> első indítása </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Képernyő</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Munkaasztal</span> @@ -32,12 +23,4 @@ provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Hivatkozások</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Billentyűkombinációk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Hivatkozások</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Billentyűkombinációk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index a4b5685..db3a3ef 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -102,7 +102,8 @@ utile se hai bisogno di di più spazio per la Lente.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" -depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Mostra</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra Info</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -115,13 +116,13 @@ mostrare o nascodere la Lente nel pannello di sinistra.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Mostra</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra intestazioni testi +paralleli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para> + <action>Mostr opere aggiuntive</action> Attiva questa impostazione per +mostrare altre opere in parallelo con i libri attualmente aperti.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 9f672d9..275aa81 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + <phrase>icona di avvio &bibletime;</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject></para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook index e05030f..a95c729 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime;</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ <releaseinfo>2.10.1</releaseinfo> <abstract> - <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with &qt; framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the &cbs;.</para> + <para>&bibletime; è un programma gratuito per lo studio della +Bibbia. L'interfaccia utente è costruita con il framework &qt; che ne +consente il funzionamnto su diversi sistemi operativi tra cui Linux, +Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il programma usa la libreria di programmazione +&sword; per l'accesso a oltre 200 testi biblici gratuiti, commentari, +dizionari e libri in oltre 50 lingue fornite da &cbs;.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-config.html index f499b12..01d3818 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Esportazione e Stampa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Esportazione e Stampa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizzazione</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Scrivania</span> @@ -6,36 +6,19 @@ <span class="guimenu">Lingue</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Scorciatoie</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>In questa sezione trovi una panoramica per configurare <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, che può -essere trovata sotto <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> nel menu principale.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <p>L'interfaccia utente di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> può essere personalizzata in tanti modi + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In questa sezione trovi una panoramica per configurare <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, che può +essere trovata sotto <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> nel menu principale.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>L'interfaccia utente di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> può essere personalizzata in tanti modi a seconda delle tue esigenze. Puoi accedere alla finestra di configurazione selezionando <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Visualizzazione</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Il comportamento all'avvio può essere personalizzato. Seleziona tra le + </h3></div></div></div><p>Il comportamento all'avvio può essere personalizzato. Seleziona tra le seguenti opzioni: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mostra il logo di avvio</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>I modelli di visualizzazione definiscono il rendering del testo (colore, + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Mostra il logo di avvio</p></li></ul></div><p>I modelli di visualizzazione definiscono il rendering del testo (colore, dimensione, etc.). Sono disponibili vari modelli. Se ne selezioni uno, -vedrai un'anteprima nel pannello di destra.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +vedrai un'anteprima nel pannello di destra.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Scrivania</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Molte caratteristiche fornite dal <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend possono essere + </h3></div></div></div><p>Molte caratteristiche fornite dal <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend possono essere personalizzate in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Queste caratteristiche sono documentate nella finestra. Hai anche la possibilità di specificare documenti standard che dovranno essere usati quando nessun documento è specificato in un @@ -43,68 +26,30 @@ riferimento. Un esempio: La Bibbia standard è usata per visualizzare il contenuto dei riferimenti incrociati nella Bibbia. Quando ci passi il mouse sopra, la Lente mostrerà il contenuto dei versetti a cui si riferiscono, secondo la Bibbia standard specificata. Con l'uso di filtri del testo, puoi -controllare l'aspetto del testo.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +controllare l'aspetto del testo.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Lingue</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Qui puoi specificare che lingua deve essere usata per i nomi dei libri della + </h3></div></div></div><p>Qui puoi specificare che lingua deve essere usata per i nomi dei libri della Bibbia. Imposta la tua lingua nativa, se è disponibile, e ti sentirai a -casa.</p> - - <p>Di default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa i caratteri di sistema. Puoi cambiare questo +casa.</p><p>Di default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa i caratteri di sistema. Puoi cambiare questo carattere se necessario. Alcune lingue richiedono caratteri speciali per essere visualizzate correttamente, e questa finestra ti permette di -specificare un carattere personalizzato per ogni lingua.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Finestra Opzioni - caratteri"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>La Finestra Opzioni - Caratteri.</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> può usare tutti i caratteri supportati. Finché i documenti che +specificare un carattere personalizzato per ogni lingua.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Finestra Opzioni - caratteri"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>La Finestra Opzioni - Caratteri.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> può usare tutti i caratteri supportati. Finché i documenti che ti interessano sono visualizzati correttamente qui nulla deve essere fatto. Se un documento è visualizzato solo come una serie di punti interrogativi (??????) o scatole vuote, allora sai che il carattere di -visualizzazione standard non contiene i caratteri usati in questo documento.</p> - - <p>Per correggere, scegli la lingua di questo documento dal menu a +visualizzazione standard non contiene i caratteri usati in questo documento.</p><p>Per correggere, scegli la lingua di questo documento dal menu a tendina. Seleziona l'uso di caratteri personalizzati nel checkbox. Poi seleziona un carattere. Per esempio, un carattere che supporta molte lingue è Code2000. Se nessun font installato può visualizzare il documento che ti interessa, prova ad installare il pacchetto di localizzazione per quella -lingua.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installazione caratteri</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>L'installazione dettagliata dei caratteri esula dallo scopo di questo +lingua.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installazione caratteri</h4></div></div></div><p>L'installazione dettagliata dei caratteri esula dallo scopo di questo manuale. Per maggiori informazioni puoi riferirti all' <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Se usi un carattere piccolo come Clearlyu (circa 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sarà più -veloce che con un carattere grande come <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(circa 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Ottenere Caratteri</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>I caratteri possono essere ottenuti da diverse fonti:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>La tua distribuzione *nix.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>I pacchetti di localizzazione della tua distribuzione.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Un'esistente installazione di <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>® sullo stesso computer.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Una collezione di caratteri, sono disponibili da Adobe o Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Collezioni di caratteri online.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>I caratteri Unicode supportano più caratteri degli altri, e alcuni di questi +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Se usi un carattere piccolo come Clearlyu (circa 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sarà più +veloce che con un carattere grande come <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(circa 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Ottenere Caratteri</h4></div></div></div><p>I caratteri possono essere ottenuti da diverse fonti:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>La tua distribuzione *nix.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>I pacchetti di localizzazione della tua distribuzione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Un'esistente installazione di <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® sullo stesso computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una collezione di caratteri, sono disponibili da Adobe o Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Collezioni di caratteri online.</p></li></ul></div><p>I caratteri Unicode supportano più caratteri degli altri, e alcuni di questi sono disponibili gratuitamente. Nessuno dei caratteri disponibili include tutti i caratteri definiti nello standard Unicode, quindi potresti voler -usare diversi caratteri per diverse lingue.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.1. Caratteri Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Caratteri Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +usare diversi caratteri per diverse lingue.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.1. Caratteri Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Caratteri Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Forse il miglior carattere Unicode, che copre una vasta gamma di caratteri.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> @@ -121,32 +66,16 @@ Bitstream CyberBit</a> causa delle sue dimensioni.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Incluso in alcune distribuzioni. Contiene Europeo, Greco, Ebraico, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Copertura parziale, guarda le informazioni sul sito linkato.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ci sono buone liste di caratteri Unicode in rete, come una di Christoph + </td><td>Copertura parziale, guarda le informazioni sul sito linkato.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ci sono buone liste di caratteri Unicode in rete, come una di Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Caratteri multilingua Unicode TrueType in Internet</a>), o quella di Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Gamme di -caratteri Unicode e i caratteri Unicode che le supportano</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +caratteri Unicode e i caratteri Unicode che le supportano</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Scorciatoie</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Le scorciatoie sono speciali comandi da tastiera che possono essere usati al + </h3></div></div></div><p>Le scorciatoie sono speciali comandi da tastiera che possono essere usati al posto dei menu e delle icone. Un certo numero di comandi di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hanno scorciatoie predefinite (vedi <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice scorciatoie">questa sezione</a> per una lista completa). Alla maggior parte dei comandi di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> può essere assegnata una scorciatoia. Molto utile per accedere alle funzioni che usi -maggiormente.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>Nell'esempio precedente, F2, l'HowTo per lo studio della Bibbia ha una -scorciatoia secondaria definita, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esportazione e Stampa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 5. Riferimento</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +maggiormente.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>Nell'esempio precedente, F2, l'HowTo per lo studio della Bibbia ha una +scorciatoia secondaria definita, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esportazione e Stampa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 5. Riferimento</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-intro.html index 452dcef..7a3983f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,58 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. Introduzione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. Introduzione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capitolo 1. Introduzione</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Documenti disponibili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è uno strumento di studio della Bibbia che supporta diversi tipi +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. Introduzione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. Introduzione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capitolo 1. Introduzione</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Documenti disponibili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è uno strumento di studio della Bibbia che supporta diversi tipi di testi e lingue. Anche gradi quantità di documenti sono facili da installare e gestire. È costruito sulla libreria <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>, che fornisce un back-end per <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, come ad esempio la visualizzazione della Bibbia, -le ricerche ecc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> è il prodotto principale di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è fatto per essere usato con documenti codificati in uno dei +le ricerche ecc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> è il prodotto principale di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è fatto per essere usato con documenti codificati in uno dei formati supportati dal progetto <span class="application">SWORD</span>. Informazioni complete sui formati supportati possono essere trovate nella <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> sezione per -sviluppatori</a> del Progetto <span class="application">SWORD</span>, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Documenti disponibili</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Oltre 200 documenti in 50 lingue sono disponibili dal <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. Questi includono: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibbie</span></dt><dd> - <p>L'intero testo della Bibbia, con optional come i numeri Strong, intestazioni +sviluppatori</a> del Progetto <span class="application">SWORD</span>, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Documenti disponibili</h3></div></div></div><p>Oltre 200 documenti in 50 lingue sono disponibili dal <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. Questi includono: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bibbie</span></dt><dd><p>L'intero testo della Bibbia, con optional come i numeri Strong, intestazioni e/o note nel testo. Le Bibbie sono disponibili in tante lingue, e includono non solo versioni moderne, ma anche antichi testi come il Codice di Leningrado ("WLC", Ebraico), e la Septuaginta ("LXX", Grebo). Questa è la -sezione più avanzata nella libreria del progetto <span class="application">SWORD</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Libri</span></dt><dd> - <p>I libri disponibili includono "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and -"Josephus: The Complete Works" (in inglese)</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Commenti</span></dt><dd> - <p>I commenti disponibili includono classici come "Note sulla Bibbia" di John +sezione più avanzata nella libreria del progetto <span class="application">SWORD</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Libri</span></dt><dd><p>I libri disponibili includono "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and +"Josephus: The Complete Works" (in inglese)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Commenti</span></dt><dd><p>I commenti disponibili includono classici come "Note sulla Bibbia" di John Wesley, i commenti di Matthew Henry e "Commento ai Galati" di Lutero. Con i commenti <span class="emphasis"><em>Personali</em></span> puoi <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Modificare i tuoi commenti"> salvare le tue note personali</a> -nelle sezioni della Bibbia.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Letture di devozione giornaliere</span></dt><dd> - <p>Molte persone apprezzano queste porzioni giornaliere della Parola di Dio. I +nelle sezioni della Bibbia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Letture di devozione giornaliere</span></dt><dd><p>Molte persone apprezzano queste porzioni giornaliere della Parola di Dio. I documenti disponibili includono Daily Light sul Daily Path, e il -Losungen. (in inglese)</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lessici/Dizionari</span></dt><dd> - <p>I lessici disponibili includono Codici di Analisi Morfologica di Robinson,e +Losungen. (in inglese)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lessici/Dizionari</span></dt><dd><p>I lessici disponibili includono Codici di Analisi Morfologica di Robinson,e l'Enciclopedia della Bibbia Internazionale Standard. I dizionari disponibili includono il Dizionario Strong della Bibbia Ebraica, il Dizionario Strong della Bibbia Greca, il Dizionario Rivisto e Non Abbreviato di Webster della -lingua inglese 1913, Bibbia Attuale di Nave.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivazione</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Il nostro desiderio è servire Dio, e fare la nostra parte per aiutare gli +lingua inglese 1913, Bibbia Attuale di Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Il nostro desiderio è servire Dio, e fare la nostra parte per aiutare gli altri a crescere nel loro rapporto con Lui. Abbiamo cercato di rendere questo un programma potente, e di qualità, e ancora renderlo semplice e intuitivo da utilizzare. È nostro desiderio che Dio sia lodato, poiché Egli -è la fonte di tutte le cose buone.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ogni buon regalo e ogni dono perfetto viene dall'alto e discende dal Padre -della luce, nel quale non c'è variazione né ombra di cambiamento.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Giacomo 1:17, CEI</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Dio ti benedica poiché usi questo programma.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +è la fonte di tutte le cose buone.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ogni buon regalo e ogni dono perfetto viene dall'alto e discende dal Padre +della luce, nel quale non c'è variazione né ombra di cambiamento.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Giacomo 1:17, CEI</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dio ti benedica poiché usi questo programma.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index f69a146..e615ff1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,36 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Il Gestore Libreria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Esportazione e Stampa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span> è uno strumento per gestire +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Il Gestore Libreria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Esportazione e Stampa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span> è uno strumento per gestire la tua Libreria. Puoi installare nuovi documenti nella tua Libreria, e aggiornare o rimuovere documenti esistenti dalla Libreria. Puoi accedervi cliccando <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore -Libreria</span> nel menu principale.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Se è la prima volta che avvii <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clicca sul pulsante Aggiorna per -vedere una lista di documenti forniti da <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Setup percorsi Libreria</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Qui puoi specificare dove <span class="application">BibleTime</span> può salvare la Libreria sul hard +Libreria</span> nel menu principale.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Se è la prima volta che avvii <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clicca sul pulsante Aggiorna per +vedere una lista di documenti forniti da <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Setup percorsi Libreria</h3></div></div></div><p>Qui puoi specificare dove <span class="application">BibleTime</span> può salvare la Libreria sul hard disk. Puoi anche salvarla in più cartelle. Di default è "~/.sword/" su *nix -e "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Sword" per Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Se hai un CD di sword, ma non vuoi installare tutti i documenti sul hard +e "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Sword" per Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Se hai un CD di sword, ma non vuoi installare tutti i documenti sul hard disk, e usarli direttamente dal CD, allora puoi aggiungere il percorso del CD come uno dei percorsi di libreria. Quando avvii <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, mostrerà i -documenti presenti sul CD se è presente.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installa/aggiorna documenti</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Con questo strumento, è possibile connettersi a un archivio di documenti +documenti presenti sul CD se è presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installa/aggiorna documenti</h3></div></div></div><p>Con questo strumento, è possibile connettersi a un archivio di documenti (chiamato "biblioteca"), e trasferire uno o più documenti nella tua Libreria locale. Queste biblioteche possono essere locali (es. un CD <span class="application">SWORD</span>), o remote (es. repository Crosswire online di documenti <span class="application">SWORD</span>, o altri siti @@ -38,9 +16,7 @@ che offrono documenti <span class="application">SWORD</span>). Puoi installare a <span class="guibutton">Prendi lista...</span> quando hai la finestra di dialogo <span class="guibutton">Installazione Nuova Fonte</span> aperta. Puoi gestire le biblioteche con <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi biblioteca</span> e <span class="guibutton"> -Rimuovi biblioteca</span>.</p> - - <p>Per iniziare il processo d'installazione o d'aggiornamento, seleziona una +Rimuovi biblioteca</span>.</p><p>Per iniziare il processo d'installazione o d'aggiornamento, seleziona una biblioteca a cui ti vuoi connettere e il percorso di una Libreria locale per installarci i documenti. Poi clicca su <span class="guibutton">Connetti alla biblioteca </span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> scansionerà il contenuto della biblioteca e ti @@ -48,22 +24,10 @@ darà una lista dei documenti che puoi aggiungere alla tua Libreria, o che hai già installato ma è disponibile una nuova versione nella biblioteca, e quindi possono essere aggiornati. Poi puoi spuntare tutti i documenti che vuoi installare o aggiornare, e cliccare su <span class="guibutton"> Installa -documenti</span>. Saranno trasferiti nella tua Libreria.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Rimuovi documenti</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Questo strumento ti permette di cancellare uno o più documenti dalla tua +documenti</span>. Saranno trasferiti nella tua Libreria.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Rimuovi documenti</h3></div></div></div><p>Questo strumento ti permette di cancellare uno o più documenti dalla tua Libreria per liberare spazio sul disco. Spunta gli elementi e clicca su -<span class="guibutton">Rimuovi documenti</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Indici di Ricerca</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Questa opzione consente di creare nuovi indici di ricerca e pulire gli -indici orfani per i documenti rimossi.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> +<span class="guibutton">Rimuovi documenti</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Indici di Ricerca</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa opzione consente di creare nuovi indici di ricerca e pulire gli +indici orfani per i documenti rimossi.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Cercare nei documenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esportazione e Stampa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Cercare nei documenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esportazione e Stampa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 70d1276..df62045 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,17 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Esportazione e Stampa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Il Gestore Libreria"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capitolo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esportazione e Stampa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Esportazione e Stampa</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>In molti posti, puoi aprire un menu contestuale cliccando con il pulsante +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Esportazione e Stampa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Il Gestore Libreria"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capitolo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esportazione e Stampa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Esportazione e Stampa</h2></div></div></div><p>In molti posti, puoi aprire un menu contestuale cliccando con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse. A seconda del contesto potrai scegliere <span class="guimenuitem">Seleziona</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copia </span> (negli appunti), <span class="guimenuitem">Salva</span> o <span class="guimenuitem">Stampa</span> testo. Questo funziona per esempio nella finestra di lettura, quando clicchi sul testo o sul riferimento al versetto, o nella pagina dei risultati di ricerca quando clicchi su un documento o uno -o più riferimenti ai versetti. È piuttosto semplice, quindi basta provarlo.</p> - - <p>Stampare da <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è abbastanza basilare ed è una utility. Se stai +o più riferimenti ai versetti. È piuttosto semplice, quindi basta provarlo.</p><p>Stampare da <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è abbastanza basilare ed è una utility. Se stai componendo un documento o una presentazione contenente testo di documenti di <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ti suggeriamo di usare uno degli editor di presentazioni sul tuo sistema per formattare i tuoi documenti, piuttosto che stamparli -direttamente da <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +direttamente da <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 6b5227a..1ae0ffc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,34 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Parti della finestra di applicazione BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La Libreria</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La Libreria elenca tutti i documenti installati, ordinati per categoria e +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Parti della finestra di applicazione BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La Libreria</h3></div></div></div><p>La Libreria elenca tutti i documenti installati, ordinati per categoria e lingua. Ha anche una categoria chiamata "Segnalibri". Qui è dove puoi -salvare e accedere ai tuoi segnalibri.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lettura documenti</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Per aprire un documento dalla libreria per leggerla, clicca con il +salvare e accedere ai tuoi segnalibri.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lettura documenti</h4></div></div></div><p>Per aprire un documento dalla libreria per leggerla, clicca con il <span class="mousebutton">pulsante sinistro del mouse</span> sulla categoria desiderata (Bibbie, Commenti, Lessici, Libri, Letture Devozionali o Glossari) per mostrarne il contenuto. Poi clicca su uno dei documenti per -aprirlo per la lettura. Una finestra di lettura apparirà nella Scrivania.</p> - - <p>Se stai leggendo un certo documento, e vuoi aprire un altro documento al +aprirlo per la lettura. Una finestra di lettura apparirà nella Scrivania.</p><p>Se stai leggendo un certo documento, e vuoi aprire un altro documento al passaggio che stai leggendo, puoi usare una scorciatoia. Clicca con il <span class="mousebutton">pulsante sinistro del mouse</span> sul versetto/passaggio di riferimento (il puntatore diventa una mano) e trascinalo nella Libreria. Rilascialo sul documento che vuoi aprire, e verrà aperto per la lettura nella posizione specificata. Puoi anche trascinare un versetto in una finestra di lettura già esistente, salterà al passaggio -specificato.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informazioni aggiuntive sui documenti</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Se clicchi con il <span class="mousebutton">pulsante destro del mouse</span> sul +specificato.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informazioni aggiuntive sui documenti</h4></div></div></div><p>Se clicchi con il <span class="mousebutton">pulsante destro del mouse</span> sul simbolo di un documento, vedrai un menu con ulteriori voci che sono rilevanti per questo documento. <span class="guimenuitem">"About..."</span> apre una finestra con tante informazioni interessanti sul documento @@ -36,29 +19,16 @@ selezionato. <span class="guimenuitem">"Sblocca..."</span> apre una piccola finestra di dialogo per documenti cifrati, dove puoi inserire la chiave di sblocco per accedere al documento. Per informazioni aggiuntive sui documenti bloccati, per favore guarda <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> questa -pagina</a> sul sito di <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Cercare nei documenti</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Puoi fare una ricerca in un documento cliccando con il pulsante +pagina</a> sul sito di <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Cercare nei documenti</h4></div></div></div><p>Puoi fare una ricerca in un documento cliccando con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse sul suo simbolo e selezionando <span class="guimenuitem">"Cerca nei documenti"</span>. Premendo Shift e cliccando su altri documenti puoi selezionarne più di uno. Poi segui la stessa procedura per aprire la finestra di ricerca. Cercherai in tutti quei documenti. Una descrizione completa dell'operazione di ricerca può essere trovata nella sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti">Cercare nei -documenti</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Lavorare con i segnalibri</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +documenti</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Lavorare con i segnalibri</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Trascina e Rilascia Documenti Qui</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Trascina e Rilascia Documenti Qui</p></div><p> Clicca con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse sulla categoria del segnalibro e seleziona <span class="guimenuitem">"Crea nuova @@ -66,83 +36,40 @@ cartella"</span> per creare una nuova sotto-cartella di segnalibri. Puoi usare la normale funzione di drag & drop per trascinare dai riferimenti di un versetto dalla finestra di lettura o dai risultati di ricerca alla cartella dei segnalibri, e riorganizzare i segnalibri tra le -cartelle.</p> - <p>Puoi anche importare segnalibri da altre persone o esportare segnalibri per +cartelle.</p><p>Puoi anche importare segnalibri da altre persone o esportare segnalibri per condividerli con loro. Per far questo, apri il <span class="guimenu">menu contestuale</span> della cartella dei segnalibri come descritto sopra, e seleziona <span class="guimenuitem">"Esporta segnalibri"</span>. Si aprirà una finestra di dialogo per salvare la collezione di segnalibri. Puoi importare -i segnalibri in modo simile.</p> - - <p>Puoi anche cliccare con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del -mouse su cartelle e segnalibri per cambiare i loro nomi e descrizioni.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>La Lente</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Questa finestra nell'angolo in basso a sinistra della finestra di +i segnalibri in modo simile.</p><p>Puoi anche cliccare con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del +mouse su cartelle e segnalibri per cambiare i loro nomi e descrizioni.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>La Lente</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra nell'angolo in basso a sinistra della finestra di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è passiva. Ogni volta che il cursore del mouse si trova su un testo con ulteriori informazioni (es. i numeri Strong), le informazioni aggiuntive saranno visualizzate nella Lente, e non nel testo -stesso. Provala.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>La Scrivania</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La Scrivania è dove viene fatto il vero lavoro con <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Qui puoi +stesso. Provala.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>La Scrivania</h3></div></div></div><p>La Scrivania è dove viene fatto il vero lavoro con <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Qui puoi aprire documenti dalla Libreria, leggerli, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti">cercare</a> in essi, e anche salvare le tue -annotazioni nel modulo dei commenti personali (vedi <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Modificare i tuoi commenti"> sotto</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lettura documenti</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Come abbiamo <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lettura documenti">già visto</a>, +annotazioni nel modulo dei commenti personali (vedi <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Modificare i tuoi commenti"> sotto</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lettura documenti</h4></div></div></div><p>Come abbiamo <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lettura documenti">già visto</a>, puoi aprire documenti per leggerli semplicemente cliccando sul loro simbolo nella Libreria. Una finestra di lettura di aprirà nella Scrivania. Ogni finestra di lettura ha una barra degli strumenti. Lì puoi trovare gli strumenti per navigare nel documento che è collegato alla finestra di lettura, come i pulsanti "cronologici" (per andare avanti e indietro) nei -browser.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Posizionamento finestra di lettura</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Ovviamente puoi aprire più documenti allo stesso momento. Ci sono diverse +browser.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Posizionamento finestra di lettura</h4></div></div></div><p>Ovviamente puoi aprire più documenti allo stesso momento. Ci sono diverse possibilità per disporre le finestre di lettura nella scrivania. Per favore dai una occhiata alla voce <span class="guimenu">Finestra</span> nel menu principale. Lì puoi vedere che puoi controllare la disposizione delle finestre manualmente, o lasciare che <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gestisca la disposizione automatica. Per ottenere questo, devi selezionare una delle modalità di -posizionamento automatico disponibile alla voce <span class="guimenu">Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangiamento</span>. Provalo, è semplice e funziona.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Modificare i tuoi commenti</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Per poter salvare i tuoi commenti su parti della Bibbia, devi installare un +posizionamento automatico disponibile alla voce <span class="guimenu">Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangiamento</span>. Provalo, è semplice e funziona.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Modificare i tuoi commenti</h4></div></div></div><p>Per poter salvare i tuoi commenti su parti della Bibbia, devi installare un particolare documento dalla libreria di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. Questo documento si chiama -"Commenti personali".</p> - - <p>Se apri i commenti personali cliccando sul suo simbolo nella Libreria con il +"Commenti personali".</p><p>Se apri i commenti personali cliccando sul suo simbolo nella Libreria con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">sinistro</span> del mouse, si apre in lettura. Non potrai modificarli in questa modalità. Se desideri scrivere annotazioni nei commenti personali, devi aprirli con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse e poi selezionare <span class="guimenu"> Modifica documento</span> e poi anche <span class="guimenuitem">Testo semplice </span> (editor di codice sorgente) o <span class="guimenuitem">HTML -</span> (editor GUI WYSIWYG di base).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Se <span class="guimenu">Modifica documento</span> è +</span> (editor GUI WYSIWYG di base).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Se <span class="guimenu">Modifica documento</span> è disattivato, controlla di avere permessi di scrittura per i file dei -commenti personali.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Drag & drop documenti qui. Rilascia un riferimento ad un versetto e il -testo del versetto sarà inserito.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Cercare nei documenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +commenti personali.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Drag & drop documenti qui. Rilascia un riferimento ad un versetto e il +testo del versetto sarà inserito.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Cercare nei documenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-search.html index f8cbdd7..aa90e08 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,118 +1,47 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Cercare nei documenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parti della finestra di applicazione BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Il Gestore Libreria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Cercare nei documenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Cercare nei documenti</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Cercare testo in una finestra di lettura aperta</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Puoi cercare una parola o frase nella finestra di lettura aperta (es. il +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Cercare nei documenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parti della finestra di applicazione BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Il Gestore Libreria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Cercare nei documenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Cercare nei documenti</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Cercare testo in una finestra di lettura aperta</h3></div></div></div><p>Puoi cercare una parola o frase nella finestra di lettura aperta (es. il capitolo della Bibbia che stai leggendo) come sei abituato in altri programmi. Questa funzione può essere ottenuta sia cliccando con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse e selezionando <span class="guimenuitem">Cerca...</span>, sia usando la scorciatoia <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Continua a leggere per -sapere come è possibile cercare nei documenti.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accesso alla finestra di ricerca</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Puoi cercare in un documento cliccando con il pulsante +sapere come è possibile cercare nei documenti.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accesso alla finestra di ricerca</h3></div></div></div><p>Puoi cercare in un documento cliccando con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse sul suo simbolo nella <span class="guimenu">Libreria</span> e selezionando <span class="guimenuitem">Cerca nel documento</span>. Tenendo premuto Shift o Ctrl e cliccando sul nome di un altro documento puoi selezionarne più di uno. Poi segui la stessa procedura per aprire la finestra di ricerca. Cercherai in tutti questi -documenti allo stesso tempo.</p> - - <p>Puoi anche accedere alla finestra di ricerca cliccando su <span class="guimenu">Cerca</span> dal menu principale, e selezionando -la voce appropriata.</p> - - <p>Una terza possibilità per iniziare le ricerche è cliccare sul simbolo di -ricerca in una finestra di lettura aperta.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configurazione ricerca</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selezione documenti</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>In cima alla scheda delle opzioni troverai <span class="guibutton">Scegli</span> +documenti allo stesso tempo.</p><p>Puoi anche accedere alla finestra di ricerca cliccando su <span class="guimenu">Cerca</span> dal menu principale, e selezionando +la voce appropriata.</p><p>Una terza possibilità per iniziare le ricerche è cliccare sul simbolo di +ricerca in una finestra di lettura aperta.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configurazione ricerca</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selezione documenti</h4></div></div></div><p>In cima alla scheda delle opzioni troverai <span class="guibutton">Scegli</span> (documenti). Se volessi cercare in più documenti, clicca su questo pulsante -e apparirà un menu in cui scegliere i documenti in cui cercare.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usare Filtri di Ricerca</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Puoi restringere l'ambito della ricerca ad alcune parti della Bibbia +e apparirà un menu in cui scegliere i documenti in cui cercare.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usare Filtri di Ricerca</h4></div></div></div><p>Puoi restringere l'ambito della ricerca ad alcune parti della Bibbia selezionando uno dei filtri predefiniti nella lista <span class="guimenu">Ambiti di ricerca</span>. Puoi definire i campi di ricerca, cliccando sul pulsante -<span class="guibutton">Setup Ambiti di Ricerca</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introduzione di Base alla Sintassi di Ricerca</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Inserisci la frase di ricerca separata da spazi. Di default la funzione di +<span class="guibutton">Setup Ambiti di Ricerca</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introduzione di Base alla Sintassi di Ricerca</h4></div></div></div><p>Inserisci la frase di ricerca separata da spazi. Di default la funzione di ricerca restituirà i risultati che soddisfano tutte le parole. Se vuoi trovare una qualsiasi delle parole inserite, seleziona il pulsante <span class="guimenu">Alcune parole</span>. Se vuoi effettuare una ricerca più complessa, seleziona il pulsante <span class="guimenu"> Libero</span> . Puoi vedere esempi di ricerche cliccando su <span class="guimenu"> sintassi completa</span>. - </p> - - <p>Puoi usare il carattere speciale: '*' corrisponde a un qualsiasi numero di + </p><p>Puoi usare il carattere speciale: '*' corrisponde a un qualsiasi numero di caratteri, mentre '?' corrisponde ad un singolo carattere. L'uso delle parentesi consente di raggruppare i termini di ricerca, es. '(Gesù OR -spirito) AND Dio'.</p> - - <p>Per cercare un altro testo rispetto al testo principale, inserisci il tipo +spirito) AND Dio'.</p><p>Per cercare un altro testo rispetto al testo principale, inserisci il tipo di testo seguito da ':' e dal termine di ricerca. Fare riferimento alla -tabella riportata di seguito per gli esempi.</p> - - <p>Tipi di testo disponibili: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 3.1. Tipi di Ricerca</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Tipi di Ricerca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefisso</th><th>Significato</th><th>Esempio</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>ricerca intestazioni</td><td>heading:Gesù</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>ricerca note</td><td>footnote:Mosè</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>cerca Numeri Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>cerca codici morfologici</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Puoi cliccare di destro su un documento installato e selezionare +tabella riportata di seguito per gli esempi.</p><p>Tipi di testo disponibili: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 3.1. Tipi di Ricerca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Tipi di Ricerca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefisso</th><th>Significato</th><th>Esempio</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>ricerca intestazioni</td><td>heading:Gesù</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>ricerca note</td><td>footnote:Mosè</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>cerca Numeri Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>cerca codici morfologici</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Puoi cliccare di destro su un documento installato e selezionare <span class="guimenu">About </span> per trovare quali criteri di ricerca di prima può funzionare. Non tutti i documenti hanno le caratteristiche per eseguire -questo tipo di ricerca.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa il motore di ricerca Lucene per effettuare le ricerche. Ha +questo tipo di ricerca.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa il motore di ricerca Lucene per effettuare le ricerche. Ha tante caratteristiche avanzate, e puoi leggere di più qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Risultati di ricerca</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Qui puoi vedere quante istanze della stringa di ricerca sono state trovate, +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Risultati di ricerca</h3></div></div></div><p>Qui puoi vedere quante istanze della stringa di ricerca sono state trovate, ordinateper documento. Cliccando su un lavoro con il pulsante <span class="mousebutton">destro</span> del mouse puoi copiare, salvare o stampare tutti i versetti che sono stati trovati in uncerto documento in una sola volta. Questo funziona anche quando clicchi su uno o più deiriferimenti da copiare, salvare o stampare. Cliccando su un particolare riferimento siapre -quel versetto nel contesto nella finestra di anteprima qui sotto.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Trascina un riferimento e rilascialo sul simbolo di un documento nella +quel versetto nel contesto nella finestra di anteprima qui sotto.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Trascina un riferimento e rilascialo sul simbolo di un documento nella Libreria per aprire il documento a quel versetto in una nuova finestra di -lettura.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Trascina un riferimento e rilascialo in una finestra di lettura, e salterà a -quel versetto.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3> - <p>Seleziona riferimenti e trascinali nella Libreria per creare segnalibri.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analisi dei risultati di ricerca</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Clicca su <span class="guibutton">Analisi ricerca</span> per visualizzare l'analisi +lettura.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Trascina un riferimento e rilascialo in una finestra di lettura, e salterà a +quel versetto.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Suggerimento</h3><p>Seleziona riferimenti e trascinali nella Libreria per creare segnalibri.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analisi dei risultati di ricerca</h4></div></div></div><p>Clicca su <span class="guibutton">Analisi ricerca</span> per visualizzare l'analisi di ricerca. Questo dà una semplice analisi grafica del numero di istanze della stringa di ricerca trovate in ogni libro della Bibbia, ed è anche -possibile salvare l'analisi.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +possibile salvare l'analisi.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op.html index e2918e3..b19d20e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Avviando BibleTime per la prima volta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parti della finestra di applicazione BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Panoramica del Programma</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">La Lente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">La Scrivania</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Cercare nei documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Cercare testo in una finestra di lettura aperta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accesso alla finestra di ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurazione ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Risultati di ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Setup percorsi Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installa/aggiorna documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Rimuovi documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Indici di Ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Esportazione e Stampa</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Panoramica del Programma</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ecco come una tipica sessione di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> si presenta: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="Finestra applicazione di BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Puoi facilmente vedere le diverse parti +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Avviando BibleTime per la prima volta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parti della finestra di applicazione BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Panoramica del Programma</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">La Lente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">La Scrivania</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Cercare nei documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Cercare testo in una finestra di lettura aperta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accesso alla finestra di ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurazione ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Risultati di ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Setup percorsi Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installa/aggiorna documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Rimuovi documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Indici di Ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Esportazione e Stampa</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Panoramica del Programma</h2></div></div></div><p>Ecco come una tipica sessione di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> si presenta: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="Finestra applicazione di BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Puoi facilmente vedere le diverse parti dell'applicazione. La finestra in alto a sinistra è utilizzata per aprire i documenti installati nella scheda della Libreria, e con la scheda dei Segnalibri puoi gestire i tuoi segnalibri. La piccola finestra della "Lente" @@ -10,13 +6,4 @@ sotto la Libreria è utilizzata per visualizzare informazioni aggiuntive inserite nei documenti. Quando muovi il mouse sopra una nota, per esempio, la Lente visualizzerà il contenuto della nota. La barra degli strumenti ti dà accesso veloce alle funzioni importanti, e la Scrivania sul lato destro è -dove svolgi il tuo vero lavoro.</p> - - <p>Procediamo a guardare alle diverse parti dell'applicazione individualmente.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dove svolgi il tuo vero lavoro.</p><p>Procediamo a guardare alle diverse parti dell'applicazione individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index d3a051c..afc7cc6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,14 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Indice scorciatoie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Riferimento documenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indice scorciatoie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Riferimento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Indice scorciatoie</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Questo è un indice di tutte le scorciatoie e delle loro descrizioni +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Indice scorciatoie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Riferimento documenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indice scorciatoie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Riferimento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Indice scorciatoie</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo è un indice di tutte le scorciatoie e delle loro descrizioni corrispondenti nel manuale. Le scorciatoie sono disposte in ordine alfabetico. Se vuoi trovare direttamente quale scorciatoie un certo elemento del menu ha, puoi guardare all'elemento stesso in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (che mostra -sempre la scorciatoia), o puoi guardare nel <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Riferimento Menu Principale">Riferimento Menu Principale</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Scorciatoia</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +sempre la scorciatoia), o puoi guardare nel <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Riferimento Menu Principale">Riferimento Menu Principale</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Scorciatoia</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Vai indietro nella cronologia della finestra di lettura.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -126,6 +120,4 @@ Libreria.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra lente</span> </a> equivalent; attiva/disattiva visualizzazione della -lente.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Riferimento documenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lente.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Riferimento documenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 99ae727..f823b11 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Riferimento documenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice scorciatoie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Riferimento documenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Riferimento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Riferimento documenti</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Riferimento documenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capitolo 5. Riferimento"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice scorciatoie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Riferimento documenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Riferimento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Riferimento documenti</h2></div></div></div><p> In questa sezione puoi trovare la descrizione delle icone associate con i documenti aperti. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scorre in avanti nella cronologia. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scorre indietro nella cronologia. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleziona una bibbia installata. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleziona una bibbia aggiuntiva. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Cerca nel documenti selezionati. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Configurazione visualizzazione. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleziona un commento installato. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleziona un commento aggiuntivo. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sincronizza la voce visualizzata con la finestra della Bibbia attiva. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleziona un libro. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Selezionare un glossario installato o una lettura devozionale. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Selezionare un glossario o una lettura devozionale aggiuntivo. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 5. Riferimento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indice scorciatoie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 5. Riferimento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indice scorciatoie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference.html index 77724f4..44502d9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 5. Riferimento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capitolo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Riferimento documenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 5. Riferimento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capitolo 5. Riferimento</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Riferimento Menu Principale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 5. Riferimento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capitolo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Riferimento documenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 5. Riferimento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capitolo 5. Riferimento</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Riferimento Menu Principale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">Vista</span> @@ -10,294 +10,188 @@ <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Riferimento documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice scorciatoie</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Riferimento Menu Principale</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In questa sezione è puoi trovare descrizioni dettagliate di tutte le voci + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Riferimento documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice scorciatoie</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Riferimento Menu Principale</h2></div></div></div><p>In questa sezione è puoi trovare descrizioni dettagliate di tutte le voci del menu principale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Sono ordinate nell'ordine in cui appaiono in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, con tutti i sotto-elementi elencati sotto la voce principale del menu a cui appartengono. Puoi anche vedere la scorciatoia di ogni elemento, una lista completa di tutte le scorciatoie la trovi nella -<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice scorciatoie">sezione scorciatoie</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Indice scorciatoie">sezione scorciatoie</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Apri documento</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Apri documento.</span> Si aprirà un menu che ti permetterà di -aprire i libri installati.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Esci</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Apri documento.</span> Si aprirà un menu che ti permetterà di +aprire i libri installati.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Esci</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Chiudi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ti chiederà se vuoi -scrivere i cambiamenti non salvati sul disco.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +scrivere i cambiamenti non salvati sul disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">Vista</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Schermo intero</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Schermo intero</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Attiva/disattiva fullscreen.</span> Usa questa impostazione per -modificare la modalità fullscreen di <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +modificare la modalità fullscreen di <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Vedi</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra Libreria</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Mostra/nascondi Libreria.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascodere la Libreria nel pannello di sinistra. Può essere utile -se hai bisogno di di più spazio per la Lente.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +se hai bisogno di di più spazio per la Lente.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Vedi</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra Segnalibri</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Mostra/nascondi Segnalibri.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascodere la Segnalibri nel pannello di sinistra. Può essere -utile se hai bisogno di di più spazio per la Lente.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +utile se hai bisogno di di più spazio per la Lente.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Mostra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra Info</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Mostra/nascondi Lente.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per -mostrare o nascodere la Lente nel pannello di sinistra.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +mostrare o nascodere la Lente nel pannello di sinistra.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Mostra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra intestazioni testi +paralleli</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Mostr opere aggiuntive</span> Attiva questa impostazione per +mostrare altre opere in parallelo con i libri attualmente aperti.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barre degli strumenti</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra barra -principale</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi barra degli strumenti principale.</span> Cambia +principale</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi barra degli strumenti principale.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascondere la barra degli strumenti -principale.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +principale.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barre degli strumenti</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra barra di navigazione</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi Navigazione nei documenti.</span> Cambia questa + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi Navigazione nei documenti.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascondere la navigazione nei documenti. Può essere comodo per vedere la barra degli strumenti completa per i documenti -aperti.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +aperti.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barre degli strumenti</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra barra dei documenti</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi barra degli strumenti nei documenti.</span> Cambia + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi barra degli strumenti nei documenti.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascondere l'icona dei documenti nei -documenti aperti.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> +documenti aperti.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barre degli strumenti</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra barra degli strumenti</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi strumenti nei documenti.</span> Cambia questa + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi strumenti nei documenti.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascondere le icone degli strumenti nei -documenti aperti.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> +documenti aperti.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barre degli strumenti</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra barra di formattazione</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi formattazione.</span> Cambia questa impostazione + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi formattazione.</span> Cambia questa impostazione quando modifichi del HTML nei Commenti Personali. Mostrerà o nasconderà la -barra della formattazione.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> +barra della formattazione.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barre degli strumenti</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostra barre degli strumenti nelle finestre di testo</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi barre degli strumenti nei documenti.</span> Cambia + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Mostra/nascondi barre degli strumenti nei documenti.</span> Cambia questa impostazione per mostrare o nascondere l'intera barra degli strumenti -nei documenti aperti.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +nei documenti aperti.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Cerca</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Cerca</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cerca nellaBibbia standard</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Apre la finestra di Ricerca per cercare solo nella Bibbia +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Cerca</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cerca nellaBibbia standard</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Apre la finestra di Ricerca per cercare solo nella Bibbia standard</span>. Più documenti possono essere aggiunti della finestra di ricerca. Una descrizione più dettagliata della ricerca la trovi nella -sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti">Cercare nei documenti</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti">Cercare nei documenti</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Cerca</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cerca -neidocumenti aperti</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Apre la finestra di Ricerca per cercare in tutti i documenti +neidocumenti aperti</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Apre la finestra di Ricerca per cercare in tutti i documenti aperti</span>. I documenti possono essere aggiunti o rimosssi della finestra di ricerca. Una descrizione più dettagliata della ricerca la trovi -nella sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti">Cercare nei documenti</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +nella sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Cercare nei documenti">Cercare nei documenti</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Finestra</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Chiudi -finestra</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Chiudi finestra attiva</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +finestra</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Chiudi finestra attiva</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Chiudi tutte</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Chiudi tutte le finestre aperte</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Chiudi tutte</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Chiudi tutte le finestre aperte</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Metti in cascata tutte le finestre aperte</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Affianca</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Affianca</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Dispone tutte le finestre aperte</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Affiancaverticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Affiancaverticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Disposizione verticale automatica delle finestre aperte</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Affiancaorizzontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Affiancaorizzontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Disposizione orizzontale automatica delle finestre aperte</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangiamento</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controlla il comportamento base della disposizione delle + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controlla il comportamento base della disposizione delle finestre</span>. Nel menu contestuale, puoi specificare se vuoi gestire tu la disposizione delle finestre (modalità Manuale), Schede, Affianca verticalmente, Affianca orizzontalmente, Auto-affianca o In cascata. Dacci -un'occhiata!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +un'occhiata!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salva sessione</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Salva direttamente la sessione corrente</span>. Si aprirà un menu contestuale dove puoi selezionare una sessione esistente per salvarla. Verrà sovrascritta con la sessione corrente. Vedi il prossimo elemento su come -salvare in una nuova sessione.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> +salvare in una nuova sessione.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvacome nuova -sessione</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +sessione</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Salva la sessione corrente sotto nuovo nome</span>. Ti chiederà un -nuovo nome per salvare la sessione.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +nuovo nome per salvare la sessione.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Carica sessione</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Carica una sessione esistente</span>. Si aprirà un menu -contestuale dove potrai selezionare una sessione esistente da caricare.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +contestuale dove potrai selezionare una sessione esistente da caricare.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Finestra</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Elimina sessione</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Cancella una sessione esistente</span>. Si aprirà un menu -contestuale dove potrai selezionare una sessione esistente da cancellare.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +contestuale dove potrai selezionare una sessione esistente da cancellare.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Impostazioni</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Apre la finestra di configurazione di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Puoi + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Apre la finestra di configurazione di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Puoi configurare tutti i tipi di impostazioni per adattare <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alle tue esigenze. Guarda la sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configura BibleTime">Configurare -<span class="application">BibleTime</span></a> per maggiori dettagli.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Impostazioni</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Apre una finestra dove puoi cambiare la configurazione di <span class="application">SWORD</span> e +<span class="application">BibleTime</span></a> per maggiori dettagli.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Impostazioni</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Apre una finestra dove puoi cambiare la configurazione di <span class="application">SWORD</span> e gestire la tua libreria</span>. Guarda la sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Il Gestore Libreria"> Gestore Libreria</a> per maggiori -dettagli.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +dettagli.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuale</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuale</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Apre la guida utente di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> La stai leggendo -adesso.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">HowTo Studio Bibbia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +adesso.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">HowTo Studio Bibbia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Apre una guida su come studiare la Bibbia</span> La speranza del team <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è che questo HowTo provochi i lettori a studiare le scritture per vedere cosa dicono. Questa guida particolare è stata scelta perché si cura di non sostenere una dottrina in particolare. Ci aspettiamo che tu legga e studi le scritture per capire cosa dicono. Se inizi con l'atteggiamento di chi desidera che il Signore semini la sua parola nel -proprio cuore, Lui non ti deluderà.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Suggerimento del giorno</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Apre un suggerimento utile</span> Il suggerimento del giorno +proprio cuore, Lui non ti deluderà.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Suggerimento del giorno</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Apre un suggerimento utile</span> Il suggerimento del giorno fornisce un utile suggerimento che ti assisterà nell'utilizzo di -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About BibleTime</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Apre una finestra di informazioni sul progetto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> contiene informazioni sulla versione di <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, sui contributori del progetto, la versione di <span class="application">SWORD</span>, la versione delle <span class="application">Qt</span> e l'accordo di -licenza.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Riferimento documenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +licenza.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Riferimento documenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 3d69ffe..8e8d934 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Avviando BibleTime per la prima volta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Se è la prima volta che avvii <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vorrai configurare le seguenti -opzioni, disponibili tra le <a class="link" href="">Impostazioni barra dei menu</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Avviando BibleTime per la prima volta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</h2></div></div></div><p>Se è la prima volta che avvii <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vorrai configurare le seguenti +opzioni, disponibili tra le <a class="link" href="">Impostazioni barra dei menu</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Personalizza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Questa finestra ti permette di adattare <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alle tue esigenze. Guarda <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configura BibleTime">la descrizione dettagliata</a> di questa -finestra.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +finestra.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Gestore Libreria</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifica Libreria</span>. Questa finestra ti permette di + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica Libreria</span>. Questa finestra ti permette di modificare la tua Libreria, aggiungere o cancellare documenti dal tuo sistema. Sarà visualizzato solo se non è trovata una Libreria di default. Guarda la sezione <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Il Gestore Libreria">Il @@ -22,6 +14,4 @@ Gestore Libreria</a> per maggiori dettagli. Se inizi con una Libreria vuota, sarà utile per installare almeno una Bibbia, Commenti, Lessico e un Libro per conoscere le funzioni di base di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> velocemente. Puoi fare questo cliccando sul pulsante Aggiorna. Si presenterà con una lista di -documenti disponibili da <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +documenti disponibili da <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Funzionamento Programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-term.html index eb7988c..18d2c92 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Avviando BibleTime per la prima volta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Come avviare <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizzazione avvio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Come avviare <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un file eseguibile integrato con il desktop. Puoi lanciare -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> dal menu di avvio con questa icona: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> può anche essere avviato da un prompt dei comandi. Per lanciare -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, apri una finestra di terminale e digita: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalizzazione avvio</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Da terminale puoi utilizzare <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per aprire versetti a caso nella +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Avviando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Avviando BibleTime per la prima volta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capitolo 2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Come avviare <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizzazione avvio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Come avviare <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un file eseguibile integrato con il desktop. Puoi lanciare +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> dal menu di avvio con questa icona: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="icona di avvio BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> può anche essere avviato da un prompt dei comandi. Per lanciare +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, apri una finestra di terminale e digita: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalizzazione avvio</h3></div></div></div><p>Da terminale puoi utilizzare <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per aprire versetti a caso nella Bibbia di default: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> Per aprire ad un certo passo come Gv 3,16 usa: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Giovanni 3:16"</pre><p> Puoi anche -utilizzare nomi di libri nel linguaggio corrente dei nomi dei libri.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. Introduzione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +utilizzare nomi di libri nel linguaggio corrente dei nomi dei libri.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. Introduzione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html index c7d2705..0a0b722 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduzione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Documenti disponibili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Come avviare <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizzazione avvio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Funzionamento Programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Panoramica del Programma</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">La Lente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">La Scrivania</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Cercare nei documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Cercare testo in una finestra di lettura aperta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accesso alla finestra di ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurazione ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Risultati di ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Setup percorsi Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installa/aggiorna documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Rimuovi documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Indici di Ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Esportazione e Stampa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma gratuito per lo studio della Bibbia. L'interfaccia utente è costruita con il framework Qt che ne consente il funzionamnto su diversi sistemi operativi tra cui Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il programma usa la libreria di programmazione SWORD per l'accesso a oltre 200 testi biblici gratuiti, commentari, dizionari e libri in oltre 50 lingue fornite da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2016 Il team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un programma gratuito per lo studio della +Bibbia. L'interfaccia utente è costruita con il framework <span class="application">Qt</span> che ne +consente il funzionamnto su diversi sistemi operativi tra cui Linux, +Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il programma usa la libreria di programmazione +<span class="application">SWORD</span> per l'accesso a oltre 200 testi biblici gratuiti, commentari, +dizionari e libri in oltre 50 lingue fornite da <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduzione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Documenti disponibili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Come avviare <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizzazione avvio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Avviando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> per la prima volta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Funzionamento Programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Panoramica del Programma</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parti della finestra di applicazione <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">La Lente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">La Scrivania</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Cercare nei documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Cercare testo in una finestra di lettura aperta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accesso alla finestra di ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurazione ricerca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Risultati di ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Il <span class="guimenuitem">Gestore Libreria</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Setup percorsi Libreria</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installa/aggiorna documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Rimuovi documenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Indici di Ricerca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Esportazione e Stampa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configura <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizzazione</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Scrivania</span> @@ -33,12 +24,4 @@ provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> <span class="guimenu">Impostazioni</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Riferimento documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice scorciatoie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipi di Ricerca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Caratteri Unicode</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. Introduzione</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Riferimento documenti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Indice scorciatoie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipi di Ricerca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Caratteri Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. Introduzione</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 9be2a3d..bbb7828 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works have the built in features for performing this type of search.</para> </tip> - <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has -many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink + <para>&bibletime; jūsų paieškoms atlikti naudoja Lucene paieškos modulį. Jame yra +daug išplėstinių ypatybių, o daugiau apie jį galite perskaityti čia: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink>.</para> </sect3> @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</para> <screenshot> -<screeninfo>Search Analysis Dialog Box</screeninfo> <mediaobject> +<screeninfo>Paieškos analizės dialogo langelis</screeninfo> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject></screenshot> </sect3> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/index.docbook index 727dc05..bada445 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>&bibletime; komanda</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-config.html index fa3024f..1961c1a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 4. BibleTime konfigūravimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogo langas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 4. BibleTime konfigūravimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogo langas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Rodymas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Stalas</span> @@ -6,101 +6,46 @@ <span class="guimenu">Kalbos</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Spartieji klavišai</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>Šioje sekcijoje jūs rasite <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo apžvalgą, kurią galima -rasti pagrindinio meniu punkte <span class="guimenu">Nustatymai</span></p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogo langas</h2></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> naudotojo sąsaja, priklausomai nuo jūsų poreikių, gali būti + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Šioje sekcijoje jūs rasite <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo apžvalgą, kurią galima +rasti pagrindinio meniu punkte <span class="guimenu">Nustatymai</span></p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogo langas</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> naudotojo sąsaja, priklausomai nuo jūsų poreikių, gali būti tinkinama įvairiais būdais. Jūs galite pasiekti konfigūravimo dialogo langą, pasirinkdami <span class="guimenu">Nustatymai</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Konfigūruoti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Konfigūruoti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Rodymas</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Paleisties elgsena gali būti tinkinama. Pasirinkite iš sekančių parinkčių: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Rodyti prisistatymo logotipą</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Rodymo šablonai, apibrėžia teksto atvaizdavimą (spalvas, dydį ir t. t.). Yra + </h3></div></div></div><p>Paleisties elgsena gali būti tinkinama. Pasirinkite iš sekančių parinkčių: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Rodyti prisistatymo logotipą</p></li></ul></div><p>Rodymo šablonai, apibrėžia teksto atvaizdavimą (spalvas, dydį ir t. t.). Yra prieinami įvairūs įtaisyti šablonai. Pasirinkę vieną iš šablonų, dešiniame -polangyje matysite peržiūrą.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +polangyje matysite peržiūrą.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Stalas</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Daugelis, <span class="application">SWORD</span> vidinės pusės pateikiamų, ypatybių, dabar, gali būti + </h3></div></div></div><p>Daugelis, <span class="application">SWORD</span> vidinės pusės pateikiamų, ypatybių, dabar, gali būti tinkinamos programoje <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Šios ypatybės yra dokumentuotos tiesiai dialoge. Jūs taip pat turite galimybę apibrėžti standartines veiklas, kurios turėtų būti naudojamos, kai nuorodoje nėra apibrėžta jokia specifinė veikla. Pavyzdys: Standartinė Biblija yra naudojama Biblijos kryžminių nuorodų turinio rodymui. Kai ant jų užvedate pelę, Peržiūros langelis rodys nurodomų eilučių turinį, atitinkamai jūsų nurodytos standartinės -Biblijos. Naudodami teksto filtrus, galite valdyti teksto išvaizdą.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +Biblijos. Naudodami teksto filtrus, galite valdyti teksto išvaizdą.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Kalbos</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Čia galite nurodyti, kokia kalba turėtų būti rodomi Biblijos knygų + </h3></div></div></div><p>Čia galite nurodyti, kokia kalba turėtų būti rodomi Biblijos knygų pavadinimai. Nusistatykite šią parinktį į savo gimtąją kalbą, jei ji -prieinama, ir jausitės kaip namie.</p> - - <p>Pagal numatymą, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> naudoja numatytąjį sistemos šriftą. Jei būtina, +prieinama, ir jausitės kaip namie.</p><p>Pagal numatymą, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> naudoja numatytąjį sistemos šriftą. Jei būtina, galite nustelbti šį šriftą. Kai kurios kalbos tam, kad būtų teisingai rodomos, reikalauja ypatingų šriftų ir šis dialogo langas kiekvienai kalbai -leidžia jums nurodyti pasirinktiną šriftą.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Parinkčių langas - šriftai"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>Parinkčių langas - Šriftai.</p> - </div></div> - <p>Dabar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gali naudoti visus palaikomus šriftus. Tol, kol jus +leidžia jums nurodyti pasirinktiną šriftą.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Parinkčių langas - šriftai"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Parinkčių langas - Šriftai.</p></div></div><p>Dabar <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gali naudoti visus palaikomus šriftus. Tol, kol jus dominančios veiklos yra rodomos teisingai, čia nieko nereikia daryti. Jei veikla rodo tik eilę klaustukų (??????) arba tuščias dėžutes, žinokite, kad -standartiniame rodymo šrifte nėra šioje veikloje naudojamų simbolių.</p> - - <p>Norėdami tai ištaisyti, iš išskleidžiamojo meniu pasirinkite šios veiklos +standartiniame rodymo šrifte nėra šioje veikloje naudojamų simbolių.</p><p>Norėdami tai ištaisyti, iš išskleidžiamojo meniu pasirinkite šios veiklos kalbą. Pažymėkite žymimą langelį "Naudoti tinkintą šriftą". Pavyzdžiui, daugelį kalbų palaikantis šriftas yra Code2000. Jei nė vienas įdiegtas šriftas nerodo jus dominančios veiklos, pabandykite įdiegti tos kalbos -lokalizavimo paketą.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Šriftų diegimas</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Išsamesni šriftų diegimo nurodymai yra už šio žinyno ribų. Tolimesnei +lokalizavimo paketą.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Šriftų diegimas</h4></div></div></div><p>Išsamesni šriftų diegimo nurodymai yra už šio žinyno ribų. Tolimesnei informacijai, galbūt, norėtumėte kreiptis į <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -INSTRUKCIJĄ</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>Jei naudosite mažą šriftą, tokį kaip Clearlyu (apie 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> veiks -greičiau nei su dideliu šriftu, tokiu kaip <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(apie 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Šriftų gavimas</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Šriftai gali būti gaunami iš daugelio šaltinių:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jūsų *nix distribucijos.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jūsų distribucijos lokalizacijos paketų.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Tame pačiame kompiuteryje esančios <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>® sistemos diegimo.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Šriftų kolekcijų, tokių kaip yra prieinamos iš Adobe ar Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Žiniatinklio šriftų kolekcijų.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Unicode šriftai palaiko daugiau simbolių nei kiti šriftai, be to, kai kurie +INSTRUKCIJĄ</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>Jei naudosite mažą šriftą, tokį kaip Clearlyu (apie 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> veiks +greičiau nei su dideliu šriftu, tokiu kaip <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(apie 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Šriftų gavimas</h4></div></div></div><p>Šriftai gali būti gaunami iš daugelio šaltinių:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Jūsų *nix distribucijos.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jūsų distribucijos lokalizacijos paketų.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tame pačiame kompiuteryje esančios <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® sistemos diegimo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Šriftų kolekcijų, tokių kaip yra prieinamos iš Adobe ar Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žiniatinklio šriftų kolekcijų.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode šriftai palaiko daugiau simbolių nei kiti šriftai, be to, kai kurie iš jų yra prieinami be jokio mokesčio. Nei viename iš prieinamų šriftų nėra visų, Unicode standartu, apibrėžtų simbolių, todėl, galbūt, pageidausite -skirtingoms kalboms naudoti skirtingus šriftus.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 4.1. Unicode šriftai</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Unicode šriftai" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +skirtingoms kalboms naudoti skirtingus šriftus.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 4.1. Unicode šriftai</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Unicode šriftai" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Ko gero, geriausias nemokamas Unicode šriftas, apimantis didelį simbolių skaičių.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -119,30 +64,14 @@ Bitstream CyberBit</a> Tajų.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Dalinis simbolių palaikymas, žiūrėkite informaciją nurodytoje svetainėje.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer + </td><td>Dalinis simbolių palaikymas, žiūrėkite informaciją nurodytoje svetainėje.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Spartieji klavišai</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be + </h3></div></div></div><p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined Shortcuts (see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas">Shortcuts section</a> for a complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is -very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-intro.html index fe3f6ff..771dba8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,58 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 1. Įžanga</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 1. Įžanga</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Skyrius 1. Įžanga</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Prieinamos veiklos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motyvacija</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra Biblijos studijavimo įrankis, palaikantis įvairius teksto +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 1. Įžanga</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 1. Įžanga</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Skyrius 1. Įžanga</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Prieinamos veiklos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motyvacija</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra Biblijos studijavimo įrankis, palaikantis įvairius teksto tipus ir kalbas. Netgi didelius veiklų modulių kiekius yra lengva įdiegti ir tvarkyti. Programa yra sukurta <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> bibliotekos pagrindu. Ši biblioteka suteikia vidinės <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pusės funkcionalumą, tokį kaip Biblijos tekstų rodymą, paiešką ir t. t. <span class="application">SWORD</span> yra <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span></a> geriausias parodomasis -produktas.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra sukurta naudoti su veiklomis, užkoduotomis vienu iš <span class="application">SWORD</span> +produktas.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra sukurta naudoti su veiklomis, užkoduotomis vienu iš <span class="application">SWORD</span> projekto palaikomų formatų. Visą informaciją apie palaikomus dokumentų formatus galite rasti <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span> <span class="application">SWORD</span> projekto <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> kūrėjų -sekcijoje</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Prieinamos veiklos</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Virš 200 dokumentų, prieinamų 50 kalbomis yra prieinama iš <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span></a>. Į juos įeina: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Biblijos</span></dt><dd> - <p>Pilni Biblijos tekstai su pasirinktinais, tekste esančiais dalykais, tokiais +sekcijoje</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Prieinamos veiklos</h3></div></div></div><p>Virš 200 dokumentų, prieinamų 50 kalbomis yra prieinama iš <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span></a>. Į juos įeina: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Biblijos</span></dt><dd><p>Pilni Biblijos tekstai su pasirinktinais, tekste esančiais dalykais, tokiais kaip Strongo numeriai, antraštės ir/ar poraštės. Biblijos yra prieinamos daugeliu kalbų, jose yra ne tik šiuolaikinės versijos, bet taip pat ir senoviniai tekstai, tokie kaip Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrajų), ir Septuagint ("LXX", Graikų). Tai yra labiausiai išplėsta <span class="application">SWORD</span> projekto -bibliotekos sekcija.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Knygos</span></dt><dd> - <p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Komentarai</span></dt><dd> - <p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +bibliotekos sekcija.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knygos</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentarai</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Jūsų asmeninių komentarų redagavimas"> record your own personal notes</a> to -sections of the Bible.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Kadieniai pašventimai</span></dt><dd> - <p>Many people appreciate these daily portions from God's word. Available works -include Daily Light on the Daily Path, and the Losungen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Leksikonai/Žodynai</span></dt><dd> - <p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kadieniai pašventimai</span></dt><dd><p>Many people appreciate these daily portions from God's word. Available works +include Daily Light on the Daily Path, and the Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Leksikonai/Žodynai</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motyvacija</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mūsų noras yra tarnauti Dievui ir padaryti savo dalį, padedant kitiems augti +Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motyvacija</h3></div></div></div><p>Mūsų noras yra tarnauti Dievui ir padaryti savo dalį, padedant kitiems augti santykiuose su Juo. Mes siekėme šią programą padaryti galingą, kokybišką, bet tuo pačiu metu ir lengvai bei intuityviai naudojamą. Mes norėtume, kad -būtų pašlovintas Dievas, kadangi Jis yra visų gerų dalykų šaltinis.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Kiekvienas geras davinys ir tobula dovana ateina iš aukštybių, nužengia nuo -šviesybių Tėvo, kuriame nėra jokių atmainų ir jokių sambrėškų.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jokūbo 1,17, Biblija RK_K1998</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Telaimina jus Dievas, besinaudojant šia programa.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> žinynas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +būtų pašlovintas Dievas, kadangi Jis yra visų gerų dalykų šaltinis.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Kiekvienas geras davinys ir tobula dovana ateina iš aukštybių, nužengia nuo +šviesybių Tėvo, kuriame nėra jokių atmainų ir jokių sambrėškų.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jokūbo 1,17, Biblija RK_K1998</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Telaimina jus Dievas, besinaudojant šia programa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> žinynas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 9d62343..d23b986 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,35 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh -button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Knygų lentynos kelio(-ių) sąranka</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh +button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Knygų lentynos kelio(-ių) sąranka</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Veiklos(-ų) įdiegimas/atnaujinimas</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Veiklos(-ų) įdiegimas/atnaujinimas</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> @@ -37,9 +15,7 @@ modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton"> list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete -library</span>.</p> - - <p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click on <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will scan the contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can @@ -47,22 +23,10 @@ add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Veiklos(-ų) šalinimas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Veiklos(-ų) šalinimas</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on -<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Paieškos indeksai</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> +<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Paieškos indeksai</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Paieška veiklose </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Paieška veiklose </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-output.html index e323209..166a870 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Skyrius 4. BibleTime konfigūravimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Skyrius 4. BibleTime konfigūravimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -8,11 +6,8 @@ allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.</p> - - <p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If you are composing a document or presentation containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 3bcf4f3..259aa1e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,144 +1,71 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime programos lango dalys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knygų lentyna</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime programos lango dalys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knygų lentyna</h3></div></div></div><p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is where you can store and -access your own bookmarks.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Veiklų skaitymas</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the +access your own bookmarks.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Veiklų skaitymas</h4></div></div></div><p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the desired category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for -reading. A read window will appear in the Desk area.</p> - - <p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +reading. A read window will appear in the Desk area.</p><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Papildoma informacija apie veiklas</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Papildoma informacija apie veiklas</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked -Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span> web site.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Paieška veiklose</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Paieška veiklose</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose">Searching in Works -section</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Darbas su adresynu</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Darbas su adresynu</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.</p> - <p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p> - - <p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Peržiūros langelis</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Peržiūros langelis</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just -try it out.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Stalas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Stalas</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Jūsų asmeninių komentarų redagavimas">below</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Veiklų skaitymas</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Veiklų skaitymas">already seen</a>, +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Jūsų asmeninių komentarų redagavimas">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Veiklų skaitymas</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Veiklų skaitymas">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Skaitymo lango vieta</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Skaitymo lango vieta</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Jūsų asmeninių komentarų redagavimas</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Jūsų asmeninių komentarų redagavimas</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span></a>. This work is called "Personal -commentary".</p> - - <p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Paieška veiklose</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Paieška veiklose</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 2c9c6d1..ff739cc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,114 +1,43 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Paieška veiklose</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTime programos lango dalys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Paieška veiklose</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Paieška veiklose</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Paieška atverto skaitymo lango tekste</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Paieška veiklose</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTime programos lango dalys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Paieška veiklose</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Paieška veiklose</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Paieška atverto skaitymo lango tekste</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the shortcut <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Prieiga prie paieškos dialogo</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Prieiga prie paieškos dialogo</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.</p> - - <p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.</p> - - <p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an -open read window.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Paieškos konfigūracija</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Veiklų pasirinkimas</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>At the top of the options tab you will find +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an +open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Paieškos konfigūracija</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Veiklų pasirinkimas</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Paieškos rėžių naudojimas</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Paieškos rėžių naudojimas</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Pagrindinės paieškos sintaksės pristatymas</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Pagrindinės paieškos sintaksės pristatymas</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select the <span class="guimenu">Some words</span> button. If you want to perform a more complex search, select the <span class="guimenu">Free</span> button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on <span class="guimenu">full syntax</span>. - </p> - - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will + </p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p> - - <p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 3.1. Paieškos tipai</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Paieškos tipai" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Priešdėlis</th><th>Reikšmė</th><th>Pavyzdys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>ieško antraštėse</td><td>heading:Jėzus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>ieško išnašose</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>ieško Strongo numeriuose</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>ieško morfologiniuose koduose</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p><p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 3.1. Paieškos tipai</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Paieškos tipai" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Priešdėlis</th><th>Reikšmė</th><th>Pavyzdys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>ieško antraštėse</td><td>heading:Jėzus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>ieško išnašose</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>ieško Strongo numeriuose</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>ieško morfologiniuose koduose</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works -have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has -many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Paieškos rezultatai</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> jūsų paieškoms atlikti naudoja Lucene paieškos modulį. Jame yra +daug išplėstinių ypatybių, o daugiau apie jį galite perskaityti čia: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Paieškos rezultatai</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to -that verse.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3> - <p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Paieškos rezultatų analizė</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the +work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to +that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Patarimas</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Paieškos rezultatų analizė</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op.html index 1c67a19..5479b08 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,21 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Pirmasis BibleTime paleidimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTime programos lango dalys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programos apžvalga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knygų lentyna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Peržiūros langelis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Stalas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Paieška veiklose</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Paieška atverto skaitymo lango tekste</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Prieiga prie paieškos dialogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Paieškos konfigūracija</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Paieškos rezultatai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Knygų lentynos kelio(-ių) sąranka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Veiklos(-ų) įdiegimas/atnaujinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Veiklos(-ų) šalinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Paieškos indeksai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programos apžvalga</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="BibleTime programos langas"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Pirmasis BibleTime paleidimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTime programos lango dalys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programos apžvalga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knygų lentyna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Peržiūros langelis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Stalas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Paieška veiklose</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Paieška atverto skaitymo lango tekste</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Prieiga prie paieškos dialogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Paieškos konfigūracija</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Paieškos rezultatai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Knygų lentynos kelio(-ių) sąranka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Veiklos(-ų) įdiegimas/atnaujinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Veiklos(-ų) šalinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Paieškos indeksai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programos apžvalga</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="BibleTime programos langas"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p> - - <p>Dabar tęskime ir atskirai apžvelkime įvairias programos dalis.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Dabar tęskime ir atskirai apžvelkime įvairias programos dalis.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 274dd1f..5c37fd3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Veiklų rodyklė"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Veiklų rodyklė"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</h2></div></div></div><p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Pagrindinio meniu nuorodos">Main Menu -reference</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Spartieji klavišai</th><th>Aprašas</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +reference</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Spartieji klavišai</th><th>Aprašas</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Kairėn</strong></span> </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Dešinėn</strong></span> @@ -125,6 +119,4 @@ lentynos tvarkytuvę.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti peržiūros langelį</span> </a> ekvivalentas; perjungia -peržiūros langelio rodymą.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Veiklų rodyklė </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +peržiūros langelio rodymą.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Veiklų rodyklė </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index a580ab1..9ea4687 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Veiklų rodyklė</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Veiklų rodyklė</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Veiklų rodyklė</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Veiklų rodyklė</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Skyrius 5. Nuoroda"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Veiklų rodyklė</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Veiklų rodyklė</h2></div></div></div><p> Šioje sekcijoje galite rasti, su atvertomis veiklomis susijusių piktogramų, aprašus. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Slenka pirmyn per istoriją. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Slenka atgal per istoriją. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti įdiegtą Bibliją. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti papildomą Bibliją. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Ieškoti pasirinktose veiklose. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Rodyti konfigūraciją. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti įdiegtus komentarus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti papildomus komentarus. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sinchronizuoti rodomą įrašą su aktyviu Biblijos langu. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti knygą. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti įdiegtą aiškinamąjį žodyną ar pašventimą. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Pasirinkti papildomą aiškinamąjį žodyną ar pašventimą. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference.html index 8d9dc68..78afe29 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Skyrius 4. BibleTime konfigūravimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Veiklų rodyklė"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Pagrindinio meniu nuorodos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Skyrius 4. BibleTime konfigūravimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Veiklų rodyklė"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Skyrius 5. Nuoroda</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Pagrindinio meniu nuorodos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">Failas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> @@ -10,297 +10,190 @@ <span class="guimenu">Nustatymai</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Pagalba</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Veiklų rodyklė</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Pagrindinio meniu nuorodos</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Veiklų rodyklė</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Pagrindinio meniu nuorodos</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of -all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas">shortcuts section</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas">shortcuts section</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">Failas</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Failas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Atverti veiklą</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Atverti veiklą.</span> Tai jums parodys meniu, kuriame leidžiama -atverti įdiegtas knygas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Failas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Baigti</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Atverti veiklą.</span> Tai jums parodys meniu, kuriame leidžiama +atverti įdiegtas knygas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>Failas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Baigti</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Užveria <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> jūsų paklaus ar norite į -diską įrašyti neišsaugotus pakeitimus.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +diską įrašyti neišsaugotus pakeitimus.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Viso ekrano veiksena</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Viso ekrano veiksena</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Perjungia viso ekrano rodymą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad -išdidintumėte <span class="application">BibleTime</span> langą.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +išdidintumėte <span class="application">BibleTime</span> langą.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti knygų lentyną</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Perjungia Knygų lentynos rodymą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad išjungtumėte ar įjungtumėte, kairiajame polangyje esančią, Knygų lentyną. Tai gali praversti, jeigu Peržiūros langeliui reikia daugiau -vietos.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +vietos.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti adresyną</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Perjungia Adresyno rodymą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad išjungtumėte ar įjungtumėte, kairiajame polangyje esantį, Adresyną. Tai gali -praversti, jeigu Peržiūros langeliui reikia daugiau vietos.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +praversti, jeigu Peržiūros langeliui reikia daugiau vietos.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti peržiūros langelį</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Perjungia Peržiūros langelio rodymą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad išjungtumėte ar įjungtumėte, kairiajame polangyje esantį, -Peržiūros langelį.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +Peržiūros langelį.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti lygiagretaus teksto antraštes</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Perjungia papildomų veiklų rodymą</span> Šio nustatymo perjungimas, leidžia jums matyti papildomas veiklas lygiagrečiai su jūsų -esamomis atvertomis veiklomis.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +esamomis atvertomis veiklomis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įrankių juostos</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti pagrindinę įrankių -juostą</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Perjungia Pagrindinės Įrankių juostos rodymą.</span> Perjunkite šį -nustatymą, kad išjungtumėte ar įjungtumėte pagrindinę įrankių juostą.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +juostą</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Perjungia Pagrindinės Įrankių juostos rodymą.</span> Perjunkite šį +nustatymą, kad išjungtumėte ar įjungtumėte pagrindinę įrankių juostą.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įrankių juostos</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti naršymo juostą</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose naršymą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose naršymą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad veiklose pridėtumėte ar pašalintumėte Naršymo jungtinį langelį. Tai gali -praversti, norint atvertose veiklose matyti visą įrankių juostą.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +praversti, norint atvertose veiklose matyti visą įrankių juostą.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įrankių juostos</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti veiklų įrankių juostą</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose Įrankių juostas.</span> Perjunkite šį + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose Įrankių juostas.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad atvertose veiklose pridėtumėte ar pašalintumėte veiklų -piktogramas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> +piktogramas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įrankių juostos</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti įrankių įrankių juostą</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose įrankius.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad -atvertose veiklose pridėtumėte ar pašalintumėte įrankių piktogramas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose įrankius.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad +atvertose veiklose pridėtumėte ar pašalintumėte įrankių piktogramas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įrankių juostos</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti formatavimo įrankių juostą</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Perjungia formatavimą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Perjungia formatavimą.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, Asmeniniuose Komentaruose redaguodami HTML. Jis pridės arba pašalins -formatavimo įrankių juostą.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> +formatavimo įrankių juostą.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Rodinys</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įrankių juostos</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Rodyti įrankių juostas tekstiniuose languose</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose įrankių juostas.</span> Perjunkite šį + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Perjungia veiklose įrankių juostas.</span> Perjunkite šį nustatymą, kad atvertose veiklose pridėtumėte ar pašalintumėte pilną įrankių -juostą.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +juostą.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Paieška</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Paieška</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ieškoti standartinėje Biblijoje</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Atveria paieškos dialogą, skirtą ieškoti tik standartinėje +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Paieška</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ieškoti standartinėje Biblijoje</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Atveria paieškos dialogą, skirtą ieškoti tik standartinėje Biblijoje</span>. Paieškos dialoge gali būti pridėta daugiau -veiklų. Išsamesnį paieškos aprašą galite rasti skyriuje <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose">Paieška veiklose</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +veiklų. Išsamesnį paieškos aprašą galite rasti skyriuje <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose">Paieška veiklose</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Paieška</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ieškoti -atvertose veiklose</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Atveria paieškos dialogą, skirtą paieškai visose +atvertose veiklose</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Atveria paieškos dialogą, skirtą paieškai visose veiklose</span>. Paieškos dialoge veiklos gali būti pridedamos arba -šalinamos. Išsamesnį paieškos aprašą galite rasti skyriuje <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose">Paieška veiklose</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +šalinamos. Išsamesnį paieškos aprašą galite rasti skyriuje <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Paieška veiklose">Paieška veiklose</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Langas</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Užverti -langą</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Užveria aktyvų langą</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +langą</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Užveria aktyvų langą</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Užverti visus langus</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Užveria visus atvertus langus</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Užverti visus langus</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Užveria visus atvertus langus</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Išdėstyti -pakopomis</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +pakopomis</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Išdėsto pakopomis visus atvertus langus</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Išloti</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Išloti</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Iškloja visus atvertus langus</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Iškloti -vertikaliai</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +vertikaliai</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatiškai vertikaliai iškloja visus atvertus langus</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Iškloti -horizontaliai</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontaliai</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatiškai horizontaliai iškloja visus atvertus langus</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Išdėstymo veiksena</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> +new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Išsaugoti kaip naują -sesiją</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +sesiją</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Išsaugo esamą sesiją nauju pavadinimu</span>. Tai paklaus naujo -išsaugomos sesijos pavadinimo.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +išsaugomos sesijos pavadinimo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Įkelti sesiją</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Įkelia esamą sesiją</span>. Tai atveria kontekstinį meniu, kuriame -galite pasirinkti norimą įkelti esamą sesiją.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +galite pasirinkti norimą įkelti esamą sesiją.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Langas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ištrinti sesiją</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Ištrina esamą sesiją</span>. Tai atveria kontekstinį meniu, -kuriame galite pasirinkti, kuri esama sesija turėtų būti ištrinta.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +kuriame galite pasirinkti, kuri esama sesija turėtų būti ištrinta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Nustatymai</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Nustatymai</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Konfigūruoti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Atveria <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s pagrindinį konfigūracijos + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Atveria <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s pagrindinį konfigūracijos dialogą</span>. Jame galite konfigūruoti visokius įdomius nustatymus, kad pritaikytumėte <span class="application">BibleTime</span> savo poreikiams. Išsamesnei informacijai, prašome žiūrėti <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime konfigūravimo dialogo langas"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo -sekciją</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> +sekciją</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Nustatymai</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos -Tvarkytuvė</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Atveria dialogą, kuriame galite keisti savo <span class="application">SWORD</span> konfigūraciją ir +Tvarkytuvė</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Atveria dialogą, kuriame galite keisti savo <span class="application">SWORD</span> konfigūraciją ir tvarkyti savo knygų lentyną</span>. Išsamesnei informacijai, prašome žiūrėti <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvės -sekciją</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +sekciją</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Pagalba</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Pagalba</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Žinynas</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Atveria <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s žinyną</span> Jūs šiuo metu jį skaitote.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Pagalba</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Žinynas</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Atveria <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s žinyną</span> Jūs šiuo metu jį skaitote.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Pagalba</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Biblijos studijavimo -instrukcija</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +instrukcija</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Pagalba</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dienos patarimas...</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Atveria naudingą patarimą</span> Dienos patarimas suteikia -naudingą patarimą, kuris pagelbės naudojantis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programa.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Pagalba</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dienos patarimas...</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Atveria naudingą patarimą</span> Dienos patarimas suteikia +naudingą patarimą, kuris pagelbės naudojantis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Pagalba</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Apie BibleTime</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Atveria langą, kuriame pateikiama informacija apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektą</span> kartu su informacija apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programinės įrangos versiją, projekto talkininkus, <span class="application">SWORD</span> programinės įrangos versiją, <span class="application">Qt</span> -programinės įrangos versiją ir licencijos sutikimą.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Veiklų rodyklė</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +programinės įrangos versiją ir licencijos sutikimą.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Veiklų rodyklė</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index e0c93c9..b6934ba 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pirmasis BibleTime paleidimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Jeigu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidžiate pirmąjį kartą, tikriausiai, norėsite +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pirmasis BibleTime paleidimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Skyrius 3. Programos darbas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</h2></div></div></div><p>Jeigu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidžiate pirmąjį kartą, tikriausiai, norėsite sukonfigūruoti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Nustatymai">Nustatymų meniu -juostoje</a> prieinamas sekančias parinktis.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +juostoje</a> prieinamas sekančias parinktis.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogas</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Individualizuoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Šis dialogas leidžia jums -pritaikyti <span class="application">BibleTime</span> savo reikmėms. Prašome žiūrėti <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime konfigūravimo dialogo langas">išsamesnį šio dialogo aprašą</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +pritaikyti <span class="application">BibleTime</span> savo reikmėms. Prašome žiūrėti <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime konfigūravimo dialogo langas">išsamesnį šio dialogo aprašą</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifikuoja jūsų knygų lentyną</span>. Šis dialogas leidžia jums + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifikuoja jūsų knygų lentyną</span>. Šis dialogas leidžia jums modifikuoti savo knygų lentyną, pridėti ar ištrinti veiklas iš savo sistemos. Jis bus rodomas tik tuo atveju, jei nebus rasta numatytosios Knygų lentynos. Išsamesnei informacijai, prašome žiūrėti <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė">Knygų lentynos Tvarkytuvės @@ -22,6 +14,4 @@ sekciją</a>. Jei pradedate su tuščia Knygų lentyna, bus naudinga įsidiegti bent vieną Bibliją, Komentarus, Leksikoną ir Knygą, kad greitai susipažintumėte su pagrindinėmis <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s ypatybėmis. Tai galite atlikti, nuspausdami ant mygtuko Įkelti iš naujo. Jums bus pateiktas visų, -iš <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span> prieinamų veiklų, sąrašas;</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +iš <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span> prieinamų veiklų, sąrašas;</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 3. Programos darbas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-term.html index 432c9cd..6cb47ca 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,28 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Skyrius 1. Įžanga"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Pirmasis BibleTime paleidimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kaip paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Paleisties tinkinimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kaip paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra vykdomasis failas, kuris yra integruotas su jūsų +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 2. BibleTime paleidimas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Skyrius 1. Įžanga"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Pirmasis BibleTime paleidimas"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Skyrius 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kaip paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Paleisties tinkinimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kaip paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra vykdomasis failas, kuris yra integruotas su jūsų darbalaukiu. Galite paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span> iš Pradžios meniu, naudodamiesi šia -piktograma: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime pradžios piktograma"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> taip pat gali būti paleista iš terminalo komandų eilutės. Kad +piktograma: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime pradžios piktograma"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> taip pat gali būti paleista iš terminalo komandų eilutės. Kad paleistumėte <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, atverkite terminalo langą ir įrašykite: -</p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Paleisties tinkinimas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Terminale, galite naudoti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, kad numatytoje Biblijoje atvertumėte +</p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Paleisties tinkinimas</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminale, galite naudoti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, kad numatytoje Biblijoje atvertumėte atsitiktinę eilutę: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> Kad atvertumėte nurodytoje vietoje, tokioje kaip Jono 3:16, naudokite: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jono 3:16"</pre><p> Galite taip pat naudoti knygų pavadinimus savo esamos -kalbos knygų pavadinimų kalba.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 1. Įžanga </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +kalbos knygų pavadinimų kalba.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 1. Įžanga </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/lt/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/lt/html/index.html index f7a4e8e..32680d2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/lt/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/lt/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime žinynas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime yra visiškai nemokama Biblijos studijavimo programa. Programos naudotojo sąsaja yra sukurta Qt karkaso pagalba, kas leidžia vykdyti šią programą keliose operacinėse sistemose, įskaitant Linux, Windows, FreeBSD ir Mac OS X. Darbui su daugiau kaip 200 Biblijos tekstų, komentarų, žodynų ir knygų, kuriuos Crosswire Biblijos Draugija pateikia daugiau kaip 50 kalbų, programinė įranga naudoja SWORD programavimo biblioteką."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Skyrius 1. Įžanga"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> žinynas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> žinynas</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Autorinės teisės © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> Žinynas yra platinamas kartu su <span class="application">BibleTime</span> studijavimo -programa.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Santrauka</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra visiškai nemokama Biblijos studijavimo programa. Programos +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>BibleTime žinynas</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime yra visiškai nemokama Biblijos studijavimo programa. Programos naudotojo sąsaja yra sukurta Qt karkaso pagalba, kas leidžia vykdyti šią programą keliose operacinėse sistemose, įskaitant Linux, Windows, FreeBSD ir Mac OS X. Darbui su daugiau kaip 200 Biblijos tekstų, komentarų, žodynų ir knygų, kuriuos Crosswire Biblijos Draugija pateikia daugiau kaip 50 kalbų, programinė įranga naudoja SWORD programavimo biblioteką."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Pagalbos dialogas"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime žinynas"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Skyrius 1. Įžanga"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> žinynas</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> žinynas</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Autorinės teisės © 1999-2016 <span class="application">BibleTime</span> komanda</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> Žinynas yra platinamas kartu su <span class="application">BibleTime</span> studijavimo +programa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Santrauka</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> yra visiškai nemokama Biblijos studijavimo programa. Programos naudotojo sąsaja yra sukurta <span class="application">Qt</span> karkaso pagalba, kas leidžia vykdyti šią programą keliose operacinėse sistemose, įskaitant Linux, Windows, FreeBSD ir Mac OS X. Darbui su daugiau kaip 200 Biblijos tekstų, komentarų, žodynų ir knygų, kuriuos <span class="application">Crosswire Biblijos Draugija</span> pateikia daugiau kaip 50 kalbų, programinė įranga -naudoja <span class="application">SWORD</span> programavimo biblioteką.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Įžanga</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Prieinamos veiklos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motyvacija</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kaip paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Paleisties tinkinimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programos darbas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programos apžvalga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knygų lentyna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Peržiūros langelis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Stalas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Paieška veiklose</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Paieška atverto skaitymo lango tekste</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Prieiga prie paieškos dialogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Paieškos konfigūracija</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Paieškos rezultatai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Knygų lentynos kelio(-ių) sąranka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Veiklos(-ų) įdiegimas/atnaujinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Veiklos(-ų) šalinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Paieškos indeksai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogo langas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +naudoja <span class="application">SWORD</span> programavimo biblioteką.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Įžanga</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Apie <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Prieinamos veiklos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motyvacija</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kaip paleisti <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Paleisties tinkinimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Pirmasis <span class="application">BibleTime</span> paleidimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programos darbas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programos apžvalga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> programos lango dalys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knygų lentyna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Peržiūros langelis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Stalas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Paieška veiklose</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Paieška atverto skaitymo lango tekste</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Prieiga prie paieškos dialogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Paieškos konfigūracija</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Paieškos rezultatai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Knygų lentynos tvarkytuvė</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Knygų lentynos kelio(-ių) sąranka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Veiklos(-ų) įdiegimas/atnaujinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Veiklos(-ų) šalinimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Paieškos indeksai</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Eksportavimas ir spausdinimas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigūravimo dialogo langas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Rodymas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Stalas</span> @@ -33,12 +24,4 @@ naudoja <span class="application">SWORD</span> programavimo biblioteką.</p> <span class="guimenu">Nustatymai</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Pagalba</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Veiklų rodyklė</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lentelių sąrašas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Paieškos tipai</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode šriftai</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 1. Įžanga</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Veiklų rodyklė</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Sparčiųjų klavišų indeksas</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lentelių sąrašas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Paieškos tipai</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode šriftai</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 1. Įžanga</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 06d0ae4..6ecaff9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-config"> <title>&bibletime; configureren</title> - <para>In deze sectie vindt u een overzicht, hoe &Bilbetime te configureren. Dit + <para>In deze sectie vindt u een overzicht, hoe &bibletime; te configureren. Dit kan gevonden worden onder <guimenu>instellingen</guimenu></para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html index 90e3b71..05f8fa6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,109 +1,54 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Tonen</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In deze sectie vindt u een overzicht, hoe <span class="application">BibleTime</span> te configureren. Dit +kan gevonden worden onder <span class="guimenu">instellingen</span></p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Tonen</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een keuze uit de volgende opties: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Toon opstartlogo</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Toon opstartlogo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be customized in + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text -filters, you can control the appearance of the text.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de + </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u -voelt zich helemaal thuis.</p> - - <p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can +voelt zich helemaal thuis.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>De Opties dialoog - Lettertypen</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are +each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>De Opties dialoog - Lettertypen</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</p> - - <p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select +in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Your *nix distribution.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® -installation on the same computer.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +installation on the same computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Misschien het beste gratis Unicode lettertype, welke een groot aantal karakters ondersteunt.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -123,30 +68,14 @@ en Thaise karakters.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> </td><td>Gedeeltelijk bereik van de Unicode standaard, zie voor meer informatie op de -bijbehorende website.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer +bijbehorende website.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be + </h3></div></div></div><p>Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined Shortcuts (see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">Shortcuts section</a> for a complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is -very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html index b8d3470..24219f1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,58 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bijbels</span></dt><dd> - <p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +section</a> of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> Project, <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bijbels</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Boeken</span></dt><dd> - <p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Bijbelcommentaren</span></dt><dd> - <p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the +the most advanced section in the library of the <span class="application">SWORD</span> project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Boeken</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Bijbelcommentaren</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken"> record your own personal notes</a> to -sections of the Bible.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Dagelijkse overdenkingen</span></dt><dd> - <p>Veel mensen waarderen deze dagelijkse porties van Gods Woord. Onder de +sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Dagelijkse overdenkingen</span></dt><dd><p>Veel mensen waarderen deze dagelijkse porties van Gods Woord. Onder de beschikbare modules bevinden zich Daily Light on the Daily Path (Dagelijks -Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Lexicons/Woordenboeken</span></dt><dd> - <p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the +Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexicons/Woordenboeken</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire -that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven +that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van -ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 3533683..ed81e6e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,35 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh -button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If this is the first time you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, click on the Refresh +button to see a list of works provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> @@ -37,9 +15,7 @@ modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton"> list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete -library</span>.</p> - - <p>Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een +library</span>.</p><p>Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een bibliotheek waarmee u verbinding wilt zoeken en een lokaal bestandspad naar een Boekenplank om de module(s) naar toe te installeren. Klik dan op <span class="guibutton">Verbinden met bibliotheek</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zal de inhoud @@ -48,23 +24,11 @@ Boekenplank kunt toevoegen of die reeds geïnstalleerd zijn, maar bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of bijwerken en dan klikken op <span class="guibutton">Installeer modules</span>. Ze -zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules +zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op -<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html index a874899..8d3d3cf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -8,11 +6,8 @@ allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.</p> - - <p>Afdrukken vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is redelijk elementair en is bedoelt als een +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Afdrukken vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is redelijk elementair en is bedoelt als een hulpfunctie. Als u een document of presentatie samenstelt die tekst bevat uit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en -niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 7396d00..bbf0d50 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,145 +1,72 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is -de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met +de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met de <span class="mousebutton">linker muisknop</span> klikken op de gewenste categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één van de modules om die te openen. Er verschijnt dan een leesvenster in het -Bureaugebied.</p> - - <p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +Bureaugebied.</p><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked -Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">Searching in Works -section</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.</p> - <p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p> - - <p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer -het maar eens uit.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, -alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></a>. This work is called "Personal -commentary".</p> - - <p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 117dbf7..be29106 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,115 +1,44 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the shortcut <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.</p> - - <p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.</p> - - <p>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het -zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>At the top of the options tab you will find +same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting +the appropriate entry.</p><p>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het +zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select the <span class="guimenu">Some words</span> button. If you want to perform a more complex search, select the <span class="guimenu">Free</span> button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on <span class="guimenu">full syntax</span>. - </p> - - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will + </p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p> - - <p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.</p><p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td><td>footnote:Moses</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>You can right click on an installed work and select <span class="guimenu">About</span> to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works -have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +have the built in features for performing this type of search.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op -de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en -die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> - <p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers -te maken.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op +de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en +die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers +te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html index ca2edf6..5f8cd06 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,22 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p> - - <p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de -verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de +verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 60f00ab..ecf6c46 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Shortcuts index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Shortcuts index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Shortcuts index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is an index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hoofdmenu verwijzing">Main Menu -reference</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Beschrijving</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +reference</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Shortcut</th><th>Beschrijving</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -119,6 +113,4 @@ Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index fc254ff..f53edcb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scrolls forward through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Scrolls back through history. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an additional bible. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Search in selected works. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Display configuration. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select additional commentary. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select a book. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an installed glossary or devotional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Select an additional glossary or devotional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Shortcuts index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html index 25440fb..7f8c1b7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> @@ -10,274 +10,167 @@ <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of -all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +all shortcuts can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Shortcuts index">shortcuts section</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to +open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to -maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/uit.</span> Schakel deze instelling in/uit om de Boekenplank in het linkerpaneel wel/niet weer te geven. Dit kan handig zijn als u meer ruimte nodig heeft voor het -vergrootglas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +vergrootglas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit.</span> Schakel deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te -zetten.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +zetten.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn +the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in +Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or +remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed -search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">Searching in works</a> section.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">Searching in works</a> section.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in -open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found in the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">Searching in -works</a> section.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +works</a> section.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close -window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter elkaar)</span> - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">Configuring -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for details.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your <span class="application">SWORD</span> configuration and manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">Bookshelf Manager section</a> for -details.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful +tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">SWORD</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index bf1f133..aa39304 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to +configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf</span>. This dialog lets you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">The Bookshelf Manager section</a> for further details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly. You can do this by clicking on the Refresh button. You will be presented with a list of works -that are available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +that are available from the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html index 75492f6..568f934 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p> You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index dd19920..9cc1636 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.10.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books in over 50 languages -provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Tonen</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> @@ -32,12 +23,4 @@ provided by the <span class="application">Crosswire Bible Society</span>.</p> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Shortcuts index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook index 1c6fcf5..3c36403 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>A Equipe &bibletime;</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html index 0e8ebb6..7c8ce34 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> @@ -6,103 +6,48 @@ <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que pode ser encontrado em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> no -menu principal.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <p>A interface de usuário do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de várias +menu principal.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A interface de usuário do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de várias maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Você pode acessar o diálogo de -configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma + </h3></div></div></div><p>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas opções: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mostrar logo de inicialização</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de inicialização</p></li></ul></div><p>Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há vários modelos internos disponíveis. Se você escolher um, irá ver uma -pré-visualização no painel direito.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser + </h3></div></div></div><p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser personalizados no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio diálogo. Você também tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padrões que devem ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa referência. Um exemplo: a Bíblia padrão usada para mostrar o conteúdo de referências cruzadas na Bíblia. Quando você passar por cima delas, a lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo dos versículos referidos, de acordo com a Bíblia -padro que você especificou.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros + </h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em -casa.</p> - - <p>Por padrão, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever +casa.</p><p>Por padrão, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever essa fonte se necessário. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem exibidos corretamente, e esse diálogo permite a você especificar uma -fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="O diálogo de Opções - Fontes."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"> - <p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p> - </div></div> - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você +fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="O diálogo de Opções - Fontes."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma obra somente mostra uma série de pontos de interrogação (??????) ou caixas vazias, então a fonte de exibição padrão não contém os caracteres usados -nessa obra.</p> - - <p>Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleção. Marque a +nessa obra.</p><p>Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleção. Marque a caixa Usar fonte personalizada. Então selecione uma fonte. Por exemplo, uma fonte que suporta muitos idiomas é Code2000. Se nenhuma fonte instalada pode exibir a obra em que você está interessado, tente instalar o pacote de -localização para esse idioma.</p> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalando fontes</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Instruções detalhadas de instalação de fontes estão fora do escopo desse +localização para esse idioma.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalando fontes</h4></div></div></div><p>Instruções detalhadas de instalação de fontes estão fora do escopo desse livro de mão. Para mais informações, por favor verifique em <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Se você usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -ir rodar mais rápido do que com uma fonte como <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (em torno de 12Mb).</p> - </div> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtendo fontes</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Fontes podem ser obtidas de vários lugares:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Sua distribuição *nix.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Pacotes de localização da sua distribuição.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Uma instalação existente do <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>® no mesmo computador.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Uma coleção de fontes, tais como as disponíveis da Adobe ou Bitstream.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Coleções de fontes online.</p> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +ir rodar mais rápido do que com uma fonte como <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (em torno de 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtendo fontes</h4></div></div></div><p>Fontes podem ser obtidas de vários lugares:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Sua distribuição *nix.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pacotes de localização da sua distribuição.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uma instalação existente do <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® no mesmo computador.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uma coleção de fontes, tais como as disponíveis da Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Coleções de fontes online.</p></li></ul></div><p>Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas fontes esto disponíveis gratuitamente. Nenhuma da fontes disponíveis incluem todos os caracteres definidos no padro Unicode, então você pode querer usar -diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 4.1. Fontes Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Fontes Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 4.1. Fontes Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Fontes Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -121,31 +66,15 @@ por causa do seu tamanho.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Incluída em algumas Tailandês.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph + </td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Fontes TrueType UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</a>), ou a por Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top">Faixas de caracteres -Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no + </h3></div></div></div><p>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vários comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> têm teclas de atalho pré-definidas (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">esta seção</a> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para -acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p> - - <table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table> - - <p>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário -definido, CTRL+2.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário +definido, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html index a39c02d..6851c3c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,57 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>, que provê a funcionalidade de back-end para o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, tal como visualizar texto -bíblico, pesquisar, etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> é o produto carro-chefe da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +bíblico, pesquisar, etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> é o produto carro-chefe da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informações completas sobre os formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> seção de -desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Estão inclusos: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd> - <p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, +desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Estão inclusos: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, cabeçalhos e/ou rodapés no texto. Bíblias estão disponíveis em muitos idiomas, e incluem no somente verses modernas, mas também textos antigos como o Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", -grego). Essa a seção mais avançada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Livros</span></dt><dd> - <p>Livros disponíveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e -"Josephus: The Complete Works" (em inglês)</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Comentários</span></dt><dd> - <p>Comentários disponíveis incluindo clássicos como "Notas sobre a Bíblia" de +grego). Essa a seção mais avançada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Livros</span></dt><dd><p>Livros disponíveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e +"Josephus: The Complete Works" (em inglês)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Comentários</span></dt><dd><p>Comentários disponíveis incluindo clássicos como "Notas sobre a Bíblia" de John Wesley, o comentário de Matthew Henry e o "Comentário sobre Gálatas" de Lutero. Com o comentário <span class="emphasis"><em>pessoal</em></span> você pode <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário"> gravar suas próprias notas -pessoas</a> nas seções da Bíblia.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais diários</span></dt><dd> - <p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras -disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd> - <p>Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e +pessoas</a> nas seções da Bíblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais diários</span></dt><dd><p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras +disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, -Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer no seu relacionamento com Ele. Nós batalhamos para tornar isso um programa poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operação intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas -as coisas boas.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Toda a boa dádiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das -luzes, em quem não há mudança nem sombra de variação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tiago 1:17, ACF</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>Deus o abendiçoe enquanto usa esse programa.</p> - </div> - </div> -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +as coisas boas.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Toda a boa dádiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das +luzes, em quem não há mudança nem sombra de variação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tiago 1:17, ACF</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Deus o abendiçoe enquanto usa esse programa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index aeec885..3a31ae9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,37 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para gerenciar sua Estante. Você pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da -Estante</span> no menu principal.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clique no -botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Aqui você pode especificar onde o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode armazenar sua Estante no +Estante</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clique no +botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar onde o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode armazenar sua Estante no disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é "~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" para Windows.</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco +Data\Sword" para Windows.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco rígido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, então você pode adicionar o caminho para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado "biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do <span class="application">SWORD</span>), ou remota (por ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos <span class="application">SWORD</span>, ou outro site @@ -39,9 +17,7 @@ oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em <span class="guibutton">Obter lista...</span> quando houver aberto o diálogo <span class="guibutton">Nova fonte de instalação</span>. Você pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com <span class="guibutton">Adicionar biblioteca</span> e -<span class="guibutton">Excluir biblioteca</span>.</p> - - <p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma +<span class="guibutton">Excluir biblioteca</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) obra(s). Então clique em <span class="guibutton">Conectar biblioteca</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> irá varrer o conteúdo da biblioteca e @@ -49,22 +25,10 @@ mostrar uma lista de obras que você pode adicionar à sua Estante, ou que você já tenha instalado, mas estão disponíveis em uma nova versão na biblioteca, e assim podem ser atualizadas. Então você pode marcar todas as obras que quiser instalar ou atualizar, e clicar em<span class="guibutton">Instalar -obras</span>. Elas serão então transferidas para a sua Estante.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remover obra(s)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Esse recurso permite a você excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para +obras</span>. Elas serão então transferidas para a sua Estante.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remover obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Esse recurso permite a você excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para liberar espaço em disco. Simplesmente marque os itens e clique em -<span class="guibutton">Remover obras</span>.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>índices de pesquisa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Essa opção permite a você criar novos índices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos -de índice órfãos de obras removidas.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> +<span class="guibutton">Remover obras</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>índices de pesquisa</h3></div></div></div><p>Essa opção permite a você criar novos índices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos +de índice órfãos de obras removidas.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Buscando em obras </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportando e Imprimindo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Buscando em obras </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportando e Imprimindo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html index a71f631..33c373a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele permitir a você <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copiar</span> (para a rea de transferência), @@ -8,11 +6,8 @@ permitir a você <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>, texto. Isso funciona por exemplo, em janelas de leitura, quando você clica no texto normal ou na referência de versículo, ou na página de resultado de pesquisa quando você clica sobre uma obra ou uma ou mais referências de -versículo. É bem simples, experimente.</p> - - <p>A impressão no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bem básica e incluída somente como uma +versículo. É bem simples, experimente.</p><p>A impressão no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bem básica e incluída somente como uma utilidade. Se você está compondo um documento ou apresentação contendo texto das obras do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, sugerimos que você use uma das ferramentas de edição no seu sistema para formatar seu documento, ao invés de imprimir do -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> diretamente.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> diretamente.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index b69d25c..7ccd9c4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,33 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por categoria e idioma. Ela também tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui -onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o +onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o <span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na categoria desejada (Bíblias, Comentários, Léxicos, Livros, Devocionais ou Glossários) para mostrar seu conteúdo. Então clique em uma das obras para abri-la para -leitura. Uma janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa.</p> - - <p>Se você está lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que +leitura. Uma janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa.</p><p>Se você está lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que está lendo, você pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o <span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na referência do versículo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que você quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Você também pode arrastar uma referência de versículo -para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Se você clicar com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no +para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Se você clicar com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para essa obra. <span class="guimenuitem">"Sobre essa obra"</span> abre uma janela com várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra @@ -35,77 +18,40 @@ selecionada. <span class="guimenuitem">"Destravar essa obra"</span> abre um pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras travadas, veja <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> essa -página</a> no site da <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão +página</a> no site da <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando <span class="guimenuitem">"Buscar em obra(s)"</span>. Pressionando Shift e clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de busca podem ser encontrados <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Fazendo Buscas -nas seções das Obras</a>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div> - - <p> +nas seções das Obras</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p> - </div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p> Clique com o boto <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse na categoria de marcadores da estante e selecione <span class="guimenuitem">"Criar nova pasta"</span> para criar uma nova subpasta de marcadores. Você pode usar funes "arrastar e soltar" para arrastar referências de versículos de janelas de leitura ou de resultados de buscas, e para rearranjar os -marcadores entre páginas.</p> - <p>Você também pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar +marcadores entre páginas.</p><p>Você também pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar marcadores para compartilhá-los. Para fazer isso, abra o <span class="guimenu">menu de contexto</span> da pasta do marcador como descrito acima, e selecione <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportar marcadores"</span>. Isso ir trazer uma caixa de diálogo para você salvar a coleção de marcadores. Você pode importar -marcadores de uma maneira similar.</p> - - <p>Você também pode clicar com o boto <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> em -pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descrições.</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Lupa</h3></div></div></div> - - - <p>Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puramente +marcadores de uma maneira similar.</p><p>Você também pode clicar com o boto <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> em +pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descrições.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Lupa</h3></div></div></div><p>Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puramente passiva. Quando seu cursor do mouse está localizado sobre algum texto com informações adicionais (ex. números Strong), então essa informação adicional -é exibida na lupa, e no texto em si. Experimente.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Mesa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A Mesa é onde o trabalho real com <span class="application">BibleTime</span> acontece. Aqui você pode abrir +é exibida na lupa, e no texto em si. Experimente.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Mesa</h3></div></div></div><p>A Mesa é onde o trabalho real com <span class="application">BibleTime</span> acontece. Aqui você pode abrir obras da Estante, lê-las, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">procurar</a> nelas, e até salvar suas anotações no módulo de comentários pessoais (veja -<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário">abaixo</a>).</p> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Como nós <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lendo obras">já vimos</a>, você +<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário">abaixo</a>).</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Como nós <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lendo obras">já vimos</a>, você pode abrir obras para simples leitura clicando sobre seu símbolo na Estante. Uma janela de leitura irá abrir na área da Mesa. Cada janela de leitura tem uma barra de ferramentas. Ali você pode encontrar ferramentas para navegar na obra em que essa janela de leitura está conectada, assim -como botões de histórico como os que você conhece no seu navegador.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Posicionamento da janela de leitura</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Claro, você pode abrir várias obras ao mesmo tempo. Há muitas possibilidades +como botões de histórico como os que você conhece no seu navegador.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Posicionamento da janela de leitura</h4></div></div></div><p>Claro, você pode abrir várias obras ao mesmo tempo. Há muitas possibilidades de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> no menu principal. Ali você pode ver que você pode tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura você mesmo, ou fazer @@ -113,35 +59,16 @@ com que o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> faça isso por você. Para selecionar um dos modos de posicionamento automático disponíveis em<span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento</span>. Experimente, é simples e -funciona.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editando seu próprio comentário</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Para poder armazenar seus próprios comentários sobre partes da Bíblia, você +funciona.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editando seu próprio comentário</h4></div></div></div><p>Para poder armazenar seus próprios comentários sobre partes da Bíblia, você precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Essa obra -chama-se "Comentário pessoal".</p> - - <p>Se você abrir o comentário pessoal clicando no seu símbolo na Estante com o +chama-se "Comentário pessoal".</p><p>Se você abrir o comentário pessoal clicando no seu símbolo na Estante com o botão <span class="mousebutton">esquerdo</span> do mouse, ele abre em modo de leitura. Você não poderá editá-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotações no comentário pessoal, você deve abri-lo com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e então selecionar <span class="guimenu">Editar essa obra</span> e então ou <span class="guimenuitem">Texto simples</span> (editor de código fonte) ou -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span> (editor gui wysiwyg básico).</p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Se <span class="guimenu">Editar essa obra</span> está +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span> (editor gui wysiwyg básico).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se <span class="guimenu">Editar essa obra</span> está desativado, por favor, verifique se você tem permissões de escrita para os -arquivos do comentário pessoal.</p> - </div> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referência de versículo e o texto do -versículo ser inserido.</p> - </div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Buscando em obras</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +arquivos do comentário pessoal.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referência de versículo e o texto do +versículo ser inserido.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Buscando em obras</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html index bbb749d..de849b0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,117 +1,46 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o capítulo da bíblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que está acostumado em outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e selecionando <span class="guimenuitem">Procurar...</span>, ou usando a tecla de atalho<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Continue lendo para -aprender como você pode procura em obras inteiras.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Acessando o diálogo de busca</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Você pode buscar numa obra clicando com o botão +aprender como você pode procura em obras inteiras.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Acessando o diálogo de busca</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode buscar numa obra clicando com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse em seu símbolo na <span class="guimenu">Estante</span> e selecionando <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar na(s) obra(s)</span>. Segurando Shift ou Ctrl e clicando em outros nomes de obra, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga os mesmos procedimentos para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estar buscando em todas -essas obras ao mesmo tempo.</p> - - <p>Você também pode acessar o diálogo de busca clicando em <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> no menu principal, e selecionando -a entrada apropriada.</p> - - <p>Uma terceira possibilidade para começar buscar clicar no símbolo de busca -numa janela de leitura aberta.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuração de pesquisa</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecionando obras</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>No topo da aba de opções você vai encontrar <span class="guibutton">Escolher</span> +essas obras ao mesmo tempo.</p><p>Você também pode acessar o diálogo de busca clicando em <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> no menu principal, e selecionando +a entrada apropriada.</p><p>Uma terceira possibilidade para começar buscar clicar no símbolo de busca +numa janela de leitura aberta.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuração de pesquisa</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchopts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecionando obras</h4></div></div></div><p>No topo da aba de opções você vai encontrar <span class="guibutton">Escolher</span> (obras). Se você gostaria de buscar em várias obras, clique nesse botão e será oferecido um menu onde você pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja -procurar.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usando Escopos de Busca</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Você pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bíblia +procurar.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usando Escopos de Busca</h4></div></div></div><p>Você pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bíblia selecionando um dos escopos pré-definidos da lista em <span class="guimenu">Escopo de busca</span>. Você pode definir suas próprias faixas de busca clicando no -botão <span class="guibutton">Configurar faixas</span>.</p> - </div> - - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introdução à Sintaxe Básica de Busca</h4></div></div></div> - - - <p>Insira a frase a buscar separada por espaços. Por padrão a função de busca +botão <span class="guibutton">Configurar faixas</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introdução à Sintaxe Básica de Busca</h4></div></div></div><p>Insira a frase a buscar separada por espaços. Por padrão a função de busca retornará resultados que combinem com todas as palavras. Se você quer encontrar qualquer das palavras inseridas, selecione o botão <span class="guimenu"> Algumas palavras</span>. Se você quer fazer uma busca mais complexa, selecione o botão <span class="guimenu">Livre</span>. Você pode ver exemplos de buscas clicando em <span class="guimenu">Sintaxe</span>. - </p> - - <p>Você pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequência de + </p><p>Você pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequência de caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um único caractere qualquer. O uso de parênteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) -AND Deus'.</p> - - <p>Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto +AND Deus'.</p><p>Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para -exemplos.</p> - - <p>Tipos de texto disponíveis: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p> - - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar +exemplos.</p><p>Tipos de texto disponíveis: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar <span class="guimenu">Sobre</span> para encontrar qual dos critérios de busca acima podem funcionar para você. Nem todos os livros tem características embutidas -para permitir este tipo de busca.</p> - </div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele -tem muitos recursos avançados, e você pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Resultados de busca</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Aqui você pode ver quantas instâncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, +para permitir este tipo de busca.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele +tem muitos recursos avançados, e você pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Resultados de busca</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode ver quantas instâncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse permite você copiar, salvar ou imprimir todos os versículos encontrados numa obra de uma vez. Isso também funciona quando você clica em uma ou mais referências para copiar, salvar ou imprimi-las. Clicando numa referência em particular abre o versículo em -contexto na janela de visualização abaixo.</p> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Arraste uma referência e solte-a no símbolo de uma obra na Estante para -abrir a obra naquele versículo numa nova janela de leitura.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Arraste uma referência e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela -irápular para aquele versículo.</p> - </div> - <div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> - <p>Selecione referências e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Análise do resultado de busca</h4></div></div></div> - - <p>Clique em <span class="guibutton">Análise de busca</span> para abrir a análise da +contexto na janela de visualização abaixo.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste uma referência e solte-a no símbolo de uma obra na Estante para +abrir a obra naquele versículo numa nova janela de leitura.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste uma referência e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela +irápular para aquele versículo.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Selecione referências e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Análise do resultado de busca</h4></div></div></div><p>Clique em <span class="guibutton">Análise de busca</span> para abrir a análise da busca. Isso dá uma simples análise gráfica do número de instâncias onde o termo de busca foi encontrado em cada livro da Bíblia, e você também pode -salvar a análise.</p> - <div class="screenshot"> - <div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div> - </div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +salvar a análise.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_searchanal.png" height="360"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html index a10ed7a..8ba120a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A janela do aplicativo BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A janela do aplicativo BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para @@ -10,13 +6,4 @@ mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você -realmente faz seu trabalho.</p> - - <p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +realmente faz seu trabalho.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index b409656..2e81269 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,14 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições correspondentes no livro de mão. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) alfabeticamente. Se você deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um menu tem, você pode olhar no item em si no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (pois ele -sempre mostra a tecla de atalho), ou você pode olhar <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Referência do menu principal">nessa seção</a>.</p> - - <div class="informaltable"> - <table border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Atalho</th><th>Descrição</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +sempre mostra a tecla de atalho), ou você pode olhar <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Referência do menu principal">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table class="informaltable" border="1"><colgroup><col class="shortcut"><col class="desc"></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Atalho</th><th>Descrição</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Left</strong></span> </td><td>Volta no histórico das janelas de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt+Right</strong></span> @@ -121,6 +115,4 @@ da Estante.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Estante</span> </a> equivalente; alterna exibição da Estante.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar lupa</span> </a> equivalente; alterna exibição da lupa.</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Referência </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar lupa</span> </a> equivalente; alterna exibição da lupa.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Referência </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index d5c2097..311aa1f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,129 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p> Nesta seção você pode encontrar descrições dos ícones associados com livros abertos. - </p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div> - <p> + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Navega para frente através do histórico. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Navega para trás através do histórico. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleciona uma bíblia instalada. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleciona uma bíblia adicional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Buscando nas obras selecionadas. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Configuração de Tela. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleciona um comentário instalado. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleciona um comentário adicional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Sincroniza a tela mostrada com a janela de Bíblia ativa. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Selcione um Livro. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Seleciona um glossário ou devocional instalado. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - - <p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png" width="32"></span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> Selecione um glossário ou devocional adicional. - </p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 5. Referência </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Índice de teclas de atalho</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 5. Referência </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Índice de teclas de atalho</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html index d269501..ec9cc2a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> @@ -10,283 +10,176 @@ <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referência do menu principal</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referência do menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do menu principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Eles são apresentados na mesma ordem em que aparecem no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual eles pertencem. Você também pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma -listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Arquivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Abrir obra</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Trabalho Aberto.</span> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir -os livros instalados.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sair</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Trabalho Aberto.</span> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir +os livros instalados.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sair</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir perguntar se você -deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</p> - </dd></dl></div><p> - </p> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> +deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo em Tela Cheia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo em Tela Cheia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição em tela inteira.</span> Alterne essa chave para -maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> +maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Estante</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Estante.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando você -precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> +precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Marcadores</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil -quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Lupa</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Lupa.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou -ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> +ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar textos dos cabeçalhos</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</span>Alternar esta visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos -trabalhos abertos. </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> +trabalhos abertos. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Visualizar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar -Principal</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</span> Alterne -essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> +Principal</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir navegação</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Alternar navegação nas obras.</span> Alternar essa configuração + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alternar navegação nas obras.</span> Alternar essa configuração para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser -útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> +útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne -essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir ferramentas</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne -essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir formato</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Alterna formato.</span> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna formato.</span> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas -formatação.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> +formatação.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir barras de ferramentas nas janelas de texto</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</span> Alterne -essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar na bíblia padrão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar na bíblia padrão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia padro</span>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Diálogo de Busca. Uma -descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar nos -trabalhos abertos</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as +trabalhos abertos</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as obras</span>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Diálogo de -Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar -Janela</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas ativas</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +Janela</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas ativas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar tudo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> - <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar tudo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Organiza todas as janelas abertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar -verticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +verticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas abertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar -horizontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +horizontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas abertas</span>. - </p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de organização</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das janelas</span>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar -ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> +ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar sessão</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Diretamente salva a sessão atual</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para salvar. Ela pode ser sobrescrita com sua sessão atual. Veja o próximo item sobre como -salvar para uma nova sessão.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +salvar para uma nova sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Salva a sessão atual sob um novo nome</span>. Essa irá perguntar -por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> +por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Carregar sessão</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Carrega uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de -contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> +contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Apagar sessão</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Exclui uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de -contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> +contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> <span class="action">Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Você pode mudar todo tipo de configurações legais aqui -para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> +para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador de -Livros</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e -gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +Livros</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e +gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> - </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o guia de usuário <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> que você está lendo -agora.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p> +agora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bíblia</span> A equipe do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo em particular foi escolhido por não advogar nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua -palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do dia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Abre uma dica útil</span> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que -ajudará no uso do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> +palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do dia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre uma dica útil</span> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que +ajudará no uso do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sobre</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre uma janela com informações do projeto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> contém informações sobre a versão do software <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores do projeto, versão do software <span class="application">SWORD</span>, versão do software <span class="application">Qt</span> e o contrato de -licença.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +licença.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index bc2b98c..bd76016 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,24 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</h2></div></div></div> - - - <p>Se você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez, você precisará -configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Configurações">barra de menu Configurações</a>.</p> - - <div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</h2></div></div></div><p>Se você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez, você precisará +configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Configurações">barra de menu Configurações</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p> + </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customiza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Esse diálogo permite adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> s suas necessidades. Veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">a -descrição detalhada</a> desse diálogo.</p> - </dd><dt><span class="term"> +descrição detalhada</a> desse diálogo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Gerenciador de Livros</span> - </span></dt><dd> - <p><span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"> essa seção</a> para mais detalhes. Se você iniciar com uma Estante vazia, ser til para instalar pelo menos uma Bíblia, Comentário, Léxico e um Livro para conhecer os recursos básicos do -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> rapidamente.</p> - </dd></dl></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> rapidamente.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html index 6d071dd..e9cc909 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,26 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div> - - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode -iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="ícone para iniciar o BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div> - - <p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre> - </div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>De um terminal você pode usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir um versículo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode +iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" style="cellpadding: 0; cellspacing: 0;" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="ícone para iniciar o BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>De um terminal você pode usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir um versículo aleatório na bíblia padrão: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>Para abrir uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em -seu idioma</p> - </div> - </div> - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +seu idioma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html index c55e3d1..3277743 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html @@ -1,18 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime é um programa de estudo bíblico livre/grátis. A interface de usuário do programa foi criado com o framework do Qt, o que o permite rodar em vários sistemas operacionais incluindo o Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. O softare usa a bibliotace de programação SWORD para trabalhar com mais de 200 textos bíblicos, de comentários, dicionários e libros em mais de 50 idiomas providenciados pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo"><span class="date">Janeiro de 2014<br></span></p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>O Manual do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é distribuído como parte do programa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p> - <p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um programa de estudo bíblico livre/grátis. A interface de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime é um programa de estudo bíblico livre/grátis. A interface de usuário do programa foi criado com o framework do Qt, o que o permite rodar em vários sistemas operacionais incluindo o Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. O softare usa a bibliotace de programação SWORD para trabalhar com mais de 200 textos bíblicos, de comentários, dicionários e libros em mais de 50 idiomas providenciados pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo"><span class="date">Janeiro de 2014<br></span></p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 A Equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>O Manual do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é distribuído como parte do programa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um programa de estudo bíblico livre/grátis. A interface de usuário do programa foi criado com o framework do <span class="application">Qt</span>, o que o permite rodar em vários sistemas operacionais incluindo o Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. O softare usa a bibliotace de programação <span class="application">SWORD</span> para trabalhar com mais de 200 textos bíblicos, de comentários, dicionários e libros em -mais de 50 idiomas providenciados pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +mais de 50 idiomas providenciados pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> @@ -32,12 +23,4 @@ mais de 50 idiomas providenciados pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíbl <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introdução</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introdução</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index c508aea..df1f4ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,38 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p> - <p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة -بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا."</p> - <p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا -كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>احفظ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>تأمل</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة +بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا."</p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا +كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>احفظ</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>تأمل</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا وليلا. فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في -اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.</p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 8e7f512..1ffc6aa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>عندما تعطي</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>عندما تصوم</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>عندما تصلي</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في -القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>اعطي في الخفاء</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>إلخ.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في +القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 07329bd..157b420 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,18 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا -تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، -لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا +تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، +لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html index f4f1dcf..faecd65 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,15 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 6858fec..fb6604c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,67 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> "امينة هي جروح المحب" - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح" - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p> - <p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>نابال</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>ابيجايل</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>يشوع</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>برنابا</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html index 9a8c725..04eba41 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر + </p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر "نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا -نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 1c7bb2e..71ec023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 6ef8af0..66ad19e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</p> - <p>ليس بالقليل!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</p><p>ليس بالقليل!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index c21174e..21c929f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>كلمة الله</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>قوة الله</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html index b6635ed..1fb6eff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 2676150..5bfb965 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,22 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم -المقابل له في الشهر.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على -سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع -اصحاح واحد كل يوم.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم +المقابل له في الشهر.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على +سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع +اصحاح واحد كل يوم.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم في -سنتين وأسبوعين.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +سنتين وأسبوعين.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html index e02fd95..5d51f07 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب يحارب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحارب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>كتاب يحارب</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="سلاح الحرب الروحية" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>سؤال</th><th>جواب</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</td><td>واحد</td></tr><tr><td>وماهو؟</td><td>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحرر </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> النصائح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب يحارب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحارب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>كتاب يحارب</h2></div></div></div><p>في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="سلاح الحرب الروحية" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>سؤال</th><th>جواب</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</td><td>واحد</td></tr><tr><td>وماهو؟</td><td>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحرر </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> النصائح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html index 987f1a5..552eeff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,12 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب يعمل</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يعمل</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>كتاب يعمل</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كتاب يعمل</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يعمل</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>كتاب يعمل</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>الشاهد</th><th>العمل</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>أفسس 5 : 26</td><td>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</td></tr><tr><td>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>الشاهد</th><th>العمل</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>أفسس 5 : 26</td><td>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</td></tr><tr><td>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>رومية 15 : 4</td><td>تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." </td></tr><tr><td>رومية 10 : 17</td><td>تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." </td></tr><tr><td>كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11</td><td>تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" </td></tr><tr><td>متى 4 : 4</td><td>تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من -فم الله."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب كلام الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحرر</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +فم الله."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب كلام الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحرر</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html index cd545c0..1decc95 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,42 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>كتاب فريد</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>كتاب فريد</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>العمل الأدبي</th><th>متى كتب</th><th>أقدم نسخة</th><th>الفاصل الزمني</th><th>عدد النسخ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>هيرودوت</td><td>448 - 428 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>1300 سنة</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>تاسيتس</td><td>100 م</td><td>1100 م</td><td>1000 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</td><td>50 - 58 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>950 سنة</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</td><td>59 ق.م. - 17 م</td><td>900 م</td><td>900 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>العهد الجديد</td><td>40 م - 100 م</td><td>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</td><td>30 - 310 سنة</td><td>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>العمل الأدبي</th><th>متى كتب</th><th>أقدم نسخة</th><th>الفاصل الزمني</th><th>عدد النسخ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>هيرودوت</td><td>448 - 428 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>1300 سنة</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>تاسيتس</td><td>100 م</td><td>1100 م</td><td>1000 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</td><td>50 - 58 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>950 سنة</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</td><td>59 ق.م. - 17 م</td><td>900 م</td><td>900 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>العهد الجديد</td><td>40 م - 100 م</td><td>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</td><td>30 - 310 سنة</td><td>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب كلام الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب كلام الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html index dbc6012..45fa227 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>مثال 2 أ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>مثال 2 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>مثال 2 ب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>مثال 2 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>مثال 2 ج</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>مثال 2 ج</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 6b58087..78bc631 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>مثال 3 أ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>مثال 3 أ</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>مثال 3 ب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>مثال 3 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html index b8b4314..a8e11d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>مثال 4 أ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>مثال 4 أ</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>مثال 4 ب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</p> - <p>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>مثال 4 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</p><p>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,6 +17,4 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 865208f..8e84e50 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,26 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</p> - <p>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</h2></div></div></div><p>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</p><p>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>مثال 5 أ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: -اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</p> - <p>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن -الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>مثال 5 ب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>مثال 5 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: +اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</p><p>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن +الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>مثال 5 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html index c745332..819063a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -11,42 +9,23 @@ interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>التعريف. </b> - ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل -أيضاً يكون حاسماً. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>المراجع ذات الصلة. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>التعريف. </b>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل +أيضاً يكون حاسماً.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>المراجع ذات الصلة. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>مثال 1 أ</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>مثال 1 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -58,71 +37,31 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! </em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>مثال 1 ب</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>مثال 1 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة -حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت -تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع -ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة +حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت +تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع +ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html index 70609be..20f0145 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html @@ -1,26 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="تلخيص The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the بيبل تايم team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">بوب</span> <span class="surname">هارمان</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="تلخيص The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the بيبل تايم team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">بوب</span> <span class="surname">هارمان</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>تلخيص</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>تلخيص</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. أهمية كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">سلاح الحرب الروحية</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. أهمية كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">سلاح الحرب الروحية</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index c1431cb..63e5ef0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,45 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index acc89c6..2a93a1c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you fast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you pray</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да -избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>do it secretly.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index be3fe6a..215c687 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата -част от Библията.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index 1ae2eef..03ba417 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или -конкорданс.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф -(Бит. 37-50)</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index e166f66..94fb45f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или -еврейски.</p> - <p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Навал</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Авигея</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Исус Навиев</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Варава</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Навал</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index 577e045..10e2387 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Четенето на Библията не е заслу освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с Христос.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 8a8ef0d..7267d9b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 4cdf11b..5bd5885 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?</p> - <p>Немалко!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?</p><p>Немалко!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 3163620..869c545 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Писанията</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Божията сила</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index f114f44..6e4ee65 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 915c4bf..ee9887c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,22 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, -съответстваща на датата)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и -140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария -Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 26737d4..6018e94 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое?</td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p>Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое?</td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 0d9bfe0..d257799 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,12 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"</td></tr><tr><td>Деяния 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"</td></tr><tr><td>Деяния 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Римл. 15:4</td><td>утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"</td></tr><tr><td>Римл. 10:17</td><td>вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Кор. 10:11</td><td>поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"</td></tr><tr><td>Мат 4:4</td><td>духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее -човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index beba741..f7bf2b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни творби."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index be6282f..5642d90 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index cb26d6f..4bba238 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index cff2a80..af7d282 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 850590f..0abf482 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 99eec80..174473a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Препратки. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,70 +38,30 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 5a9b416..a2cfc56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,28 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Списък на таблиците</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Списък на таблиците</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index eee04e6..69e639e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,47 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 99eb78d..e6e7db8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,34 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you fast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you pray</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům -praktikování spravedlnosti:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>do it secretly.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 5761ad8..9613fe5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, -proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 90ff1a0..2382874 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají -se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 679ca85..8aefff0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p> - <p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nábal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jozue</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabáš</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index 78c2155..366b8b4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,30 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0a19e0d..02a48b8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,17 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -28,10 +24,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index f0a0149..561e891 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,18 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?</p> - <p>Nemálo!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?</p><p>Nemálo!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index d57ce49..dae15ff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,26 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Boží slovo</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Boží moc</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index cd32b75..7964377 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -19,5 +17,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 31a0f52..46540de 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a -dva týdny.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dva týdny.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 4b21e5a..bf00392 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,9 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)?</td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p>V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)?</td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index e9b9de7..8ceeb44 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,14 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."</td></tr><tr><td>Sk 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."</td></tr><tr><td>Sk 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Ř 15,4</td><td>povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."</td></tr><tr><td>Ř 10,17</td><td>dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."</td></tr><tr><td>1K 10,11</td><td>napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro napomenutí nám"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4,4</td><td>sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které -vychází z Božích úst.'"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +vychází z Božích úst.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index 4b9694a..2ce3593 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index a7be9db..0d2b6fc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,30 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -32,6 +18,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index b8da85f..99bfdda 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,34 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index ee21142..3313ecb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,27 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -31,7 +18,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 561e70c..0474503 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,31 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 490064b..b39c2ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -13,42 +11,23 @@ interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Odkazy. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -60,70 +39,30 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index aec4820..69795ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,30 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ee1b8f9..598d3cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,43 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hør</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Læs</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Åb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord -[...]</span>”</span></p> - <p>1. Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen -[...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studér</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hør</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Læs</h3></div></div></div><p>Åb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord +[...]</span>”</span></p><p>1. Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen +[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studér</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt -Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der -ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Lær uden ad</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sl.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod -dig.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditér</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sl.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</span>”</span></p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der +ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Lær uden ad</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod +dig.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditér</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for -ham.</span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +ham.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 3777cc8..68c4d7b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,34 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at -blive set af dem</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Når du giver</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Når du faster</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Når du beder</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong -ways of practicing our righteousness:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>gør det i det skjulte.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>osv.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Når du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong +ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gør det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 079da98..9b35b43 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær -forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhæng</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær +forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhæng</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre -skriftsteder. ææ</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +skriftsteder. ææ</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html index 4aa5443..d827145 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,16 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en -bibelordbog.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Person Studie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Forklarende studie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +bibelordbog.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Person Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Forklarende studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index ceaaac5..aceb527 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller -hebraisk.</p> - <p>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigajil</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Josva</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabas</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller +hebraisk.</p><p>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigajil</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html index 07fd1ec..4e2e98d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at få liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde + </p><p>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</span>”</span>; sådan er det også med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at -have fællesskab med Gud.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +have fællesskab med Gud.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi må møde Kristus.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tilgange til Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tilgange til Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 6689c61..320e14e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud åndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud åndede</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud åndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud åndede</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 2783e4f..c63dc47 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?</p> - <p>Ikke kun en smule!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?</p><p>Ikke kun en smule!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index d03ecc9..fc7a37c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Guds ord</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Guds kraft</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html index 89ce79e..fa1cc99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 74d2ff6..bf1f841 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende -til dagen på måneden.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for -eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene -et kapitel om dagen.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +til dagen på måneden.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for +eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene +et kapitel om dagen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2 -uger.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillæg: "En gang for alle" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +uger.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillæg: "En gang for alle" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6ef3612..440b849 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Åndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Spørgsmål</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)?</td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Åndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Spørgsmål</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)?</td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html index f605c4c..92ad24f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,16 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved ordet,"</td></tr><tr><td>ApG 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, kan fastholde håbet.</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 10:17</td><td>giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."</td></tr><tr><td>1. Kor. 10:11</td><td>vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt. 4:4</td><td>næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af -brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud åndede </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud åndede </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html index e217a04..c6c29ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,45 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske -tekster.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske -tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Værk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Første Kopi</th><th>Tidsforløb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 år</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 år</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 år</td><td>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +tekster.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Værk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Første Kopi</th><th>Tidsforløb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 år</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 år</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 år</td><td>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre oldhistoriske prosa."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog Gud åndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog Gud åndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html index e9b68d8..e308754 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Eksempel 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Eksempel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index d12d61c..ab65617 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 6ee708c..ee31637 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p> - <p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han bærer dig på stærke arme...</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han bærer dig på stærke arme...</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 3414c20..ca97399 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>En allegori er: <span class="emphasis"><em>En historie hvor hvert element har en -betydning.</em></span></p> - <p>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>En allegori er: <span class="emphasis"><em>En historie hvor hvert element har en +betydning.</em></span></p><p>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Eksempel 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Eksempel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html index 5e9d0a0..f16fed2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Krydsreference. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Krydsreference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Eksempel 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Eksempel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,69 +38,29 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig -til at prædike [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig +til at prædike [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html index c708531..d7ee957 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html @@ -1,29 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre -andet er indikeret.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabelliste</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske -tekster.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Åndelig Rustning</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tekster.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Åndelig Rustning</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 1d7eb01..bb7c2b7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,49 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort -Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Offenbarung 1,3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist -nahe.</span>“</span></p> - <p>1. Timotheus 4,13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +nahe.</span>“</span></p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.</span>“</span></p> - <p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.</span>“</span></p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, -als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Psalm 119,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich -nicht sündige.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Psalm 1,1-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 6c92430..1e6f5b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Wenn Sie spenden</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Wenn Sie fasten</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Wenn Sie beten</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es -vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Wenn Sie geben </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>usw.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie geben </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 5fdac1b..5871977 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,20 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere -Stellen bestehen.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index b3a8185..a598dae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter -Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in -1. Mose 37-50</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 3bd05b6..0e9dfc8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,69 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Finden Sie diese Verse: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder -Hebräischen Namen finden.</p> - <p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Josua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabas</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index ed98e10..8d98dbf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass ihr das Leben hättet.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh. 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther + </p><p>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther sagte <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen</span>“</span>; genauso ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen, -sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 57665c7..5e0588b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index b3a9eb6..3e0aaf6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?</p> - <p>Nicht wenig!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?</p><p>Nicht wenig!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 398ae03..22474ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gottes Wort</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gottes Kraft</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 3d0ee45..ca07d78 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 3442436..4b66731 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,24 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage -die Woche.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, -dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 -lesen.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und -Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +lesen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie -das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 48937e9..2ccd960 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>Eins</td></tr><tr><td>Welche?</td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p>Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>Eins</td></tr><tr><td>Welche?</td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index 21ec572..a9ef498 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,11 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im Wort...</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Apostelgeschichte 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Römer 15,4</td><td>es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung @@ -13,6 +8,4 @@ haben. </span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Römer 10,17</td><td>es gibt Glauben - aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>1. Korinther 10,11</td><td>es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Matthäus 4,4</td><td>Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index 8e9c363..5c77b02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen alten Prosaschriften."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index b36c15b..5794f08 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 65872a2..bd917e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,34 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 8131cb9..d5b134e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,28 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der -Sprache</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -32,7 +19,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a429760..0cd115c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,32 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine -Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p> - <p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine +Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Üb.: im Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie -verwandeln, was haben wir dann?</p> - <p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +verwandeln, was haben wir dann?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index 8a24ab2..b78d76c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -13,42 +11,23 @@ interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Bestimmung. </b> - Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- -Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Querverweise. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- +Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -60,73 +39,33 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn nicht weiter festhalten solle!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Querverweise für aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen -und Jesus zu salben.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie -mit dem Öl.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Querverweise für chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk 4,18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 4,18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe...</span>“</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist -und mit Kraft</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +bringe...</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index fcb4d3a..8135575 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,30 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p><span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. des Übersetzers:</em></span> Der deutsche Text der +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. des Übersetzers:</em></span> Der deutsche Text der Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 -entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p> - - <p>Die <span class="application">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy -HowTo)</span> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p>Die <span class="application">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy +HowTo)</span> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 6a0f389..8f4e8e3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,56 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our - minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 + minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe - it.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Rev.1:3 + it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of - this prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 + this prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture - [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 17:11 + [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were - so.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 + so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling - accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 + accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin - against Thee.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 + against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he - prospers.</span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb + prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with - the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 6c446b4..7ca764a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,38 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of - your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be - noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does + your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be + noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this - thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you fast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you pray</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to - avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>do it secretly.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to + avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index bd61719..fbb6b76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,22 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What does it say? What does it say in the original +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it - doesn't say.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the + doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the - entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do other verses about this subject say through the + entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other - scriptures.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html index b8832a6..144737e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,18 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using - cross-references or a concordance.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life - in Gen.37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or - book.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using + cross-references or a concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life + in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or + book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index d4ac915..db140e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,75 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the - verse.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of listings until you find your - verse.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the + verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your + verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. - "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between + "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated - "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right + "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write - it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, + it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 - and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in - the Greek or Hebrew.</p> - <p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joshua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabus</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in + the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html index 348676c..4641eec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,19 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for - fellowship with God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess + fellowship with God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in @@ -22,11 +16,4 @@ us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity - Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index cb806a8..592b14e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said @@ -8,12 +6,10 @@ <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to - speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " + speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, - consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted + consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the @@ -35,11 +31,9 @@ in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity - Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " + Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all - matters of faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + matters of faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index cc6b90b..d4212b7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,21 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of - truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " + truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to - God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you - have?</p> - <p>Not a little!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " + God.</em></span>"</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you + have?</p><p>Not a little!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to - the body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + the body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index adfde4f..141147c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,31 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of - Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically - speaking of the truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a + Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically + speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily - "blown away."</p> - <p> + "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the - Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from - error?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>God's word</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>God's power</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from + error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html index 66e22f9..796f523 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and @@ -24,5 +22,4 @@ <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity - Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index adab246..29f829d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,26 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to - keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 - days a week.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each - day, corresponding to the day of the month.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each + keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 + days a week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each + day, corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, - & 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms - and Proverbs one chapter per day.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: + & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms + and Proverbs one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in - 2 years and 2 weeks.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + 2 years and 2 weeks.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 409667a..147849d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,10 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)?</td><td>the word - - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html index 4daf916..478162d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,12 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside - each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing + each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word."</td></tr><tr><td>Acts 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>encourages -- "that through perseverance and the @@ -16,6 +11,4 @@ an example, and they were written for our instruction"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every - word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html index 131d6cf..8f9825a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,52 +1,25 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we - learn to communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 + learn to communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and - year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by + year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as - if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in + if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with - other ancient texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient - texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + other ancient texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full - manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's + manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to - compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it + compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in - <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html index 028159c..7da9b87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,34 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, - we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 + we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span>In context, - what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be + what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the - amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 + amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying - [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 + [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If @@ -39,7 +25,5 @@ hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach - the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 6e59644..dff93c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,24 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural - context</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking + context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and - the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> + the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent - contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a + contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the @@ -26,17 +20,11 @@ started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the - cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals + cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral - covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 04b98b6..763188e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,19 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in - language</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be + language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special - meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule + meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we - aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, + aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is @@ -21,15 +14,9 @@ [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the - context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day + context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of @@ -42,8 +29,6 @@ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their - position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html index f34a60f..2776916 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,35 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the - difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: + difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a - meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of + meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay - it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in + it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. - If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p> - <p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is + If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, - etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What - is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness + etc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What + is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in - cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html index bc29656..0767f22 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the - difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, + difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a @@ -17,27 +15,14 @@ brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the - Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a + Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? - Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the - words.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning + Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the - exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. - For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Cross-reference. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same + exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. + For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other @@ -47,19 +32,13 @@ enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have - different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 + different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG - Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" + Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto @@ -73,18 +52,12 @@ the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is - already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> + already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is - sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we + sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the @@ -92,66 +65,32 @@ participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." - (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your - head</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might - come and anoint Him.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many - sick people and healing them.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them - with the perfume</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and - wiped them with her hair</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 + (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your + head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might + come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many + sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them + with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and + wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has - anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost - and power</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look + anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost + and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a - spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the + spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the - wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to + wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or - practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be + practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of - practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html index e01eee2..ed1ccae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -1,34 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible - unless otherwise indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p> - - <p>The + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible + unless otherwise indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying - the Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo + the Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the - Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient - texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook index 5411ef2..7918177 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>El Equipo &bibletime; (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index a2fe785..e00be60 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,48 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Escuchar y leer proporcionan una visión telescópica de la escritura, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Escuchar y leer proporcionan una visión telescópica de la escritura, mientras que el estudio y la memorización proporcionan una visión microscópica de las Escrituras. Meditar en las Escrituras trae el oír, la lectura, el estudio y la memorización juntos y consolida la palabra en -nuestras mentes.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Oír</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la -guardan.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Leer</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Apocalipsis 1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las -palabras de esta profecía [...]</span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Timoteo 4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">presta atención a la lectura pública de la -Escritura[...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que +nuestras mentes.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Oír</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la +guardan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Leer</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalipsis 1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las +palabras de esta profecía [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Timoteo 4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">presta atención a la lectura pública de la +Escritura[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran -así.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +así.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con -precisión la palabra de verdad.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Salmos 119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra -ti.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Salmos 1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley +precisión la palabra de verdad.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra +ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en -todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span></p> - <p>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que como el dedo pulgar puede tocar +todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span></p><p>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que como el dedo pulgar puede tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra cuando hacemos cualquiera de los cuatro primeros. La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo cristiano necesita escuchar y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesitan para estudiar y memorizar. Esto es para familiarizarse con el mensaje general de -la Biblia.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +la Biblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 3eee301..eae690e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero buscando el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero buscando el versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. Piense que lo tiene? Pruébelo escogiendo diferentes lugares en el pasaje y preguntarse si se relacionan con el pensamiento del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, -escribir un número Uno Romano a su esquema:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>¿Qué significa <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> no practicar vuestra justicia </span>”</span>? ¿El pasaje da +escribir un número Uno Romano a su esquema:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>¿Qué significa <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> no practicar vuestra justicia </span>”</span>? ¿El pasaje da algún ejemplo? ¿Qué área de nuestras vidas se están abordando? <span class="emphasis"><em> -Nuestros motivos! </em></span> ¿Qué subtítulos desarrollan este pensamiento?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cuando Ud. da</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cuando Ud. ora</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar -caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cuando tu das </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>no hagas tocar trompeta. (¿cómo alguien podría <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> tocar trompeta -</span>”</span> hoy?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>hazlo secretamente.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Nuestros motivos! </em></span> ¿Qué subtítulos desarrollan este pensamiento?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar +caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando tu das </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>no hagas tocar trompeta. (¿cómo alguien podría <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> tocar trompeta +</span>”</span> hoy?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index d7a0a68..016f5a4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,20 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las -definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>¿Qué dicen los versículos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es la +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las +definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen los versículos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es la regla - el pasaje debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el -pasaje y libro.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? +pasaje y libro.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene -que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html index f3b642e..d9336b3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias -cruzadas o una concordancia.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudio de Personajes</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de -José en Gen.37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudio Expositivo</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias +cruzadas o una concordancia.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudio de Personajes</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de +José en Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudio Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 6b561db..39912db 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,70 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Encontrar estos versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontrar estos versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Digamos que quería hacer un estudio de la palabra "redención". En primer + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que quería hacer un estudio de la palabra "redención". En primer lugar usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y buscar referencias que figuran para ello. A continuación, puede buscar palabras relacionadas y referencias listadas para ellos, por ejemplo, "redimir, redimido, rescate," -incluso "comprar" o "compró".</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>¿Y si te has dado cuenta una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> No +incluso "comprar" o "compró".</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Y si te has dado cuenta una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> No juzguéis para que no seáis juzgados </span>”</span> y 1 Cor.2:.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas el espiritual juzga todas las cosas;</span>”</span> Tal vez hay dos palabras griegas diferentes aquí, que se traducen como "juzgar" al Español? (Nosotros -usaremos Strong de aquí en adelante.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Busque "juzguéis"</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Baje por la columna de entradas a Mt.7:1. A la derecha es un número, -2919. Esto se refiere a la palabra griega usada. Anótelo.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ahora busque "Juzga"</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>A su vez en la parte posterior al diccionario griego. (Recuerde, usted está +usaremos Strong de aquí en adelante.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Busque "juzguéis"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Baje por la columna de entradas a Mt.7:1. A la derecha es un número, +2919. Esto se refiere a la palabra griega usada. Anótelo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ahora busque "Juzga"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A su vez en la parte posterior al diccionario griego. (Recuerde, usted está en el NT por lo que el lenguaje es el griego, mientras que el Antiguo Testamento es el hebreo.) Compare el significado de 2919 con el significado -de 350 y tendrá su respuesta!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o -hebreo.</p> - <p>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Josué</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Bernabé</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +de 350 y tendrá su respuesta!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o +hebreo.</p><p>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bernabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html index 15dd123..d1e4365 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir a mí, para que tengáis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin + </p><p>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin Luther dijo <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</span>”</span>; sólo que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para -tener comunión con Él.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Los Judíos a quien Jesús hablaba [...] se imaginaban que poseer las +tener comunión con Él.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Los Judíos a quien Jesús hablaba [...] se imaginaban que poseer las Escrituras equivalía a poseer la vida. Hilel solía decir, "El que ha conseguido para sí las palabras de la Torá ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo venidero." Su estudio era un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ gravemente engañados. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lect nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Polémico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 1a18fc3..a34523e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em> Heb.4:12 </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em> Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y eficaz ... </em></span>" Jesús dijo <span class="emphasis"><em> (Mateo 4:4), </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</em></span>" al leer la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está allí para -hablar a nuestros corazones de una manera continua y fresca.</p> - <p>2 Timoteo 3:16 declara: "<span class="emphasis"><em> Toda la Escritura es inspirada por Dios +hablar a nuestros corazones de una manera continua y fresca.</p><p>2 Timoteo 3:16 declara: "<span class="emphasis"><em> Toda la Escritura es inspirada por Dios [lit., Dios sopló] </em></span>." ¿Crees esto? Antes de responder, considera -la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de ellos +la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de ellos todo era un único Autor divino. Él también podría decir "Moisés dijo" o "Dios dijo '(Marcos 7: 10). Podría citar un comentario del narrador en Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo 19: 4-5). Del mismo @@ -29,10 +25,8 @@ debe permitir en prejuicio de la otra. ...</p><p>Esto, entonces, fue la vista de dar testimonio de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino de la Biblia es que el mismo Jesucristo lo enseñó.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Timoteo 3:16 continúa ". <span class="emphasis"><em>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, +Polémico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Timoteo 3:16 continúa ". <span class="emphasis"><em>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</em></span>" Si aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios que nos habla, se deduce que será -nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 148d569..f5d1a96 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que -maneja con precisión la palabra de verdad.</em></span></p> - <p>Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, +maneja con precisión la palabra de verdad.</em></span></p><p>Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones -al Señor.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?</p> - <p>¡No un poco!</p> - <p>Eclesiastes 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Las palabras de los sabios son como +al Señor.</em></span>"</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?</p><p>¡No un poco!</p><p>Eclesiastes 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Las palabras de los sabios son como aguijones; y como clavos hincados, las de los maestros de las congregaciones, dadas por un Pastor. Ahora, hijo mío, a más de esto, sé avisado. No hay fin de hacer muchos libros; y el mucho estudio es fatiga de -la carne.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +la carne.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 2918a72..2a07940 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,27 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 ". <span class="emphasis"><em> y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará libres +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 ". <span class="emphasis"><em> y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará libres </em></span>" Esto es por lo general citado por sí mismo. ¿Es esta una promesa condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todos los tipos de conocimiento? Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, en v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi -palabra, seréis verdaderamente mis discípulos; ... </em></span>"</p> - <p>Vemos que esto es una promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la -verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</p> - <p>La palabra griega para "viento" que se utiliza en Efesios 4:14 significa un +palabra, seréis verdaderamente mis discípulos; ... </em></span>"</p><p>Vemos que esto es una promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la +verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</p><p>La palabra griega para "viento" que se utiliza en Efesios 4:14 significa un <span class="emphasis"><em> viento violento </em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em> para que ya no seamos niños fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina,... </em></span> "Una de las cosas que estudiar la Biblia hace por nosotros es que nos fundamenta en la verdad, con el resultado de que no va a -ser fácil que "perdamos la cabeza".</p> - <p> +ser fácil que "perdamos la cabeza".</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Erráis [Se equivocan], no conociendo las Escrituras, ni el poder -de Dios."</em></span>." Mt.22:29</p> - <p>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>La palabra de Dios </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>El poder de Dios</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +de Dios."</em></span>." Mt.22:29</p><p>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html index 08f8a05..1428531 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es canalizada por una palabra del Testamento griego, es decir, el adverbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase"> hapax </em></span> y <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. Por lo general se traduce en la @@ -20,5 +18,4 @@ terminada de Cristo sin la adición de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los reformadores fueron <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura </em></span> para nuestra autoridad y <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase"> sola gratia </em></span> para nuestra salvación.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Polémico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 9e617d1..56abd24 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,22 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Aquí hay algunos programas fáciles para leer sistemáticamente su +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p>Aquí hay algunos programas fáciles para leer sistemáticamente su Biblia. Usted puede hacer más de uno a la vez, si se quiere, por ejemplo #1 -con #4 o #2 con #5. Varíe el programa de año en año para mantenerlo fresco!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que -corresponde al día del mes.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por -ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios -de un capítulo por día.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo +con #4 o #2 con #5. Varíe el programa de año en año para mantenerlo fresco!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que +corresponde al día del mes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por +ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios +de un capítulo por día.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el -Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html index f1d760b..67a2cf5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cúal?</td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p>Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cúal?</td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html index c779aff..a83a84c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>¿Qué hará estudiar la Biblia por ti? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que la +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p>¿Qué hará estudiar la Biblia por ti? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que la Biblia "<span class="emphasis"><em> la cual obra también en vosotros que creísteis </em></span>." Al lado de cada escritura, escribir la obra que la Palabra -realiza.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Acción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26</td><td>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"</td></tr><tr><td>Hechos 20:32</td><td>edificar -- "os encomiendo a Dios y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es +realiza.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Acción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26</td><td>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"</td></tr><tr><td>Hechos 20:32</td><td>edificar -- "os encomiendo a Dios y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados."</td></tr><tr><td>Romanos 15:4</td><td>alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, tengamos esperanza."</td></tr><tr><td>Romanos 10:17</td><td>da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Corintios 10:11</td><td>instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"</td></tr><tr><td>Mateo 4:4</td><td>alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá -el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html index 08657cd..d4383f8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,46 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los que invocan el nombre de Dios. El Estudio de la Biblia es una de las -principales formas en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es único</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>La Biblia es única en muchos aspectos. Es única en:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularidad. Las ventas de la Biblia en Norteamérica: más de USD$ 500 +principales formas en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es único</h2></div></div></div><p>La Biblia es única en muchos aspectos. Es única en:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularidad. Las ventas de la Biblia en Norteamérica: más de USD$ 500 millones por año. La Biblia es por lo tanto de todos los tiempos y de año a -año best seller!.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>autoría. Fue escrito durante un período de 1600 años por 40 autores +año best seller!.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>autoría. Fue escrito durante un período de 1600 años por 40 autores diferentes de diferentes orígenes, pero lee como si estuviese escrita por -uno.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservación. F. F. Bruce en <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? +uno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservación. F. F. Bruce en <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? (¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento Fiables?) </em></span> compara -manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fue escrita</th><th>Copia más antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Número de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Heródoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 años</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tácito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 años</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 años</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Existen diez ejemplares de César <span class="emphasis"><em> Guerra de las Galias </em></span> +manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fue escrita</th><th>Copia más antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Número de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Heródoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 años</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tácito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 años</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 años</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existen diez ejemplares de César <span class="emphasis"><em> Guerra de las Galias </em></span> , el más antiguo se copió 900 años después de que César escribió el original, etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento tenemos manuscritos completos que datan de 350 D. C., papiros que contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento de la década del 200, y un fragmento del evangelio de Juan de 130 D. C. ¿Cuántos manuscritos qué tenemos que comparan entre sí? ¡5000 en -griego y 10.000 en Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto +griego y 10.000 en Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos escritos en prosa".</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Crítico de texto F. J. A Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado en <span class="emphasis"><em> Questions of -Life</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html index 6abfc90..320050e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,31 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpretar las Escrituras en armonía con otra escritura. ¿Qué dicen los +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpretar las Escrituras en armonía con otra escritura. ¿Qué dicen los versos de cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? El libro? ¿Encaja su interpretación con estos? Si no, es errónea. Por lo general, el contexto suministra lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente el pasaje. El contexto es clave. Si se mantiene la confusión en cuanto al significado después de haber interpretado el texto dentro de su contexto, tenemos que -mirar más allá.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>En una lección anterior consideramos Juan 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Naciere de agua y -del Espíritu"</em></span> En contexto, ¿qué es el agua en ésta discusión?</p> - <p>El bautismo en agua no está en discusión aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio +mirar más allá.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>En una lección anterior consideramos Juan 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Naciere de agua y +del Espíritu"</em></span> En contexto, ¿qué es el agua en ésta discusión?</p><p>El bautismo en agua no está en discusión aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio de el tema que es debatido por Jesús y Nicodemo. Cuidado con un repentino cambio de tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación ha sido descarrilada! El agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacer de agua" = nacimiento -natural.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</span>”</span> tiene que +natural.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</span>”</span> tiene que ser adoptada en el contexto bíblico de 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">[...]Mas toda mujer -que ora o profetiza [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Hechos 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Entonces Pedro les dijo: Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada +que ora o profetiza [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Entonces Pedro les dijo: Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados [...]" </span>”</span>. ¿Es esta la enseñanza de la regeneración bautismal? Si este fue el único versículo de las Escrituras que teníamos, tendríamos que concluir que @@ -34,6 +20,4 @@ ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretarlo de otro modo. Pedro está instando bautismo como una manera para que sus oyentes respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo fuera de la vía para nacer de nuevo, ¿cómo pudo Pablo escribió 1 Corintios 1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em> "Porque no me envió Cristo a -bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" </em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" </em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9e74060..062dedf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,36 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Primero no nos preguntamos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ¿Qué significa para mí </span>”</span> sino +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>Primero no nos preguntamos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ¿Qué significa para mí </span>”</span> sino <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ¿Qué significó para los lectores originales </span>”</span>?; después podemos preguntar, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ¿Qué significa para mí? </span>”</span>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta el contexto histórico y cultural del autor y los -destinatarios.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +destinatarios.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> 3 días & 3 noches </span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a llegar a una "teoría del miércoles de crucifixión", esp. el culto de Armstrongism. ¿Cómo pudo Jesús morir en la tarde del viernes y resucitar el domingo por la mañana aún "ser levantado en el tercer día" (Mt.16: 21)? Significados exactos de "tres" o "días" no van a ayudar a explicar la -aparente contradicción.</p> - <p>Necesitamos un dato histórico: Los Judios cuentan cualquier parte de un día +aparente contradicción.</p><p>Necesitamos un dato histórico: Los Judios cuentan cualquier parte de un día como un día completo, como nos gusta contar baldes de agua (si hay seis y medio cubos de agua, diríamos hay 7 cubos de agua, incluso si uno está sólo lleno parcialmente). Así que para la mente judía, cualquier parte de un día contará como un día entero, y día comenzó a las 18:00 y terminó a las 18:00 Viernes 15:00 a 18:00 = día 1. Viernes 18:00 a sábado 18:00 = 2 días. Sábado 18:00 hasta el domingo 5 y algo = 3 días. La interpretación dentro del -contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Génesis 15: 7-21. El contexto histórico es que se cortaban los animales en +contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Génesis 15: 7-21. El contexto histórico es que se cortaban los animales en dos y luego caminaba entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato en los días de Abraham. Ambas partes caminaban entremedio, tomando el compromiso de que el desmembramiento pasaría a ellos si no cumplen con su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través de, por lo que -es un pacto unilateral.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +es un pacto unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 877ad73..11127d4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,30 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el -idioma</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Deje que el lenguaje literal sea literal y lenguaje figurado ser -figurativo. Y cuidado con los modismos, que tienen un significado especial.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malo</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Norma 1, la definición de "malo" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el +idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Deje que el lenguaje literal sea literal y lenguaje figurado ser +figurativo. Y cuidado con los modismos, que tienen un significado especial.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malo</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Norma 1, la definición de "malo" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el contexto: parece confundirnos aún más. ¡No parece encajar con lo que sucede antes y después! Esto debe sugerirnos de que no estamos entendiendo -correctamente!!</p> - <p>Lo que tenemos aquí es un modismo hebreo, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ojo malo </span>”</span>. Echemos +correctamente!!</p><p>Lo que tenemos aquí es un modismo hebreo, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ojo malo </span>”</span>. Echemos un vistazo a otros usos de este idioma: mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em> ¿No me es lícito hacer lo que quiero con lo mío? ¿O tienes envidia [lit: es malo tu ojo] porque yo soy bueno [generoso]?</em></span>" encontramos que el tener un "ojo malo" es un modismo hebreo para ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelve a Mateo 6 y observe cómo funciona esta lazos de comprensión en tan -perfectamente con el contexto.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</span>”</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p> - <p>Las referencias a las partes del cuerpo de Dios son utilizados por los +perfectamente con el contexto.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p><p>Las referencias a las partes del cuerpo de Dios son utilizados por los Santos de los Últimos Días para probar que Dios era una vez un hombre tal y como somos. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, ellos van a enseñar que podemos llegar a ser Dios como Él es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, @@ -35,7 +22,5 @@ estos. Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a leer una escritura más: Salmos 91:4 ... </span>”</span>. W. M. dijo, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Por las mismas reglas de interpretación que usted acaba de demostrar que Dios es un hombre, sólo demostró que es un pájaro </span>”</span>. Los mormones tuvieron que reír al darse cuenta de lo -ridículo de su posición.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +ridículo de su posición.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 39f6b18..1f355a4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,33 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una -parábola y una alegoría</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Una alegoría es: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un -significado.</em></span></p> - <p>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</p> - <p>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, de la parábola del sembrador +parábola y una alegoría</h2></div></div></div><p>Una alegoría es: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un +significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</p><p>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, de la parábola del sembrador es una alegoría: la semilla es la Palabra de Dios, las espinas son las preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son alegorías sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso para conseguir nuestra doctrina de parábolas; que se pueden torcer para decir todo tipo de cosas. Tenemos que obtener nuestra doctrina de las escrituras claras que son expuestas; entonces, si una parábola ilustra esto, -bien.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia +bien.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría, -¿qué tenemos?</p> - <p>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los -derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La parábola del mayordomo injusto en Lucas 16:1-9. ¿Cuál es el punto de la -parábola? Es una alegoría?</p> - <p>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su astucia en el uso de lo que +¿qué tenemos?</p><p>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los +derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola del mayordomo injusto en Lucas 16:1-9. ¿Cuál es el punto de la +parábola? Es una alegoría?</p><p>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su astucia en el uso de lo que tenía que prepararse para un momento en que no lo tendría. Pero él no es -elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético en el engaño a su amo.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético en el engaño a su amo.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html index 7d2fcab..329c5ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una -parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de la "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia +parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de la "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia cruzada. Queremos ampliar ese momento por ahondar brevemente en la hermenéutica bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido pretendido por el autor original (y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un @@ -14,26 +12,13 @@ descubrimiento del significado correcto; haciendo caso omiso de estas reglas la gente ha traído muchos problemas para sí mismos y para sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> ...entre las cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras -Escrituras, para su propia perdición.</span>”</span></p> - <p>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado pretendido de un pasaje? Digamos +Escrituras, para su propia perdición.</span>”</span></p><p>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado pretendido de un pasaje? Digamos que su atención se ha centrado en un versículo en particular cuyo significado no es claro para usted. ¿Cómo se lleva a cabo el estudio? Tenga -en cuenta estas normas:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Lo más preciso que puede ser exacto, será el significado original de las +en cuenta estas normas:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Lo más preciso que puede ser exacto, será el significado original de las palabras para tener nuestra mejor interpretación. Trate de encontrar el -significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definición. </b> - Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, -también el tiempo verbal es crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Referencias Cruzadas. </b> - Comparar escritura con escritura. Al ver cómo se utiliza la misma palabra +significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definición. </b>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, +también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Referencias Cruzadas. </b>Comparar escritura con escritura. Al ver cómo se utiliza la misma palabra griega o hebrea (no la palabra en español) en la escritura puede aclarar o arrojar una nueva luz sobre la definición. ¿Cómo funciona si el mismo autor utiliza esta palabra en otro lugar? u otros autores? Sus herramientas de @@ -41,17 +26,11 @@ referencia pueden dar usos de la palabra en los documentos no bíblicos, también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los idiomas originales?; ¿por qué no es la palabra en español lo suficientemente buena? <span class="emphasis"><em>Porque más de una palabra griega puede ser traducida a la misma palabra al español, y las -palabras griegas puede tener diferentes matices de significado. </em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20: 17 <span class="emphasis"><em> "No me toques" </em></span> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena +palabras griegas puede tener diferentes matices de significado. </em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20: 17 <span class="emphasis"><em> "No me toques" </em></span> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es demasiado santo o algo así. Pero eso no parece correcto, así que vamos a buscar Spiros Zodhiates '<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definición: En cuanto a Juan 20:17, por encima de la palabra "Tocar" vemos +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definición: En cuanto a Juan 20:17, por encima de la palabra "Tocar" vemos "pim680." Las cartas nos dan un código para la parte de la oración, y el número se refiere a donde diccionario Strong hace referencia. Veamos la definición (Pág. 879). "680. Haptomai;.. De hapto (681), toque refiere a tal @@ -64,73 +43,33 @@ p.857, "imperativo presente. En la voz activa, puede indicar un comando para hacer algo en el futuro, lo que implica una acción continua o repetida, o, cuando es negada, un comando para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está ocurriendo. Así que, -¿qué hemos encontrado?</p> - <p> +¿qué hemos encontrado?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em> María está aferrada a Jesús, y él está diciendo que deje de abrazarlo! </em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>En Santiago 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>En Santiago 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor.</em></span>. ¿Qué es esta -unción?</p> - <p>Definición de aleipho (218) - "al aceite" (Strong); pero también tenemos +unción?</p><p>Definición de aleipho (218) - "al aceite" (Strong); pero también tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para manchar o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o servicio religioso" (Strong). Ya que es un verbo, considere el tiempo también, "apta" participio aoristo activo. "El participio aoristo expresa simple acción, en contraposición a la acción continua ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es temporal, por lo general significa acción previa a la del verbo -principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Referencia-cruzada para aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a -ungirle.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Referencias cruzadas de chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lucas 4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para -predicar [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con -poder</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás a las +principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Referencia-cruzada para aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a +ungirle.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referencias cruzadas de chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para +predicar [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con +poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás a las referencias cruzadas y a las definiciones, podemos resumir la diferencia como: <span class="emphasis"><em> "aleipho" es un uso práctico del aceite y "chrio" es -espiritual</em></span></p> - <p>A modo de ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se usa) del uso práctico de aceite +espiritual</em></span></p><p>A modo de ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se usa) del uso práctico de aceite en ese momento, cuando el buen samaritano se preocupaba por el hombre golpeado por ladrones derramó aceite y vino en la herida. Así que el aceite -tenía un uso medicinal en los días de Jesús.</p> - <p>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido en este estudio palabra a +tenía un uso medicinal en los días de Jesús.</p><p>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido en este estudio palabra a Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em> "¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre -del Señor."</em></span> es " unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</p> - <p>Y el tiempo verbal en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducida +del Señor."</em></span> es " unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</p><p>Y el tiempo verbal en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducida como "haber ungido", por lo que el fin es la unción primero, entonces la oración ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no la unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar medicina a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿Eso no expresan un -hermoso equilibrio de ser práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +hermoso equilibrio de ser práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html index 0f97cfa..d70929e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html @@ -1,31 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumen El Cómo estudiar la Biblia es una guía para el estudio de la Biblia. Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime es que este Cómo estudiar la Biblia provocará a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que ellas dicen. Esta guía de estudio en particular ha sido elegida, ya que toma cuidado de no abogar por ninguna doctrina denominacional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si comienza con la actitud que el Señor quiere sembrar su palabra en su corazón Él no le defraudará."><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">El Equipo BibleTime</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumen El Cómo estudiar la Biblia es una guía para el estudio de la Biblia. Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime es que este Cómo estudiar la Biblia provocará a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que ellas dicen. Esta guía de estudio en particular ha sido elegida, ya que toma cuidado de no abogar por ninguna doctrina denominacional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si comienza con la actitud que el Señor quiere sembrar su palabra en su corazón Él no le defraudará."><meta name="keywords" content="Biblia, Estudio, Cómo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">El Equipo BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 El Equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual" </a>.</p> - <p>Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo +Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual" </a>.</p><p>Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé -SpaRVG2004]</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p> - - <p>El <span class="application">Cómo estudiar la Biblia</span> es una guía para el -estudio de la Biblia.</p> - <p>Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es que este Cómo estudiar la Biblia +SpaRVG2004]</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p>El <span class="application">Cómo estudiar la Biblia</span> es una guía para el +estudio de la Biblia.</p><p>Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es que este Cómo estudiar la Biblia provocará a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que ellas dicen. Esta guía de estudio en particular ha sido elegida, ya que toma cuidado de no abogar por ninguna doctrina denominacional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si comienza con la actitud que el Señor quiere sembrar su palabra en su corazón -Él no le defraudará.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bíblico básico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +Él no le defraudará.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bíblico básico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una -parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 823dbb0..4992d0b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,43 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja -seuraavat sitä.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi -sinua vastaan.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +sanaa oikein.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index d57adb6..cc13749 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Kun annat</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Kun paastoat</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Kun rukoilet</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa -hurskauttamme:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>tee se salaisesti.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>jne.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ba0f07f..4fb3038 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin -kirjoituksiin.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index 935e333..1cecbe2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,16 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai -sanahakemistoa.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 203bb52..a129a5c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien -merkityksiä.</p> - <p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joosua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabas</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joosua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index 9c09705..5565e4f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme + </p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”</span>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee -sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -18,11 +12,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä its vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 5838768..e10aa49 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index a706c4a..077c85f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?</p> - <p>Ei pieni!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?</p><p>Ei pieni!</p><p>Saarn 12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan +piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman +paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla +kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää +ruumiin.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index d9e5725..762c3a1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jumalan sana</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jumalan voima</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index 164eab2..ddd3d61 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index ec945a0..4d95ada 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,22 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem -kuukaudenpäivää.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla -luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi -yksi luku päivässä.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p>Tässä on muutamia helppoja ohjelmia Raamatun lukemiseen +systemaattisesti. Voit käyttää useampaa niistä jos haluat. Esimerkiksi #1 +#4:n kanssa, tai #2 yhdessä #5:n kanssa. Vaihtele ohjelmia vuosittain +pitääksesi opiskelusi tuoreena!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & -Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6491c9d..e1e7c13 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä?</td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä?</td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3a1c478..fff1345 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,14 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."</td></tr><tr><td>Apt 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."</td></tr><tr><td>Apt 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Room. 15:4</td><td>rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten rohkaisuun kautta."</td></tr><tr><td>Room. 10:17</td><td>antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt. 4:4</td><td>ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä -ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index 0e7cae6..d0fef3d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten proosatekstien joukossa."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index 30d32d3..f3dd87e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Aiemmassa luennossa me käsittelimme Joh 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"synny vedestä ja +Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on vesi tämän keskustelun yhteydessä?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index dcc1246..3a299fa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d17a802..34782ce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,28 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">huono silmä</span>”</span> Matt 6:23 (Biblia "paha silmä").</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p> - <p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää -heidät.</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +heidät.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -32,7 +19,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 32de4c0..1205cba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on -merkitys.</em></span></p> - <p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on +merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen -vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p> - <p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Epärehellisen taloudenhoitajan vertauksessa Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on vertauksen +ydin? Onko se allegoria?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index ce4e06f..2af9741 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Määrittely. </b> - Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta -Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla tarkojen alkuperäisten sanojen merkityksessä, +sitä parempi on tulkintamme. Kokeile etsiä täsmällinen merkitys +avainsanoille seuraavilla askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,69 +38,28 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria on jo kiinni Jeesuksessa ja Hän sanoo lopeta!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhempia käsketään rukoilemaan ja voitelemaan +sairas</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 3d57d05..33639cb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,28 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Raamattu, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">BibleTime tiimi</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta -standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index bceecce..4034ffe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,45 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lc 11:28 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui -la gardent !</span> »</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ap 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de -la prophétie..."</em></span></p> - <p>1 Tm 4:13 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</span> »</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ac 17:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11:28 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui +la gardent !</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de +la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Tm 4:13 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Ac 17:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait -était exact.</span> »</span></p> - <p>2 Tm 2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu +était exact.</span> »</span></p><p>2 Tm 2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense -droitement la parole de la vérité.</span> »</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps 119:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher -contre toi.</span> »</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps 1:2-3 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui +droitement la parole de la vérité.</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps 119:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher +contre toi.</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps 1:2-3 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit -point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</span> »</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</span> »</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index d9fa635..e9e4226 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span> »</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span> »</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quand tu jeûnes</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quand tu pries</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant -d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quand vous donnez </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span> »</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand vous donnez </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span> »</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index fb4eb72..91ec2ce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,20 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente -face aux autres Écritures.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 120a850..e0f2649 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,16 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn -37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn +37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index c05402f..e0d1699 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Trouvez ces versets : </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouvez ces versets : </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span> »</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span> »</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des -noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.</p> - <p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigaïl</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Josué</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabas</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index e0d0d00..ba886ee 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index c752461..c220931 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c26c666..6b81131 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Les exhortations</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?</p> - <p>Pas qu'un peu !</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?</p><p>Pas qu'un peu !</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index c2718c7..16e30f6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,26 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de -l'erreur ?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>La Parole de Dieu</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>La puissance de Dieu</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index 4fbfc2e..4702310 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 135de58..c7a8704 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, -correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & -140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes -un chapitre par jour.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes & -proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 9165763..52386a9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>Un</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ?</td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p>Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>Un</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ?</td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8f881cc..dc29131 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,16 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ep 5:26</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ep 5:26</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."</td></tr><tr><td>Ac 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15:4</td><td>encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10:17</td><td>foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de la parole de Christ."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Co 10:11</td><td>instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4:4</td><td>nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain -seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index b5ad08b..d3a4235 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,45 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes -anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes -anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index 110eed1..2f3c2bf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span> »</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span> »</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span> »</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span> »</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 125873d..24331bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>but <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 27ba39a..058965a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p> - <p>Dt 33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Dt 33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He will cover you with His f shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 0f912ce..2304db0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une -signification.</em></span></p> - <p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une +signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index 7fccf82..2405511 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span> »</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering t correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Définition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Références croisées. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,71 +38,31 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le retenir !</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Références croisées pour aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : -"oindre"] Jésus.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds -avec ses cheveux</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Références croisées pour chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lc 4:18 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées pour aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées pour chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4:18 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index 280627f..223f1b4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,29 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes -anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index b03e545..b6edc48 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,44 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, -és megtartják azt.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jel.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak -beszédét.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Zsolt.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem -ellened.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +beszédét.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index cf2f2ca..d25419d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Amikor adsz</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Amikor böjtölsz</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Amikor imádkozol</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz -módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>titokban csináld.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>stb.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 91885b2..f304074 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok -tesztjének.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 84e8250..65930eb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy -szószedetek alapján.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index e3856df..ddc8169 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.</p> - <p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nábál</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Józsué</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabás</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 4500eaf..942a3ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: + </p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”</span>; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az -Istennel való szövetségért.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +Istennel való szövetségért.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 78b0b02..c0876f9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity -Press 1978, 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +Press 1978, 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 7d3d3cd..44b52d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?</p> - <p>Nem kevés!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?</p><p>Nem kevés!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8449c7a..91d1f10 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Isten igéje</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Isten hatalma</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index efc6a22..2ca501b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index c607450..53010c7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy -héten.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak -megfelelően.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, -például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a -Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelően.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, -sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 42a0cda..3b99f54 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)?</td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)?</td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index 06fc5c6..491875f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva megszentelje."</td></tr><tr><td>ApCsel. 20:32 </td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Róm. 15:4</td><td>vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."</td></tr><tr><td>Róm. 10:17</td><td>hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde által."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, -hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index f188777..925a49e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi ősi prózai irat között."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index ce9ee1c..42ccb86 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index ece0088..22932ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 5fae7fa..09425d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p> - <p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index f5fba20..999dbfa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése -van.</em></span></p> - <p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése +van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként -tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p> - <p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index f7b0e06..dfd7663 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definíció. </b> - Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az -igeidő is döntő fontosságú. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,73 +38,33 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék -őt.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a -saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk. 4:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy -a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit -felkentél, [...]</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal, </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +őt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 4:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 529c118..67f44ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,28 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Vázlat The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Vázlat The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön -jelzettek.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön +jelzettek.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 384dfbe..8ac728a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -17,11 +17,10 @@ sé ma per cercare Dio.</para> <blockquote> <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> - <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." -Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</para> + <para>Gli Ebrei ai quali Gesù parlò [...] immaginavano che possedere la Scrittura +equivalesse a possedere la vita. Hillel diceva, "Chi ha fatto proprie le +parole della Torah ha fatto propria la vita del mondo a venire". Il loro +studio era fine a se stesso. In questo si ingannavano gravemente. [...]</para> <para>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</para> @@ -29,10 +28,11 @@ avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> <title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title> - <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</para> + <para>Ascoltare e leggere fornisce una visione telescopica della scrittura, mentre +lo studio e la memorizzazione forniscono una visione microscopica della +scrittura. La meditazione delle scritture mette insieme l'ascolto, la +lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione e cementa la parola nelle nostre +menti.</para> <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> <title>L'ascolto</title> <para>Lc 11,28 <quote>Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la @@ -64,11 +64,12 @@ te.</quote></para> medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa, riesce bene.</quote></para> - <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first -four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and -read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + <para>I Navigatori illustrano questo fatto dicendo che come il pollice può toccare +le altre dita, così possiamo meditare la Parola come facciamo una delle +altre quattro cose elencate. La meditazione è una chiave per la +rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano ha bisogno di ascoltare e leggere la Bibbia +più di quanto gli serva studiarla e memorizzarla. Questo affinché +familiarizzi con il messaggio generale della Bibbia.</para> </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> @@ -97,8 +98,9 @@ definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> <title>Contesto</title> - <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + <para>Cosa dicono i versi tra i quali si trova? "Il contesto è re", è questa la +regola -- il passaggio deve avere senso all'interno della struttura +dell'intero passaggio e del libro.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> <title>Referenze</title> @@ -109,20 +111,20 @@ interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> <title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title> - <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test -it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they -relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</para> + <para>Studiamo insieme Mt.6:1-18. Leggilo a te stesso, prima cercando il verso +chiave, il verso che riassume l'intero passaggio. Pensi di averlo trovato? +Verificalo scegliendo vari punti del passaggio e chiedendoti se sono +correlati al pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato, scrivilo al punto +1 del tuo elenco:</para> <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> <listitem> <para>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per essere ammirati da loro</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> - <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage -give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our -motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <para>Cosa significa <quote>praticare la giustizia</quote>? Il passaggio dà +qualche esempio? A quale area delle nostre vite fa riferimento? <emphasis>Le +nostre motivazioni!</emphasis> Quali sotto-voci sviluppano questo pensiero?</para> <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> <listitem> <para>Quando tu doni</para> @@ -140,8 +142,8 @@ praticare le tue buone opere:</para> <listitem> <para>Quando tu doni <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> <listitem> - <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a -trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + <para>non suonare la tromba. (in che senso si potrebbe <quote>suonare la +tromba</quote> oggi?)</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>fallo in segreto.</para> @@ -186,36 +188,37 @@ trumpet</quote>today?)</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> <title>Fare uno Studio Tematico</title> - <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would -look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for -it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + <para>Supponiamo che tu voglia fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione". Prima +dovresti cercarla nella concordanza, consultando i riferimenti elencati per +quella parola. Poi potresti cercare parole relative e i relativi +riferimenti, ad es. "redimere, redento, riscatto", persino "acquistare" o +"acquistato".</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> <title>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</title> - <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</para> + <para>Cosa fare se si nota una contraddizione tra Mt.7:1 <quote>Non giudicate, +affinché non siate giudicati</quote> e 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>L'uomo spirituale +giudica ogni cosa</quote>? Forse si tratta di due parole greche differenti +qui, entrambe tradotte in italiane col verbo "giudicare"? (Useremo il +dizionario Strong da qui in avanti.)</para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem> - <para>Look up "judge".</para> + <para>Cerca "giudicare".</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + <para>Vai in fondo alla colonna delle voci di Mt.7:1. A destra c'è un numero, +2919. Questo fa riferimento alla parola greca usata. Scrivila.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + <para>Ora cerca "giudica".</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the -language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + <para>Torna al dizionario greco. (Ricorda, sei nel NT quindi la lingua è il greco, +mentre nell'OT è l'ebraico.) Confronta il significato di 2919 con quello di +350 e avrai la risposta!</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </sect2> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 13081fe..fd04b01 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,24 +1,26 @@ <chapter id="h2-importance"> <title>L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title> - <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</para> + <para>Capire la parola di Dio è di grande importanza per tutti quelli che invocano +il nome di Dio. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi principali per +imparare a comunicare con Dio.</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> <title>Un libro che è Unico</title> - <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <para>La Bibbia si distingue in molti modi. Essa è unica in:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + <para>popolarità. Le vendite della Bibbia in nord America superano i 500 milioni +di dollari all'anno. Essa è il libro più venduto di tutti i tempi e di ogni +anno.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + <para>autorevolezza. È stata scritta lungo un periodo di 1600 anni da 40 diversi +autori provenienti da contesti sociali differenti, eppure si legge come se +scritta da un unico autore.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</para> + <para>conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>I libri del Nuovo Testamento sono +affidabili?</emphasis> confronta i manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con +altri antichi testi:</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> @@ -72,16 +74,16 @@ texts:</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> - <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <para>Esistono 10 copie delle <emphasis>Guerre Galliche</emphasis> di Cesare, la +più antica delle quali fu copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare ebbe scritto +l'originale. Per il Nuovo Testamento abbiamo manoscritti che risalgono al +350 d.C., papiri contenenti la maggior parte del Nuovo Testamento dell'anno +200, e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del 130 d.C. Quanti manoscritti +abbiamo da poer confrontare tra loro? 5000 in greco e 10.000 in latino!</para> <blockquote> - <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of -Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <attribution>Il critico testuale F. J. A. Hort, in "Il Nuovo Testamento nell'Originale +Greco", vol. 1, p. 561, Macmillan Co., citato in <emphasis>Question of +Life</emphasis> p. 25-26</attribution> <para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa dell'Antichità."</para> @@ -90,48 +92,47 @@ dell'Antichità."</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> <title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title> <para> - <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" -<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</para> - <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <emphasis>Ebr.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>La parola di Dio infatti è vivente +ed efficace...</emphasis>" Gesù disse <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>Sta scritto: L'uomo non vive di solo pane, ma di ogni parola che +procede dalla bocca di Dio.</emphasis>" Mentre leggiamo la Bibbia, lo +Spirito di Dio ne parla ai nostri cuori in un modo continuamente nuovo.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 dichiara, " <emphasis>Tutta la scrittura è ispirata da +Dio</emphasis>" Credi in questo? Prima di rispondere, considera l'attitudine +di Gesù verso le Scritture.</para> <blockquote> <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> - <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true -to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as -it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ...</para> - <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + <para>Si riferiva agli autori umani, ma dava per accertato che dietro ognuno di +loro c'era un unico Autore divino. Poteva ugualmente dire "Mosè disse" o +"Dio disse" (Mc.7:10). Poteva citare un commento del narratore di Genesi +2:24 come frase del Creatore stesso (Mt.19:4-5). E similmente disse, "Ben +profetizzò Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto", quando stava citando +le parole del Signore Dio (Mc.7:6 & Is.29:13). E' da Gesù stesso che gli +autori del Nuovo Testamento hanno guadagnato la loro convinzione di questa +doppia natura della Scrittura. Per essi dire che "Dio dopo aver parlato +anticamente molte volte e in molti modi ai nostri padri per mezzo dei +profeti" (Ebr.1:1) era vero come dire che "uomini mossi dallo Spirito Santo +hanno parlato da parte di Dio" (2 Pi.1:21). Dio non parlava in modo da +annullare la personalità degli autori umani, né gli uomini parlarono in modo +da corrompetere la Parola del divino Autore. Dio parlò. Gli uomini +parlarono. Nessuna delle due verità può detrarre nulla dall'altra.</para> + <para>Questo, dunque, era il modo di Cristo di vedere le Scritture. La loro +testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è +la testimonianza di Dio. E il motivo principale per cui i cristiani credono +nell'origine divina della Bibbia è che Gesù Cristo stesso la insegnò.</para> </blockquote> - <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, -for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped -for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 continua, "<emphasis>e utile a insegnare, a riprendere, a +correggere, a educare alla giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e +ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</emphasis>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia +è davvero Dio che ci parla, ne consegue che essa sarà la nostra autorità in +tutte le questioni di fede e comportamento.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> <title>Un libro che Funziona</title> - <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <para>A cosa ti servirà studiare la Bibbia? 1 Tess.2:13 dice che la Bibbia +"<emphasis>opera efficacemente in voi che credete.</emphasis>" Accanto a +ogni scrittura, annota ciò che la Parola opera.</para> <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> <title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</title> <tgroup cols="2"> @@ -148,8 +149,8 @@ scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> </row> <row> <entry>At 20,32</entry> - <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + <entry>aumenta -- "...la parola della Sua grazia, che è in grado di edificarvi e di +darvi l'eredità in mezzo a tutti i santificati."</entry> </row> <row> <entry>Rm 15,4</entry> @@ -177,22 +178,23 @@ ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</entry> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> <title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title> - <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional -or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the -answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> - <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</para> - <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent -wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, -tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of -doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para>Gv.8:32 " <emphasis>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà +liberi.</emphasis>" Di solito il verso viene citato da soll. Si tratta di +una promessa condizionata o incondizionata? Si potrebbe applicare a tutti i +tipi di conoscenza? Trova la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase, +al v.32. " <emphasis>Se perseverate nella mia parola, siete veramente miei +discepoli...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Vediamo che si tratta di una promessa condizionale, che parla specificamente +della verità della parola di Dio.</para> + <para>La parola greca per "vento" usata in Ef.4:14 significa un <emphasis>vento +imperioso.</emphasis>"<emphasis>Affinché non siamo più come bambini +sballottati e portati qua e là da +ogni vento di dottrina...</emphasis>" Uno dei risultati dello studio della +Bibbia è che ci fonda nella verità, in modo che non possiamo essere +facilmente "portati qua e là".</para> <para> - <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are -mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <emphasis>Ma Gesù rispose loro:</emphasis>" <emphasis>Voi sbagliate, non +comprendendo né le Scritture né la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> <para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati dall'errore?</para> <itemizedlist> @@ -235,20 +237,20 @@ dall'errore?</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> <title>Esortazioni</title> - <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a -workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</emphasis>"</para> - <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with -all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and -spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 " <emphasis>Studiati di presentare te stesso approvato davanti a +Dio, operaio che non ha da vergognarsi, che esponga rettamente la parola +della verità.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>La parola di Cristo abiti in voi copiosamente, in ogni +sapienza, +istruendovi ed esortandovi gli uni gli altri con salmi, inni e cantici +spirituali, cantando con grazia nei vostri cuori al Signore.</emphasis>"</para> <para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</para> <para>Non poco!</para> - <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli e le +raccolte dei dotti sono come chiodi ben piantati; esse sono date da un solo +Pastore. Figlio mio, sta' in guardia di tutto ciò che va al di là di +questo. Si scrivono tanti libri, ma non si finisce mai, e il molto studiare +affatica il corpo.</emphasis>"</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> <title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title> @@ -265,22 +267,23 @@ the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> - <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either -without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the -Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition -of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human -merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + <para>Dunque possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e che Cristo ha +sofferto una volta per tutti. Ciò significa che la rivelazione cristiana e +la redenzione cristiana sono entrambe complete in Cristo. Niente può essere +aggiunto ad esse senza essere derogatorio verso Cristo... Queste sono le due +rocce su cui la Riforma Protestante è stata costruita -- cioè, sulla parola +rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta delle tradizioni umane, e sull'opera +completa di Cristo senza l'aggiunta dei meriti umani. I motti dei +Riformatori erano <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> per la +nostra autorità e <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> per la nostra +salvezza.</para> </blockquote> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> <title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title> - <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <para>Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per leggere sistematicamente la Bibbia. Puoi +seguirne più di uno alla volta se vuoi, ad esempio #1 con #4, o #2 con +#5. Varia il programma di anno in anno per renderlo sempre nuovo!</para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem> <para>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 90a0969..890451f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <para>Come scopriamo il significato di un passaggio? Diciamo che la tua attenzione +è attratta da un verso in particolare il cui significato non ti è +chiaro. Come lo studi? Tieni a mente queste regole:</para> <section id="h2-rules-exact"> <title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title> - <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</para> + <para>Più precisi riusciamo ad essere con il significato originale delle parole, +miglore sarà la nostra interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il significato +esatto delle parole chiave seguendo questi punti:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> <formalpara> @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ conferito l'unzione</para> cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Un'illustrazione (sebbene non venga usata questa parola) dell'uso pratico +dell'olio in quel tempo, l'abbiamo quando il buon Samaritano curò l'uomo +picchiato dai ladri e versò olio e vino sulle sue ferite. Dunque l'olio +veniva usato a scopo medicinale ai tempi di Gesù.</para> <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the @@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ covenant.</para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-normal"> <title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title> - <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <para>Lascia che il linguaggio letterale resti letterale e quello figurativo resti +figurativo. E fai attenzione agli idiomi, che hanno significati particolari.</para> <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> <title>Esempio 4A</title> <para> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook index 600a403..c9e7959 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -19,30 +19,30 @@ </author> <author> <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + <surname>Il team di BibleTime</surname> </author> </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime; (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> - <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <ulink + <para>Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman e +licenziato sotto i termini della licenza <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> <para>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</para> </legalnotice> <abstract> <title>Sommario</title> - <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</para> - <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + <para>La <application>Guida allo Studio Biblico</application> è una guida per +studiare la Bibbia.</para> + <para>Il team di &bibletime; spera che questa Guida invogli i lettori a studiare +le scritture per vedere cosa dicono. Questa specifica guida è stata scelta +perché non appoggia una dottrina denominazionale in particolare. Ti +raccomandiamo di leggere e studiare le scritture per capire il loro +messaggio. Se inizi con l'attitudine di desiderare che il Signore semini la +sua parola nel tuo cuore Egli non ti deluderà.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> <keyword>Bibbia</keyword> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 2dfa2e4..842e2cf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,44 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lc 11,28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la -osservano! </span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ap 1,3<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di -questa profezia [...]</span>»</span></p> - <p>1 Tm 4,13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dedicati alla lettura [...]</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studio</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>At 17,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Ascoltare e leggere fornisce una visione telescopica della scrittura, mentre +lo studio e la memorizzazione forniscono una visione microscopica della +scrittura. La meditazione delle scritture mette insieme l'ascolto, la +lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione e cementa la parola nelle nostre +menti.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11,28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la +osservano! </span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1,3<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di +questa profezia [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tm 4,13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dedicati alla lettura [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studio</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni -giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</span>»</span></p> - <p>2 Tm 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un +giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</span>»</span></p><p>2 Tm 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola -della verità.</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sal 119,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di -te.</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sal 1,2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge +della verità.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Sal 119,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di +te.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Sal 1,2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa, -riesce bene.</span>»</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first -four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and -read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della Bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +riesce bene.</span>»</span></p><p>I Navigatori illustrano questo fatto dicendo che come il pollice può toccare +le altre dita, così possiamo meditare la Parola come facciamo una delle +altre quattro cose elencate. La meditazione è una chiave per la +rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano ha bisogno di ascoltare e leggere la Bibbia +più di quanto gli serva studiarla e memorizzarla. Questo affinché +familiarizzi con il messaggio generale della Bibbia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della Bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 1539530..23f9284 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,34 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test -it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they -relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per -essere ammirati da loro</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage -give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando tu doni</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando tu digiuni</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando tu preghi</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di -praticare le tue buone opere:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando tu doni </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>»</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>fallo in segreto.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Studiamo insieme Mt.6:1-18. Leggilo a te stesso, prima cercando il verso +chiave, il verso che riassume l'intero passaggio. Pensi di averlo trovato? +Verificalo scegliendo vari punti del passaggio e chiedendoti se sono +correlati al pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato, scrivilo al punto +1 del tuo elenco:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per +essere ammirati da loro</p></li></ol></div><p>Cosa significa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">praticare la giustizia</span>»</span>? Il passaggio dà +qualche esempio? A quale area delle nostre vite fa riferimento? <span class="emphasis"><em>Le +nostre motivazioni!</em></span> Quali sotto-voci sviluppano questo pensiero?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu digiuni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu preghi</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>non suonare la tromba. (in che senso si potrebbe <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">suonare la +tromba</span>»</span> oggi?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fallo in segreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 111eab8..0a3c7e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono i versi tra i quali si trova? "Il contesto è re", è questa la +regola -- il passaggio deve avere senso all'interno della struttura +dell'intero passaggio e del libro.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra -interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index 4e7c35c..8ceab12 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o -una concordanza.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di un Personaggio</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di -Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di un Personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 719d436..661befa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Trova questi versetti </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trova questi versetti </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Leali sono le ferite di un amico</span>»</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</span>»</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno Studio Tematico</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would -look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for -it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>»</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>»</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the -language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o -Ebraico.</p> - <p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joshua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabus</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno Studio Tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Supponiamo che tu voglia fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione". Prima +dovresti cercarla nella concordanza, consultando i riferimenti elencati per +quella parola. Poi potresti cercare parole relative e i relativi +riferimenti, ad es. "redimere, redento, riscatto", persino "acquistare" o +"acquistato".</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa fare se si nota una contraddizione tra Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Non giudicate, +affinché non siate giudicati</span>»</span> e 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">L'uomo spirituale +giudica ogni cosa</span>»</span>? Forse si tratta di due parole greche differenti +qui, entrambe tradotte in italiane col verbo "giudicare"? (Useremo il +dizionario Strong da qui in avanti.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca "giudicare".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai in fondo alla colonna delle voci di Mt.7:1. A destra c'è un numero, +2919. Questo fa riferimento alla parola greca usata. Scrivila.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ora cerca "giudica".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Torna al dizionario greco. (Ricorda, sei nel NT quindi la lingua è il greco, +mentre nell'OT è l'ebraico.) Confronta il significato di 2919 con quello di +350 e avrai la risposta!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o +Ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index e647483..b7796b4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,28 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a me per avere la vita. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Gv 5,39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin + </p><p>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin Lutero disse <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del bambino</span>»</span>; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per -sé ma per cercare Dio.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." -Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto +sé ma per cercare Dio.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Gli Ebrei ai quali Gesù parlò [...] immaginavano che possedere la Scrittura +equivalesse a possedere la vita. Hillel diceva, "Chi ha fatto proprie le +parole della Torah ha fatto propria la vita del mondo a venire". Il loro +studio era fine a se stesso. In questo si ingannavano gravemente. [...]</p><p>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index b373a93..34a0a28 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,36 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" -<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true -to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as -it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, -for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped -for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che Funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Ebr.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>La parola di Dio infatti è vivente +ed efficace...</em></span>" Gesù disse <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>Sta scritto: L'uomo non vive di solo pane, ma di ogni parola che +procede dalla bocca di Dio.</em></span>" Mentre leggiamo la Bibbia, lo +Spirito di Dio ne parla ai nostri cuori in un modo continuamente nuovo.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 dichiara, " <span class="emphasis"><em>Tutta la scrittura è ispirata da +Dio</em></span>" Credi in questo? Prima di rispondere, considera l'attitudine +di Gesù verso le Scritture.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Si riferiva agli autori umani, ma dava per accertato che dietro ognuno di +loro c'era un unico Autore divino. Poteva ugualmente dire "Mosè disse" o +"Dio disse" (Mc.7:10). Poteva citare un commento del narratore di Genesi +2:24 come frase del Creatore stesso (Mt.19:4-5). E similmente disse, "Ben +profetizzò Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto", quando stava citando +le parole del Signore Dio (Mc.7:6 & Is.29:13). E' da Gesù stesso che gli +autori del Nuovo Testamento hanno guadagnato la loro convinzione di questa +doppia natura della Scrittura. Per essi dire che "Dio dopo aver parlato +anticamente molte volte e in molti modi ai nostri padri per mezzo dei +profeti" (Ebr.1:1) era vero come dire che "uomini mossi dallo Spirito Santo +hanno parlato da parte di Dio" (2 Pi.1:21). Dio non parlava in modo da +annullare la personalità degli autori umani, né gli uomini parlarono in modo +da corrompetere la Parola del divino Autore. Dio parlò. Gli uomini +parlarono. Nessuna delle due verità può detrarre nulla dall'altra.</p><p>Questo, dunque, era il modo di Cristo di vedere le Scritture. La loro +testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è +la testimonianza di Dio. E il motivo principale per cui i cristiani credono +nell'origine divina della Bibbia è che Gesù Cristo stesso la insegnò.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 continua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e utile a insegnare, a riprendere, a +correggere, a educare alla giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e +ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia +è davvero Dio che ci parla, ne consegue che essa sarà la nostra autorità in +tutte le questioni di fede e comportamento.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che Funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 3569f05..047d667 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a -workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with -all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and -spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</p> - <p>Non poco!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro che da Battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Studiati di presentare te stesso approvato davanti a +Dio, operaio che non ha da vergognarsi, che esponga rettamente la parola +della verità.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>La parola di Cristo abiti in voi copiosamente, in ogni +sapienza, +istruendovi ed esortandovi gli uni gli altri con salmi, inni e cantici +spirituali, cantando con grazia nei vostri cuori al Signore.</em></span>"</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</p><p>Non poco!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli e le +raccolte dei dotti sono come chiodi ben piantati; esse sono date da un solo +Pastore. Figlio mio, sta' in guardia di tutto ciò che va al di là di +questo. Si scrivono tanti libri, ma non si finisce mai, e il molto studiare +affatica il corpo.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro che da Battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index d343ef9..62f3924 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,26 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende Liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende Liberi</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional -or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the -answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent -wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, -tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of -doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are -mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>La parola di Dio</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>La forza di Dio</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che Funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro che da Battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende Liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende Liberi</h2></div></div></div><p>Gv.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà +liberi.</em></span>" Di solito il verso viene citato da soll. Si tratta di +una promessa condizionata o incondizionata? Si potrebbe applicare a tutti i +tipi di conoscenza? Trova la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase, +al v.32. " <span class="emphasis"><em>Se perseverate nella mia parola, siete veramente miei +discepoli...</em></span>"</p><p>Vediamo che si tratta di una promessa condizionale, che parla specificamente +della verità della parola di Dio.</p><p>La parola greca per "vento" usata in Ef.4:14 significa un <span class="emphasis"><em>vento +imperioso.</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Affinché non siamo più come bambini +sballottati e portati qua e là da +ogni vento di dottrina...</em></span>" Uno dei risultati dello studio della +Bibbia è che ci fonda nella verità, in modo che non possiamo essere +facilmente "portati qua e là".</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Ma Gesù rispose loro:</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>Voi sbagliate, non +comprendendo né le Scritture né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che Funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro che da Battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index d323e2e..8b5b427 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -9,14 +7,14 @@ as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either -without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the -Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition -of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human -merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Dunque possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e che Cristo ha +sofferto una volta per tutti. Ciò significa che la rivelazione cristiana e +la redenzione cristiana sono entrambe complete in Cristo. Niente può essere +aggiunto ad esse senza essere derogatorio verso Cristo... Queste sono le due +rocce su cui la Riforma Protestante è stata costruita -- cioè, sulla parola +rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta delle tradizioni umane, e sull'opera +completa di Cristo senza l'aggiunta dei meriti umani. I motti dei +Riformatori erano <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> per la +nostra autorità e <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> per la nostra +salvezza.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 700af9f..1b013af 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla -settimana.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al -giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per -esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al -giorno.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per leggere sistematicamente la Bibbia. Puoi +seguirne più di uno alla volta se vuoi, ad esempio #1 con #4, o #2 con +#5. Varia il programma di anno in anno per renderlo sempre nuovo!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a -leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 2d7e6f5..9638938 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro che da Battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un Libro che da Battaglia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Quale?</td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende Liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro che da Battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un Libro che da Battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Quale?</td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende Liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index bc3b3b6..3098694 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che Funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che Funziona</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15,4</td><td>consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che Funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che Funziona</h2></div></div></div><p>A cosa ti servirà studiare la Bibbia? 1 Tess.2:13 dice che la Bibbia +"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera efficacemente in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto a +ogni scrittura, annota ciò che la Parola opera.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20,32</td><td>aumenta -- "...la parola della Sua grazia, che è in grado di edificarvi e di +darvi l'eredità in mezzo a tutti i santificati."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15,4</td><td>consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10,17</td><td>dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la parola di Cristo."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor 10,11</td><td>ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono state scritte per nostro ammonimento"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4,4</td><td>nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di -ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende Liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende Liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index 6bb32d4..ad871ee 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro che è Unico</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Documento</th><th>Epoca di Scrittura</th><th>Copia più Antica</th><th>Differenza di Tempo</th><th>Numero delle Copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Capire la parola di Dio è di grande importanza per tutti quelli che invocano +il nome di Dio. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi principali per +imparare a comunicare con Dio.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro che è Unico</h2></div></div></div><p>La Bibbia si distingue in molti modi. Essa è unica in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popolarità. Le vendite della Bibbia in nord America superano i 500 milioni +di dollari all'anno. Essa è il libro più venduto di tutti i tempi e di ogni +anno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>autorevolezza. È stata scritta lungo un periodo di 1600 anni da 40 diversi +autori provenienti da contesti sociali differenti, eppure si legge come se +scritta da un unico autore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>I libri del Nuovo Testamento sono +affidabili?</em></span> confronta i manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con +altri antichi testi:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Documento</th><th>Epoca di Scrittura</th><th>Copia più Antica</th><th>Differenza di Tempo</th><th>Numero delle Copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Esistono 10 copie delle <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre Galliche</em></span> di Cesare, la +più antica delle quali fu copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare ebbe scritto +l'originale. Per il Nuovo Testamento abbiamo manoscritti che risalgono al +350 d.C., papiri contenenti la maggior parte del Nuovo Testamento dell'anno +200, e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del 130 d.C. Quanti manoscritti +abbiamo da poer confrontare tra loro? 5000 in greco e 10.000 in latino!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa -dell'Antichità."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dell'Antichità."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Il critico testuale F. J. A. Hort, in "Il Nuovo Testamento nell'Originale +Greco", vol. 1, p. 561, Macmillan Co., citato in <span class="emphasis"><em>Question of +Life</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index 9206ef1..ae8aa2e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index a6adabe..81776f1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 3404cff..d871f54 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Lascia che il linguaggio letterale resti letterale e quello figurativo resti +figurativo. E fai attenzione agli idiomi, che hanno significati particolari.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is 59,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</span>»</span></p> - <p>Dt 33,27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</span>»</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</span>»</span></p><p>Dt 33,27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</span>»</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fea shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 385c7ee..209e485 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Un'allegoria è: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un -significato.</em></span></p> - <p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Un'allegoria è: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un +significato.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come -un'allegoria, cosa succede?</p> - <p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +un'allegoria, cosa succede?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index 53f561b..9576fdc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definizione. </b> - Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il -modo è ugualmente importantissimo. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Referenze. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>Come scopriamo il significato di un passaggio? Diciamo che la tua attenzione +è attratta da un verso in particolare il cui significato non ti è +chiaro. Come lo studi? Tieni a mente queste regole:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>Più precisi riusciamo ad essere con il significato originale delle parole, +miglore sarà la nostra interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il significato +esatto delle parole chiave seguendo questi punti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definizione. </b>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il +modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,72 +38,32 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi trattenerlo!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esempio 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esempio 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Riferimenti di aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi -capelli</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Riferimenti di chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lc 4,18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Riferimenti di aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi +capelli</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Riferimenti di chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4,18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto -annuncio [...]</span>»</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha -conferito l'unzione</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +annuncio [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha +conferito l'unzione</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +spiritual</em></span></p><p>Un'illustrazione (sebbene non venga usata questa parola) dell'uso pratico +dell'olio in quel tempo, l'abbiamo quando il buon Samaritano curò l'uomo +picchiato dai ladri e versò olio e vino sulle sue ferite. Dunque l'olio +veniva usato a scopo medicinale ai tempi di Gesù.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index c6bfd33..1382a2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,27 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Sommario The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Sommario La Guida allo Studio Biblico è una guida per studiare la Bibbia. Il team di BibleTime spera che questa Guida invogli i lettori a studiare le scritture per vedere cosa dicono. Questa specifica guida è stata scelta perché non appoggia una dottrina denominazionale in particolare. Ti raccomandiamo di leggere e studiare le scritture per capire il loro messaggio. Se inizi con l'attitudine di desiderare che il Signore semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore Egli non ti deluderà."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Il team di BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2016 Il team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman e +licenziato sotto i termini della licenza <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p>La <span class="application">Guida allo Studio Biblico</span> è una guida per +studiare la Bibbia.</p><p>Il team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spera che questa Guida invogli i lettori a studiare +le scritture per vedere cosa dicono. Questa specifica guida è stata scelta +perché non appoggia una dottrina denominazionale in particolare. Ti +raccomandiamo di leggere e studiare le scritture per capire il loro +messaggio. Se inizi con l'attitudine di desiderare che il Signore semini la +sua parola nel tuo cuore Egli non ti deluderà.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 3d3931e..20937a3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,45 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to -God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he -meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by -streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first -four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and -read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경 공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법</h2></div></div></div><p>성경을 공부하고 암송하는 것은 말씀에 대한 미시적인 시야를 제공한다면 말씀을 듣고 읽는 것은 말씀에 대한 거시적인 시야를 +제공합니다. 말씀 묵상은 듣기, 읽기, 성격 공부 및 암송을 결합시켜 주고 말씀을 우리 마음판에 새기는 것입니다.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>듣기(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>눅 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">하나님의 말씀을 듣고 지키는 자가 복이 있느니라 </span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽기(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>계 1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">이 예언의 말씀을 읽는 자와 듣는 자들이 복이 있나니 [...]</span>”</span></p><p>딤전 4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">[...]읽는 것과 권하는 것과 가르치는 것에 착념하라 </span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부(Study)</h3></div></div></div><p>행 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">베뢰아 사람은 데살로니가에 있는 사람보다 더 신사적이어서 간절한 마음으로 말씀을 받고 이것이 그러한가 하여 +날마다 성경을 상고하므로 </span>”</span></p><p>딤후 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 +힘쓰라. </span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>시 119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">주께서 나를 가르치셨으므로 내가 주의 규례에서 떠나지 아니하였나이다.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>시 1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">오직 여호와의 율법을 즐거워하여 그 율법을 주야로 묵상하는 자로다. 저는 시냇가에 심은 나무가 시절을 좇아 +과실을 맺으며 그 잎사귀가 마르지 아니함 같으니 그 행사가 다 형통하리로다</span>”</span></p><p>네비게이토에서는 이것을 말씀의 손 예화로 설명하는데 엄지 손가락이 다른 모든 손가락에 닿을 수 있는 것처럼, 듣기, 읽기, 공부, 암송과 +더불어서 말씀을 묵상 할 수 있습니다. 묵상은 계시의 열쇠입니다. 새신자는 말씀을 공부하고 암송하는 것보다 듣고, 읽는 것에 더 비중을 +둘 필요가 있습니다. 이 방법은 새신자가 성경의 전체적인 메시지에 익숙해지게 하기 위함입니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경 공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 33cfc27..d7a816f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,32 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test -it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they -relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage -give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you fast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you pray</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>do it secretly.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부</h2></div></div></div><p>마태복음 6:1-18을 함께 공부해 보겠습니다. 본문을 읽고, 먼저 핵심 절을 찾으세요. 핵심 절은 전체 구절을 한 절로 요약하는 것이라 +할 수 있습니다. 찾았다고 여겨진다면, 구절의 다른 부분을 골라서 그것이 핵심 절이 뜻하는 바와 연관성이 있는지 상호 +검증합니다. 찾았다면, 해당 절을 개요 중의 첫번째를 의미하는 기호를 붙여 적습니다:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>사람에게 보이려고 그들 앞에서 너희 의를 행치 않도록 주의하라</p></li></ol></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">의를 행하다</span>”</span>는 무슨 의미 입니까? 구절에서 예를 찾을 수 있습니까? 우리 삶의 어떤 영역들이 언급되고 +있습니까? <span class="emphasis"><em>우리의 동기들!</em></span>어떤 부제목들이 이런 생각들을 도와줄까요?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>기부 할 때</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>금식 할 때</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>기도 할 때</p></li></ol></div><p>우리가 의를 행하는 잘못된 사례들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 개요를 채워 나갑니다:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>기부 할 때 </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>나팔을 불지 않는다. (오늘날에는 어떻게 사람이 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">나팔을 불 수</span>”</span> 있을까?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>모르게 한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>기타 등등.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ff0ab40..3565f8f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,17 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 -말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경 공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>무엇을 말하고 있는가? 원어에서는 무엇을 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의 합니다. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은 것을 읽지 않습니다.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>주위의 구절들이 무엇을 말하고 있는가? "문맥이 왕이다"가 법칙입니다 -- 구절은 전체 구절과 책의 구조 안에서 이해되어야 합니다.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>상호참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>이 주제에 대하여 성경의 다른 부분에서는 무엇을 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으십니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에도 +비춰 볼 필요가 있습니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경 공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index 28f6c05..1ef6fe2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,15 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>성경 공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경 공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경 공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별(Topical) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정한 주제를 고른 다음 관주 성경이나 사전등을 사용하여 주제 중심으로 공부합니다.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별(Character) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부합니다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>주해적(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 공부합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index fc59618..38a7e45 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,67 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would -look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for -it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the -language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p> - <p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>나발(Nabal)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>아비가일(Abigail)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>여호수아(Joshua)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>바나바(Barnabus)</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 규칙"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특별한 구절을 찾을 때</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>구절에서 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 고릅니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고른 단어들을 가나다(알파벳)순으로 정렬합니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>원하는 구절을 찾을때까지 목록을 따라갑니다.</p></li></ol></div><p>이 구절들을 찾아보세요: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">친구의 통책은 충성에서 말미암은 것이나</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">우리가 그리스도를 대신하여 사신이 되어</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>부자와 나사로의 이야기</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>당신이 "구속(redemption)"이란 단어를 공부하고 싶다고 가정합니다. 당신은 먼저 성서 색인에서 구속을 찾고 구속을 언급하고 있는 +구절들을 찾아볼 수 있을 것입니다. 그 다음에는 구속과 연관성이 있는 단어들을 찾아보고, 해당 단어들에 대해서도 마찬가지 방식으로 연관 +구절을 찾아 볼 수 있을 것입니다. 예를 들자면 "구속하다, 구속된, 몸값, " 더 나아가 "구입하다"나 "희생".</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문을 통해서 단어의 의미를 명확하게 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>만약 당신이 마 7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">비판을 받지 아니하려거든 비판하지 말라</span>”</span>와 고전 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">신령한 자는 모든 +것을 판단하나</span>”</span> 두 구절간에 모순을 발견했다고 가정하면 번역본에서는 동일하거나 비슷한 단어라 할지라도(비판, 판단이 +KJV에서는 모두 judge) 헬라어에서는 다른 단어일 수 있습니다. (여기에서 스트롱 번호를 사용합니다)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>"비판"을 찾습니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>마 7:1 항목에 있는 스트롱번호 2919를 확인합니다. 이 번호는 사용된 특정 헬라어 단어를 지칭합니다. 번호를 적어둡니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>이제 "판단"을 찾습니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15의 스트롱 번호를 확인하면 350 입니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>이제 헬라어 사전을 확인합니다. (기억할 점은 신약은 헬라어, 구약은 히브리어라는 점 입니다.) 스트롱 번호 2919와 350에 해당하는 +단어의 의미를 비교해보면 나름의 답을 얻을 수 있을 것입니다.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름에 있는 의미 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>앞서 특정 단어에 대한 언어의 의미를 찾았던 과정과 동일한 방법으로 헬라어나 히브리어 언어를 통해 이름에 있는 의미를 찾을 수 +있습니다. </p><p>아래의 이름들을 찾아 이름에 있는 의미를 적어 보세요.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index 22e8721..08ab6d1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,27 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> - </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." -Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 -필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경을 대하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">듣기(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽기(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부(Study)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경 공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별(Topical) 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별(Character) 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">주해적(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">상호참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특별한 구절을 찾을 때</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문을 통해서 단어의 의미를 명확하게 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름에 있는 의미 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경을 대하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>너희가 성경에서 영생을 얻는 줄 생각하고 성경을 상고하거니와 이 성경이 곧 내게 대하여 증거하는 것이로다. 그러나 너희가 영생을 얻기 +위하여 내게 오기를 원하지 아니하는도다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">요 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>성경의 핵심 목적은 우리를 그 분께로 데려가는 것입니다. 마틴 루터는 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">우리가 요람으로 가는 이유는 단지 아기를 보기 +위해서다</span>”</span>라고 했습니다. 성경 공부도 마찬가지로, 우리는 성경 공부 자체를 위해서가 아니라 하나님과의 교제를 위한 것입니다.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>예수님이 말씀하셨던 유대인들은 [...] 말씀을 갖는 것이 생명을 갖는 것과 동일하다고 생각했습니다. 힐렐은 "토라의 말씀을 가진 사람은 +다음 세상의 생명을 가진 것이다"라고 말하곤 했습니다. 그들의 공부는 그 자체로 끝 이었습니다. 슬프지만 이런식으로 그들은 기만당한 +것입니다. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 독서를 목적으로 읽는 것이라면 아무런 유익도 소득도 없습니다, 오직 예수 그리스도를 우리에게 효과적으로 소개할 경우에만 +의미가 있습니다. 성경을 읽을 때마다 꼭 필요한 것은 말씀을 통해서 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망입니다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>변론자 그리스도</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 09c39c2..c1ccca3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" -<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true -to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as -it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, -for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped -for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="일하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>히 4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>하나님의 말씀은 살았고 운동력이 있어 ...</em></span>" +예수님은 <span class="emphasis"><em>(마 4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>기록되었으되 사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 +입으로 나오는 모든 말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라 하시니라.</em></span>" 우리가 성경을 읽은대로, 하나님의 영은 지속적이면서도 +새로운 방법으로 우리의 마음에 말씀하십니다.</p><p>딤후 3:16은 다음과 같이 선언합니다, " <span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로.</em></span>" 당신은 +이것을 믿습니까? 답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 깊이 생각해보세요.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>그는 인간 저자이기는 하지만 그들 모두의 뒤에는 단 한분의 신적 저자가 있음을 당연한 것으로 여겼습니다. 그는 '모세가 말하길' 혹은 +'하나님께서 말씀하시길' (막 7:10)을 동일하게 말할 수 있었습니다. 그는 창조자 자신의 발언처럼 창세기 2:24에 있는 말하는 이의 +말씀을 인용할 수 있었습니다(마 19:4-5). 비슷하게 그는 인용하려는 것이 하나님께서 직접 말씀하신 것이다며 '이사야가 너희 외식하는 +자에 대하여 잘 예언하였도다 기록하였으되'라고 말했습니다(막 7:6 & 사 29:13). 신약 성경의 저자들이 이중 저작에 대한 +확신을 가졌던 것은 예수님 자신에 기인합니다. '옛적에 선지자들로 여러 부분과 여러 모양으로 우리 조상들에게 말씀하신 하나님이' (히 +1:1) '성령의 감동하심을 입은 사람들이 하나님께 받아 말한 것임이니라' (벧후 1:21)라 할 만큼 그것은 사실입니다. 하나님이 인간 +저자의 개성을 지우는 방식으로 말씀하지도 않으셨고, 사람들이 신적 저자의 말씀을 홰손시키는 방식으로 말하지도 않았습니다. 하나님께서 +말씀하셨습니다. 사람들이 말했습니다. 두 진실 모두 서로에게서 떼어놓을 수 없습니다. ...</p><p>그리고, 이것은 말씀을 대한 그리스도의 관점이었습니다. 그들의 증인은 하나님의 증인이었습니다. 성경의 증거는 하나님의 증거입니다. 그리고 +크리스천이 성경의 신적 기원을 믿는 주된 이유는 예수 그리스도께서 직접 그렇게 가르치셨기 때문입니다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>변론자 그리스도</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>딤후 3:16은 계속해서 "<span class="emphasis"><em>교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 유익하니</em></span>"라고 +말씀하십니다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라고 받아 들인다면, 믿음과 행위에 관한 모든 문제에 대하여 +성경이 우리의 권위가 될 것입니다.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 일하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index a9de00d..0dc77c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a -workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with -all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and -spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?</p> - <p>적지 않다!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>권면의 말씀</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부록: "단번에(Once for All)"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면의 말씀</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면의 말씀</h2></div></div></div><p>딤후 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 +힘쓰라.</em></span>"</p><p>골 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를 +부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고.</em></span>"</p><p>당신이 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면, 당신이 가지고 있는 그것의 양은 얼마나 될까요?</p><p>적지 않습니다!</p><p>전 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>지혜자의 말씀은 찌르는 채찍같고 회중의 스승의 말씀은 잘 박힌못 같으니 다 한 목자의 주신 +바니라. 내 아들아 또 경계를 받으라 여러 책을 짓는 것은 끝이 없고 많이 공부하는 것은 몸을 피곤케 하느니라.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록: "단번에(Once for All)"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 0439792..54b5666 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional -or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the -answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent -wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, -tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of -doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are -mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>하나님의 말씀</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>하나님의 능력</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="일하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>요 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>진리를 알지니 진리가 너희를 자유케 하리라.</em></span>" 이것은 보통 이 문장만으로 +인용됩니다. 이것은 조건적인 약속입니까 아니면 무조건적인 약속입니까? 모든 종류의 지식에 적용할 수 있습니까? 31절 앞부분 말씀 +"<span class="emphasis"><em>...너희가 내 말에 거하면 참 내 제자가 되고... </em></span>"를 확인해서 답을 찾아 보세요.</p><p>우리는 이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있습니다, 하나님 말씀의 진리를 말함에 있어서는 특히 더 그렇습니다.</p><p>엡 4:14에서 쓰인"풍조"의 헬라어 원문은 <span class="emphasis"><em>강렬한 바람</em></span>의 의미입니다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>이는 +우리가 이제부터 어린 아이가 되지 아니하여 사람의 궤술과 간사한 유혹에 빠져 모든 교훈의 풍조에 밀려 요동치 않게 하려 +함이라...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면서 우리가 얻는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않고 진리에 기틀을 +튼튼히 다질 수 있다는 것입니다.</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 +못하는고로[KJV Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>" 마 22:29</p><p>오해에 빠지지 않기 위해 알아야 할 두가지는 무엇인가요?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">일하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index 5b2de02..b3d5da9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,22 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " -<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either -without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the -Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition -of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human -merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>부록: "단번에(Once for All)"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면의 말씀"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록: "단번에(Once for All)"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부록: "단번에(Once for All)"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>그리스도 안에 있는 하나님의 뜻에 관한 진실은 헬라어 성경의 한 단어, 부사인 +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">하팍스</em></span>와 <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">에파팍스</em></span>를 통해서 +알 수 있습니다. 이 헬라어 단어는 보통 단번에(once for all)의 의미로 번역됩니다. 영원히 유효하며 다시 반복할 필요가 없는 +것에 사용되는데 신약 성경에서는 계시와 구속 모두에 대해서 적용됩니다. 사실 유다서는 성도에게 단번에 주신 믿음의 도를 언급하고 +있으며(유 1:3) 로마서에서는 "<span class="emphasis"><em>그의 죽으심은 죄에 대하여 단번에 죽으심이요</em></span>"(롬 6:10, 추가 +참조 벧전 3:18; 히 9:26-28)라고 말씀합니다.</p><p>따라서 우리는 하나님께서 단번에 말씀하셨고 그리스도께서 단번에 고통 받으셨다고 말할 수 있습니다. 이것은 기독교의 계시와 구속이 그리스도 +안에서 모두 완료되었음을 의미합니다. 이 두가지에 무언가를 추가한다면 그것은 그리스도께 손상을 가하는 것이 될 것입니다...이 두가지는 +종교 개혁이 세운 두개의 바위입니다 -- 하나님은 인간의 전통과 무관한 말씀과 인간의 공로와 무관한 그리스도의 완성된 사역을 +나타내셨습니다. 종교개혁가들의 위대한 모토는 우리의 권위를 위한 <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">솔라 스크립투라-오직 +성경</em></span>, 우리의 구속을 위한 <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">솔라 그라티아-오직 은혜</em></span> +였습니다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>변론자 그리스도,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면의 말씀 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b316ddd..223341b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,18 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 -수 있다.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부록: "단번에(Once for All)"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기</h2></div></div></div><p>체계적으로 성경을 읽을 수 있는 몇가지 방법들 입니다. 원한다면 한가지 이상의 방법을 동시에 진행할 수 있을 것입니다. 예를 들면 1번과 +4번이나 2번과 5번을 동시에 진행할 수 있습니다. 항상 신선함을 유지하기 위해서 매년 방법을 바꿔 보세요!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독: 일주에 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽기.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언을 한장씩을 읽기(잠언은 총 31장).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독: 매일 30장 간격의 5장의 시편 읽기. 예를 들면 1일은 1, 31, 61, 91, 121편을 읽고 20일에는 20, +50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 방식입니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편과 잠언 일독: 시편과 잠언을 이어서 하루에 한장씩 읽기.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독: 2년 2주동안 시편과 잠언을 건너뛰고 나머지 구약을 하루에 한장 읽기.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록: "단번에(Once for All)" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 4a69148..b8d1303 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가?</td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면의 말씀"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장 사례입니다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>무기 목록 중에 몇 가지가 방어 무기 입니까?</td><td>5개</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용 무기입니까?</td><td>1개</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것이 공격용 무기입니까?</td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면의 말씀</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index be4ae86..aebc4b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,13 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."</td></tr><tr><td>행 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>롬 15:4</td><td>격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 -함 이니라."</td></tr><tr><td>롬 10:17</td><td>믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>고전 10:11</td><td>가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>마 4:4</td><td>양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 -말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>일하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">일하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>일하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>성경을 공부하는 것이 여러분에게 어떤 영향을 미칠까요? 살전 2:13은 말씀이 "<span class="emphasis"><em>너희 믿는 자 속에서 +역사하느니라</em></span>"고 말합니다. 각 성구 옆에 말씀이 수행하는 일을 적어 보세요.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 영향을 미칠까?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 영향을 미칠까?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조 구절</th><th>수행하는 일</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26</td><td>깨끗하게 한다 -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."</td></tr><tr><td>행 20:32</td><td>세워준다 -- " ...은혜의 말씀께 부탁하노니 그 말씀이 너희를 능히 든든히 세우사 거룩케 하심을 입은 모든 자 가운데 기업이 있게 +하시리라. "</td></tr><tr><td>롬 15:4</td><td>격려한다 -- "우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 함 이니라."</td></tr><tr><td>롬 10:17</td><td>믿음을 준다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>고전 10:11</td><td>가르친다 -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>마 4:4</td><td>양식을 공급한다 -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 말씀으로 살 +것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index 657524d..1a10c11 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,41 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">독특한 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">일하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면의 말씀</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부록: "단번에(Once for All)"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>하나님의 말씀을 이해하는 것은 하나님의 이름을 부르는 모든 사람에게 매우 중요한 것이다. 성경을 공부하는 것은 하나님과 소통하는 법을 +배우는 주요한 방법 중의 하나이다.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>독특한 책</h2></div></div></div><p>성경은 다음과 같은 면에서 독보적입니다:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>인기. 성경은 북아메리카 지역에서만 매년 5억불 이상이 팔리고 있습니다. 성경은 지금까지도 그리고 매년 베스트셀러입니다!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>저자. 성경은 1,600여년의 기간동안 각기 다른 배경을 가진 40명의 저자들에 의해서 씌여졌지만, 마치 한사람에 의해 씌여진 것 처럼 +읽힙니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>보존성. 브루스는 <span class="emphasis"><em>신약성경은 신뢰할 만한가?</em></span>라는 책에서 신약성경 필사본과 다른 고대 문서들을 비교 +했습니다:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 필사본과 다른 고대 문서과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="신약성경 필사본과 다른 고대 문서과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>가장 오래된 사본</th><th>사본이 경과된 시간</th><th>사본의 개수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스의 <span class="emphasis"><em>역사</em></span></td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>타키투스의 <span class="emphasis"><em>로마편년사</em></span></td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>카이사르의 <span class="emphasis"><em>갈리아 전기</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스의 <span class="emphasis"><em>로마사</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>신약 성경</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 필사본 350 A.D. 전체 필사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5,000 헬라어 & 10,000 라틴어</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>카이사르의 <span class="emphasis"><em>갈리아 전기</em></span>는 10개의 사본이 존재하며, 가장 오래된 사본은 카이사르가 원본을 작성한 +이후 900년이 흐른 다음의 것이라는 의미입니다. 신약 성경의 경우 A.D. 350년경의 전체 사본이 존재하며, 신약 성경의 대부분을 +포함하는 파피루스 고문서는 A.D. 200년경의 필사본이 존재하며 요한복음의 일부는 A.D. 130년경의 필사본이 존재합니다. 다른 고대 +문서와 비교해 볼 때 얼마나 많은 필사본들이 존재합니까? 헬라어 사본 5,000개, 라틴어 사본 10,000개!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"다양하고 완전한 증거들로 인해서 신약의 텍스트는 다른 어떤 고대 산문들 중에서도 절대적이고도 범접할 수 없는 위치에 서 있습니다."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">본문 비평가 호트, "그리스어 신약 사본", 1권 p561, Macmillan Co., <span class="emphasis"><em>삶의 +질문들</em></span>p. 25-26 에서 인용</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경 공부 요령 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index d71468f..3176ad8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,36 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be -baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the -only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the -light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in -Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way -for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to -being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 규칙"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 규칙"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석</h2></div></div></div><p>다른 구절과 어울리는 해석이 되어야 합니다. 여러 구절에서 각각 말하고 있는 것은 무엇입니까? 장의 주제는 무엇이고 권의 주제는 +무엇입니까? 여러분의 해석이 이런것들에 부합합니까? 그렇지 않다면 문제가 있는 것입니다. 일반적으로 문맥은 우리가 구절을 올바르게 +해석하는데 필요한 것들을 제공해 줍니다. 문맥이 바로 열쇠입니다. 우리가 문맥 안에서 구절을 해석 했음에도 불구하고 애매한 부분이 남아 +있다면, 좀더 보아야 합니다</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>우리는 앞에서 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"물과 성령으로 나지 아니하면"</em></span>을 살펴보았습니다. 문맥상으로 여기에서의 +물은 무엇을 의미합니까?</p><p>여기에서는 물 세례를 이야기하고 있는 것이 아닙니다, 물 세례로 이해하면 예수님과 니고데모 간의 대화 주제를 확 뒤 바꾸는 것이 되고 +맙니다. 화제의 감작스런 변화를 주의하세요, 그것은 여러분의 해석이 엉뚱한 방향으로 흐르고 있다는 단서 일 수 있습니다! 물은 양수를 +지칭합니다, "물로 태어남"은 자연 출생을 의미합니다.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>고전 14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">여자는 교회에서 잠잠하라</span>”</span>는 고전 11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">무릇 여자로서 [...] 기도나 예언을 +하는 자는 [...]</span>”</span>의 문맥안에서 받아 들여야 합니다.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>사도행전 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">베드로가 가로되, "너희가 회개하여 각각 예수 그리스도의 이름으로 세례를 받고 죄 사함을 얻으라 그리하면 +성령을 선물로 받으리니 [...]"</span>”</span>. 이것은 세례에 의한 거듭남을 가르치고 있는 것일까요? 만일 이것이 우리가 접할 수 +있는 유일한 구절이라면 그런 결론에 이를 수 밖에 없을 것입니다. 그러나 다른 구절에 있는 그리스도를 믿음에 의한 거듭남에 대한 분명한 +가르침에 비추어 본다면, 우리는 다르게 해석 해야만 합니다. 베드로는 청중들이 복음에 반응하는 한가지 방법으로 세례를 촉구하고 +있습니다. 만약 세례가 거듭남을 위한 길이었다면 베드로는 어떻게 고전 1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"그리스도께서 나를 보내심은 세례를 주게 +하려 하심이 아니요 오직 복음을 전케 하려 하심이니"</em></span> 라고 쓸 수 있었을 까요?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 규칙 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index ac688a8..5c0ce35 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but -<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with -a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could -Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the -third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 규칙"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석</h2></div></div></div><p>먼저 우리는 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">그것은 나에게 어떤 의미인가?</span>”</span>라고 묻고 있지 않습니다. 대신 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">그것은 원래의 +읽는이들에게 어떤 의미였는가?</span>”</span>라고 묻습니다; 나중에는 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">그것은 나에게 어떤 의미인가?</span>”</span>라고 물을 수 +있습니다. 우리는 저자와 읽는이들의 역사적, 문화적 배경을 고려해야만 합니다.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">밤낮 사흘을</span>”</span>(마 12:40)은 특히 암스트롱주의자들이 이야기하는 "수요일 십자가 사건"을 떠올리게 +합니다. 어떻게 예수님은 금요일 오후에 죽으셨다가 "제 삼일에 살아나야"(마 16:21)대로 일요일 아침에 부활할수 있었을까요? "셋" +또는 "날들"의 정확한 의미는 명백한 모순을 설명하는데 아무런 도움을 주지 못합니다.</p><p>역사 이야기를 하나 나누겠습니다: 유대인들은 우리가 물양동이의 개수를 세는 것처럼(여섯개의 가득찬 물양동이와 반만 채운 양동이 한개를 +일곱개라 세는 것처럼) 하루의 일부라도 하루 전체인양 날 수를 세었습니다. 유대인 방식으로는 하루의 일부라도 온전한 하루로 계산하고 각 +날은 오후 6시에서 시작해서 오후 6시에 끝나므로, 금요일 오후 3시부터 오후 6시까지 해서 1일, 금요일 오후 6시부터 토요일 오후 +6시까지 해서 2일, 토요일 오후 6시부터 일요일 오전 5시정도까지 해서 3일입니다. 문화적 문맥 안에서의 해석은 우리가 곤란에 빠지지 +않도록 해줍니다.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>창 15:7-21. 역사적 문맥에서 보면 두 조각의 쪼갠 고기 사이로 지나는 것은 아브라함 당시에는 계약을 진행하는 일반적인 방법 +이었습니다.양쪽 당사자들은 그들의 계약을 이행하지 않으면 파멸이 그들에게 일어 날 것이라는 맹세와 함께 쪼갠 고기 사이를 +걸었습니다. 그러나 이 경우에는 하나님 만이 지나셔서 일방적인 언약을 만드셨습니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 0a75c23..fbd74fc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,36 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 규칙"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석</h2></div></div></div><p>문자적인 언어는 문자적으로 비유적인 언어는 비유적으로 두세요. 그리고 특별한 의미를 갖는 관용구나 방언에 주의하세요.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + 마 6:23의 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">악한 눈</span>”</span>.</p><p>규칙 1, "악한"과 "눈"의 정의 - 여기서는 별 도움이 안됩니다. 규칙 2, 문맥: 우리를 더욱 혼란스럽게 하는 것처럼 +보입니다. 전후 문맥과 맞지 않는 것 같습니다! 이것은 우리가 제대로 이해하지 못하고 있는 것을 알려줄 것입니다!!</p><p>여기서 우리가 대하고 있는 것은 히브리어 관용구, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">악한 눈</span>”</span> 입니다. 이 관용구를 다른 곳에서는 어떻게 +사용했는지 살펴보겠습니다: 마 20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>내 것을 가지고 내 뜻대로 할 것이 아니냐 내가 선하므로 네가 악하게 +보느냐? </em></span>" "악한 눈"을 갖는 것은 인색하거나 부러워하는 것에 대한 히브리어 관용구임을 알수 있습니다. 마태복음 +6장으로 돌아가서 이런 이해가 어떻게 문맥과 완전히 들어 맞는지 확인해 보세요.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>이 59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">여호와의 손이 짧지 않다;</span>”</span></p><p>신 33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">그 영원하신 팔이 네 아래 있도다.</span>”</span></p><p>말일성도들은 하나님도 예전에는 우리와 같은 사람이었음을 증명하기 위해 하나님의 신체 부위에 대한 언급을 사용합니다. 그들은 사람들에게 +이것을 확신시킨 다음에는 계속해서 우리도 하나님 처럼 될수 있다고 가르칩니다! 한 강연에서 몰몬교의 지도자들은 이런 구절들을 나열하는 +것으로 월터 마틴(<span class="emphasis"><em>이단들의 왕국</em></span>의 저자)을 도전했습니다. 그에 대하여 마틴 박사는 몰몬교도들에게 +구절을 하나 더 읽을 것을 권했습니다: 시 91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">저가 너를 그 깃으로 덮으시리니 네가 그 날개 아래 피하리로다 그의 +진실함은 방패와 손 방패가 되나니</span>”</span>. 월터 마틴은 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">하나님이 사람이었음을 증명하는 여러분의 방법을 따른다면 +하나님은 새라는 것을 증명하는 것입니다</span>”</span>라고 했습니다. 몰몬교도들은 자신들이 우스꽝스러운 처지에 놓인 것에 웃어야만 +했습니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index ae86231..27e70d2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 규칙"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해</h2></div></div></div><p>풍유는: <span class="emphasis"><em>각 요소가 의미를 가지고 있는 이야기.</em></span></p><p>모든 비유는 풍유다. 이것은 참일까 거짓일까?</p><p>몇몇 비유들은 풍유입니다, 예를 들어, 씨 뿌리는 비유는 풍유입니다: 씨앗은 하나님의 말씀이고, 가시덤불은 걱정과 욕심을 의미하는 등과 +같습니다. 그러나 대부분의 비유는 풍유가 아니라 한 주제를 설명하기 위한 단순한 이야기입니다. 우리의 깨달음을 비유에서 취하는 것은 +위험합니다; 비유를 기반으로 모든 것을 말하려 한다면 왜곡에 빠질 수 있습니다. 우리의 깨달음은 분명한 구절에서 취할 필요가 있습니다; +비유가 그 구절을 설명한다면 좋겠지요.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>눅 18:1-8 한 과부와 불의한 재판관의 비유. 이 이야기는 기도의 담대함을 설명합니다. 이것을 풍유로 풀어낸다면 과연 우리는 무엇을 +얻게 될까요?</p><p>모든 종류의 갈등에 의미를 부여합니다: 하나님은 과부의 권리 보호에 주저하십니다, 기도는 하나님을 "귀챦게" 합니다, 기타 등등.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>눅 16:1-9 옳지 않은 청지기 비유. 비유의 핵심 의도는 무엇입니까? 이것은 풍유입니까?</p><p>청지기는 직분이 없을 때를 대비하여 자신의 직분을 사용한 단 한가지에 대해서만 칭찬을 받았습니다. 그러나 그의 주인을 속인 비 윤리적인 +행위에 대해서는 칭찬받지 않았습니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index 19245c2..df97f98 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,128 +1,38 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things -hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek -word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition -(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling -of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's -a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the -cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; -and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 규칙</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 의미를 따라서 해석.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">예 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>우리는 바른 해석의 기본으로 "3C"다루었습니다: 내용(Content), 문맥(Context), +상호참조(Cross-reference). 우리는 이제 이것을 성서 해석학을 간단히 다루는 것으로 확장하고자 합니다. 성서 해석학의 목적은 +원저자(와 하나님)가 의도하는 의미를 발견하는 것입니다. 한 구절에 대하여 유효한 많은 적용이 가능하지만, 해석은 단 하나만이 +유효합니다. 성경 자체에서 개인적 해석이 가능한 말씀은 없다고 이야기하고 있습니다. (벧후 1:20 <span class="emphasis"><em>"먼저 알 것은 +경의 모든 예언은 사사로이 풀 것이 아니니"</em></span>) 특정 규칙들은 정확한 의미를 찾는 쪽으로 도움을 줍니다. 반면에 이러한 +규칙을 무시한 사람들은 스스로 뿐만아니라 그들을 따르는 사람들에게까지 문제를 가져왔습니다. 벧후 3:16 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...그 +중에 알기 어려운 것이 더러 있으니 무식한 자들과 굳세지 못한 자들이 다른 성경과 같이 그것도 억지로 풀다가 스스로 멸망에 +이르느니라."</em></span></p><p>어떻게하면 원저자가 의도한 의미를 발견할 수 있을까요? 여러분이 의미가 명쾌하지 않은 구절을 만났다고 가정해 보세요. 여러분은 그것을 +어떻게 푸시겠습니까? 다음의 규칙들을 기억하세요:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 의미를 따라서 해석.</h2></div></div></div><p>우리가 단어의 정확성과 원래의 의미에 정밀하게 다가설수록 우리느 좀더 나은 해석을 얻을 수 있을 것입니다다음의 단계를 따라서 핵심 +단어들의 정확한 의미를 찾아보세요:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>정의. </b>헬라어나 히브리어 사전의 정의를 찾아보세요. 동사의 경우, 시제도 중요합니다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>상호참조(Cross-reference). </b>말씀과 말씀을 비교해 보세요. 동일한 헬라어 단어나 히브리어 단어가 성경에서 어떻게 쓰였는지 보는 것은 정의를 명쾌하게 하거나 새로운 +시각을 얻을 수 있습니다. 같은 저자가 이 단어를 다른곳에는 어떻게 사용했는지? 다른 저자는 이 단어를 어떻게 사용했는지? 물론 여러분이 +참고하는 도구들은 단어의 비성경적 문서에서의 사용 사례를 줄 수도 있습니다. 왜 우리는 헬라어나 히브리어를 찾아야만 할까요? 한글이나 +영어 단어만으로는 충분하지 않은 걸까요? <span class="emphasis"><em>그 이유는 하나 이상의 헬라어 단어들이 하나의 한글 단어로 번역 될 수 있고 +헬라어 단어들은 의미의 미묘한 차이를 가질 수 있기 때문입니다.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>요 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"나를 만지지 말라"</em></span> 냉엄하게 들립니다. 그렇지 않나요? 예수께서 부활 하신것, 너무 +거룩한것, 또는 뭔가를 지금은 손대지 말았으면 하시는 것으로 들립니다. 그러나, 그런 생각은 맞지 않는것 같습니다. 그래서, 스피로스 +조디에이츠의 <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG +Publishers, 1991)에서 찾아보겠습니다.</p><p>정의: 요 20:17로 가서, "만지지" 단어 위를 보면 "pim680"를 볼 수 있습니다.스토롱 사전을 참조할 수 있는 +숫자입니다. 정의를 살펴보죠."680. 합토마이; 합토에서 유래(681), 만지다. 어떤 대상에 영향력을 가하려는 의도의 만짐을 +의미... 뭔가의 표면을 만지는 것만을 의미하는 프셉랍하오(5584)와 구별됩니다." 이제 "pim."을 살펴보죠. 요한계시록 바로 +다음에 있는 조디에이츠의 문법 코드입니다; 849페이지에서 pim이 "present imperative active 현재 명령형 +능동태(80)"임을 알수 있습니다. 857페이지에서는 "현재 명령법. 능동태에서는 지속적이거나 반복적인 행동을 수반하는 뭔가를 미래에 +수행하라는 명령을 나타낼 수 있습니다. 부정문은 뭔가를 수행하기를 멈추라는 명령을 나타낼 수 있습니다." 이 구절은 부정 명령문이므로 +이미 일어나고 있는 뭔가를 멈추라는 것입니다. 무엇을 발견할 수 있으십니까?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>마리아는 이미 예수님께 매달려 있었고 예수님은 잡는 것을 멈추라고 말씀하고 계십니다!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>예 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>야고보서 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>병든자가 있느냐?..교회의 장로들을 청할 것이요. 그들은 주의 이름으로 기름을 바르며 위하여 +기도할지니라</em></span>에서 기름바름은 무엇일까?</p><p>알레이포의 정의 (218) - "기름을 바르는것" (스트롱 사전); 그러나 "기름바름"으로 번역되는 또다른 헬라어 단어가 있는데, +크리오(5548)입니다 - "기름을 바르거나 문지르는 것, 즉 사무실이나 종교 행사에 봉헌하는 것" (스트롱 사전). 이 단어는 동사이기 +때문에 시제도 살펴야 합니다, "apta" aorist participle active 부정과거 능동 분사. "부정과거 분사는 연속적인 +행위가 아닌 단순 행위를 표현합니다...핵심 동사와의 관계가 일시적인 경우에는 통상 핵심 동사의 이전 행위를 의미합니다." (조디에이츠 +p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>알레이포에 대한 관주들: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>마 6:17 너는 금식할 때에 머리에 기름을 바르고 얼굴을 씻으라</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>막 16:1 [여자들이] 가서 예수께 바르기 위하여 향품을 사다 두었다가</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>막 6:13 많은 귀신을 쫓아내며 많은 병인에게 기름을 발라 고치더라</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>눅 7:38 [...] 그 발에 입맞추고 향유를 부으니</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>요 12:3 [...] 예수의 발에 붓고 자기 머리털로 그의 발을 씻으니 </p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>크리오에 대한 관주들: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>눅 4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">주의 성령이 내게 임하셨으니 이는 가난한 자에게 복음을 전하게 하시려고 내게 기름을 부으시고 +[...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>행 4:27 하나님의 기름부으신 거룩한 종 예수를 거스려</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>행 10:38 하나님이 나사렛 예수에게 성령과 능력을 기름붓듯 하셨으매</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고후 1:21 ... 우리에게 기름을 부으신 이는 하나님이시니</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>그렇다면 알레이포와 크리오의 차이점은 무엇일까요? 관주와 정의를 다시 보고 차이점을 정리해 보면: <span class="emphasis"><em>"알레이포"는 기름의 +실제적인 사용이고 "크리오"는 영적인 것입니다.</em></span></p><p>그 당시의 기름의 실제적인 사용의 예화로(단어가 사용되지 않음에도 불구하고), 선한 사마리아인은 강도를 당한 사람을 돌보아 줄때 그의 +상처에 기름과 포도주를 부었습니다. 예수님 당시에는 기름을 치료 용도로 사용했던 것입니다.</p><p>이제 단어 공부를 통해서 배운것을 야고보서 5:14에 적용해 보겠습니다. <span class="emphasis"><em>"너희 중에 병든 자가 있느냐 저는 교회의 +장로들을 청할 것이요 그들은 주의 이름으로 기름을 바르며 위하여 기도할지니라"</em></span> "기름을 바르며"는 영적인 것일까요 +아니면 실제적인 것일까요? 실제적인 것입니다!</p><p>그리고 헬라어 시제인 부정 과거 분사는 "기름부음 받은 것"이 더 나은 번역일 수 있습니다, 그래서 순서는 기름부음이 먼저고 그 다음이 +기도입니다 ("주의 이름으로"는 기름 부음이 아니라 기도를 가리킵니다). 야고보서 5장은 장로들이 아픈 이들에게 약을 먼저 주고 주의 +이름으로 그들을 위해서 기도할 것을 말씀하고 있습니다. 우리 하나님 안에서 실제적인 것과 영적인 것의 아름다운 균형을 표현하는 것이 +아닙니다!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index fc1ac25..e4e532d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,28 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>표 목록</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>성경 공부 요령</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="개요 성경 공부 요령은 성경을 공부하기 위한 안내서입니다. 저희 제작자들의 소망은 이 문서가 독자로 하여금 성경이 무엇을 말하는지 공부하도록 이끄는 것입니다. 이 특별한 안내서가 특정 교단의 교리에 치우지지 않도록 했습니다. 여러분이 성경을 읽고 성경이 말하는 바가 무엇인지 이해하기 위해서 공부하기를 권합니다. 여러분의 마음 밭에 주께서 말씀의 씨앗을 뿌리시기를 원하는 태도로 시작한다면 주께서는 여러분을 실망시키지 않으실 것입니다."><meta name="keywords" content="성경, 공부(Study), 요령"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="성경 공부 요령"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경 공부 요령</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>성경 공부 요령</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">밥</span> <span class="surname">하만</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>이 문서의 원작자는 밥 하만이고 라이선스는 <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a> 입니다.</p><p>특별히 명시되지 않는 한, 성구들은 개역판을 인용합니다.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p><span class="application">성경 공부 요령</span>은 성경을 공부하기 위한 안내서입니다.</p><p>저희 제작자들의 소망은 이 문서가 독자로 하여금 성경이 무엇을 말하는지 공부하도록 이끄는 것입니다. 이 특별한 안내서가 특정 교단의 +교리에 치우지지 않도록 했습니다. 여러분이 성경을 읽고 성경이 말하는 바가 무엇인지 이해하기 위해서 공부하기를 권합니다. 여러분의 마음 +밭에 주께서 말씀의 씨앗을 뿌리시기를 원하는 태도로 시작한다면 주께서는 여러분을 실망시키지 않으실 것입니다.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">독특한 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님의 영이 숨쉬는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">일하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면의 말씀</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부록: "단번에(Once for All)"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">보충자료: 체계적인 성경 읽기</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경을 대하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">말씀을 대하는 다섯가지 방법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">듣기(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽기(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부(Study)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경 공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별(Topical) 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별(Character) 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">주해적(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">상호참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 한 주해적(Expository) 성경 공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">사전(성서 색인) 사용법 안내서</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특별한 구절을 찾을 때</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문을 통해서 단어의 의미를 명확하게 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름에 있는 의미 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 규칙</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 의미를 따라서 해석.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">예 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적 문맥 안에서 해석</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 문맥안에서 해석</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 단어의 일반적인 언어 사용법을 따라 해석</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - 비유의 목적과 비유와 풍유의 차이에 대한 이해</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>표 목록</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 필사본과 다른 고대 문서과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 영향을 미칠까?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 99959b6..b31b082 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <chapter id="h2-basics"> <title>Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</title> <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> - <title>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</title> + <title>Mūsų tikslas, kuomet pradedame skaityti Bibliją</title> <para> <blockquote> <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 70ee77e..b23a4a6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/lt/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> <title>Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</title> - <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <para>Biblija išsiskiria daugeliu aspektų. Ji yra unikali:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/lt/docbook/index.docbook index c5b080e..a0dd0cc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/lt/docbook/index.docbook @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +<copyright> <year>1999-2016</year> <holder>&bibletime; komanda (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4182415..45c50be 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,43 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo tipai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo tipai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Klausytis</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">palaiminti tie, kurie klausosi Dievo žodžio ir jo -laikosi.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Apr.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Palaiminti pranašystės žodžių skaitytojas ir klausytojai -[...]</span>“</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Apd. 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tenykščiai pasirodė esą kilnesni už tesalonikiečius. Jie +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Klausytis</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">palaiminti tie, kurie klausosi Dievo žodžio ir jo +laikosi.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Apr.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Palaiminti pranašystės žodžių skaitytojas ir klausytojai +[...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Apd. 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tenykščiai pasirodė esą kilnesni už tesalonikiečius. Jie noriai priėmė žodį ir kasdien tyrinėjo Raštus, ar taip esą iš -tikrųjų.</span>“</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Verčiau stenkis Dievui pasirodyti tinkamu darbininku, -neturinčiu ko gėdytis, be iškraipymų skelbiančiu tiesos žodį.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Įsiminti</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Branginu širdyje Tavo žodį, kad Tau nenusidėčiau.</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bet Viešpaties įstatymu džiaugiasi ir šnabžda Jo mokymą +tikrųjų.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Verčiau stenkis Dievui pasirodyti tinkamu darbininku, +neturinčiu ko gėdytis, be iškraipymų skelbiančiu tiesos žodį.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Įsiminti</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Branginu širdyje Tavo žodį, kad Tau nenusidėčiau.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bet Viešpaties įstatymu džiaugiasi ir šnabžda Jo mokymą dieną ir naktį. Jis yra lyg medis, pasodintas prie tekančio vandens, duodantis vaisių laikui atėjus, tas kurio lapai nevysta. Ką tik daro, jam -sekasi.</span>“</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +sekasi.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Biblijos studijavimo tipai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Biblijos studijavimo tipai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-expository.html index e5df28e..9a83af9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you fast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you pray</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong -ways of practicing our righteousness:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>do it secretly.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong +ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index f8bf3f0..7f18807 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo tipai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Turinys</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with -definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontekstas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kryžminės nuorodos</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo tipai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Turinys</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with +definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontekstas</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kryžminės nuorodos</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the -test of other scriptures.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Biblijos studijavimo tipai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Biblijos studijavimo tipai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-types.html index cc8a872..bd11a81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Biblijos studijavimo tipai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Biblijos studijavimo tipai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Biblijos studijavimo tipai</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Teminis studijavimas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Asmens studijavimas</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Biblijos personažo gyvenimo studijavimas, pvz., Pradžios knygos 37-50 -skyriuose aprašyto Juozapo gyvenimo.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Biblijos studijavimo tipai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Biblijos studijavimo tipai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Biblijos studijavimo tipai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Teminis studijavimas</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a +concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Asmens studijavimas</h3></div></div></div><p>Biblijos personažo gyvenimo studijavimas, pvz., Pradžios knygos 37-50 +skyriuose aprašyto Juozapo gyvenimo.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 73cdb57..845fe32 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Raskite šias eilutes: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Raskite šias eilutes: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Istorija apie turtuolį ir Lozorių.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istorija apie turtuolį ir Lozorių.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or -Hebrew.</p> - <p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Joshua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabus</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or +Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics.html index 298f17c..65738c1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Klausytis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Įsiminti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Biblijos studijavimo tipai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Teminis studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Asmens studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Turinys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontekstas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kryžminės nuorodos</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Mūsų tikslas, kuomet pradedame skaityti Bibliją</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Klausytis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Įsiminti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Biblijos studijavimo tipai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Teminis studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Asmens studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Turinys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontekstas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kryžminės nuorodos</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Mūsų tikslas, kuomet pradedame skaityti Bibliją</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jūs tyrinėjate Raštus, nes manote juose rasią amžinąjį gyvenimą. Tie Raštai ir liudija už mane, bet jūs nenorite ateiti pas mane, kad turėtumėte gyvenimą.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -19,11 +13,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Script sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index bc2a845..37fbe24 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Dievo įkvėpta knyga</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Knyga, kuri veikia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dievo įkvėpta knyga</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Dievo įkvėpta knyga</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Dievo įkvėpta knyga</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Knyga, kuri veikia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dievo įkvėpta knyga</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Dievo įkvėpta knyga</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Knyga, kuri veikia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Knyga, kuri veikia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 35e176b..d3f1716 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?</p> - <p>Not a little!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?</p><p>Not a little!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 3e936ea..0430226 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Knyga, kuri veikia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Knyga, kuri veikia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>God's word</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>God's power</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Knyga, kuri veikia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Knyga, kuri veikia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-once.html index 4af0270..b64221d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index fffce64..71eb35e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Naujasis Testamentas per vienerius metus: kiekvieną dieną skaitykite po -vieną skyrių, 5 dienas per savaitę.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to -the day of the month.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance -on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one -chapter per day.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Naujasis Testamentas per vienerius metus: kiekvieną dieną skaitykite po +vieną skyrių, 5 dienas per savaitę.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to +the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance +on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one +chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you -will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 4cfc7aa..1dfe9fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Knyga, kuri išlaisvina"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klausimas</th><th>Atsakymas</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>Vienas</td></tr><tr><td>Kuris(-ie)?</td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Knyga, kuri išlaisvina"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klausimas</th><th>Atsakymas</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>Vienas</td></tr><tr><td>Kuris(-ie)?</td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-works.html index bc0c955..fcad1ef 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Knyga, kuri veikia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Dievo įkvėpta knyga"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Knyga, kuri išlaisvina"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Knyga, kuri veikia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Knyga, kuri veikia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Knyga, kuri veikia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Dievo įkvėpta knyga"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Knyga, kuri išlaisvina"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Knyga, kuri veikia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Knyga, kuri veikia</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 1.2. Ką Biblijos studijavimas duoda krikščionims?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Ką Biblijos studijavimas duoda krikščionims?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nuoroda</th><th>Veiksmas</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>apvalo -- "...kad ją pašventintų, apvalydamas vandens nuplovimu ir žodžiu."</td></tr><tr><td>Apd. 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 1.2. Ką Biblijos studijavimas duoda krikščionims?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Ką Biblijos studijavimas duoda krikščionims?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nuoroda</th><th>Veiksmas</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>apvalo -- "...kad ją pašventintų, apvalydamas vandens nuplovimu ir žodžiu."</td></tr><tr><td>Apd. 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>encourages -- "that through perseverance and the encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope."</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 10:17</td><td>suteikia tikėjimą -- "Taigi tikėjimas iš klausymo, klausymas – kai skelbiamas Kristaus žodis."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>įspėja -- "Visa tai jiems atsitiko kaip pavyzdys, ir buvo užrašyta įspėti mums"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>maitinimą -- "Bet Jėzus atsakė: „Parašyta: Žmogus gyvas ne viena duona, bet -ir kiekvienu žodžiu, kuris išeina iš Dievo lūpų“."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dievo įkvėpta knyga </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ir kiekvienu žodžiu, kuris išeina iš Dievo lūpų“."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dievo įkvėpta knyga </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance.html index 04ac825..275dcb9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Dievo įkvėpta knyga"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Dievo įkvėpta knyga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Knyga, kuri veikia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Dievo įkvėpta knyga"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Dievo įkvėpta knyga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Knyga, kuri veikia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</h2></div></div></div><p>Biblija išsiskiria daugeliu aspektų. Ji yra unikali:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 1.1. Naujojo Testamento rankraščių palyginimas su kitais senoviniais tekstais</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Naujojo Testamento rankraščių palyginimas su kitais senoviniais tekstais" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Darbas</th><th>Kada parašyta</th><th>Anksčiausias egzempliorius</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Egzempliorių skaičius</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotas</td><td>448-428 pr. Kr.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitas</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 pr. Kr.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Naujasis Testamentas</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 metų</td><td>5000 Graikų bei 10,000 Lotynų</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Lentelė 1.1. Naujojo Testamento rankraščių palyginimas su kitais senoviniais tekstais</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Naujojo Testamento rankraščių palyginimas su kitais senoviniais tekstais" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Darbas</th><th>Kada parašyta</th><th>Anksčiausias egzempliorius</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Egzempliorių skaičius</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotas</td><td>448-428 pr. Kr.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitas</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 pr. Kr.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Naujasis Testamentas</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 metų</td><td>5000 Graikų bei 10,000 Lotynų</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dievo įkvėpta knyga</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dievo įkvėpta knyga</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-context.html index f7b10d2..a09ec82 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Pavyzdys 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Pavyzdys 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Pavyzdys 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Pavyzdys 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Pavyzdys 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Pavyzdys 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index e851478..778d3b7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Pavyzdys 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Pavyzdys 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Pavyzdys 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Pavyzdys 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 7b0e701..a8426bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Pavyzdys 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Pavyzdys 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Pavyzdys 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Iz.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Štai Viešpaties ranka nėra sutrumpėjusi,</span>“</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Pavyzdys 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Iz.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Štai Viešpaties ranka nėra sutrumpėjusi,</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 4f3196f..1aeeabd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Pavyzdys 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Pavyzdys 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Pavyzdys 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Pavyzdys 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Aukštyn</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules.html index 44bfbc4..54fb366 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Pavyzdys 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Pavyzdys 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Pavyzdys 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Pavyzdys 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Pavyzdys 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Pavyzdys 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Pavyzdys 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Pavyzdys 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Pavyzdys 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Pavyzdys 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Pavyzdys 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Skyrius 3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Pavyzdys 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Pavyzdys 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Pavyzdys 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Pavyzdys 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Pavyzdys 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Pavyzdys 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Pavyzdys 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Pavyzdys 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Pavyzdys 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Pavyzdys 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Pavyzdys 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Apibrėžimas. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Kryžminės nuorodos. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Apibrėžimas. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Kryžminės nuorodos. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Pavyzdys 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Pavyzdys 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,69 +38,29 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Pavyzdys 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Pavyzdys 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 O tu pasninkaudamas pasitepk [aliejumi] galvą</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [moterys] nusipirko kvepalų, kad nuėjusios galėtų Jėzų patepti.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 Jie... daugelį ligonių tepė aliejumi ir išgydė.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] bučiavo Jo kojas ir tepė jas tepalu</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Marija patepė Jėzui kojas ir nušluostė jas savo plaukais</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Viešpaties Dvasia ant manęs, nes Jis patepė mane, kad neščiau -gerąją naujieną [...]</span>“</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Apd. 4:27 Jėzų, kurį Tu patepei</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Apd. 10:38 Dievas Jį [Jėzų] patepė Šventąja Dvasia ir galybe</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Kor.1:21 Juk Dievas mus...patepė</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 O tu pasninkaudamas pasitepk [aliejumi] galvą</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [moterys] nusipirko kvepalų, kad nuėjusios galėtų Jėzų patepti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 Jie... daugelį ligonių tepė aliejumi ir išgydė.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] bučiavo Jo kojas ir tepė jas tepalu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Marija patepė Jėzui kojas ir nušluostė jas savo plaukais</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Viešpaties Dvasia ant manęs, nes Jis patepė mane, kad neščiau +gerąją naujieną [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apd. 4:27 Jėzų, kurį Tu patepei</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apd. 10:38 Dievas Jį [Jėzų] patepė Šventąja Dvasia ir galybe</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor.1:21 Juk Dievas mus...patepė</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Ankstesnis</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Į pradžią</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/lt/html/index.html b/docs/howto/lt/html/index.html index 6f52d52..1e235d7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/lt/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/lt/html/index.html @@ -1,28 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob'as</span> <span class="surname">Harman'as</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">BibleTime komanda</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Autorinės teisės © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Biblija, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Biblijos studijavimo instrukcija</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob'as</span> <span class="surname">Harman'as</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">BibleTime komanda</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Autorinės teisės © 1999-2016 <span class="application">BibleTime</span> komanda +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Dievo įkvėpta knyga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Knyga, kuri veikia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Klausytis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Įsiminti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Biblijos studijavimo tipai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Teminis studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Asmens studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Turinys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontekstas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kryžminės nuorodos</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Pavyzdys 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Pavyzdys 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Pavyzdys 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Pavyzdys 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Pavyzdys 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Pavyzdys 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Pavyzdys 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Pavyzdys 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Pavyzdys 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Pavyzdys 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Pavyzdys 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lentelių sąrašas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Naujojo Testamento rankraščių palyginimas su kitais senoviniais tekstais</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Ką Biblijos studijavimas duoda krikščionims?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Turinys</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Knyga, kuri yra Unikali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Dievo įkvėpta knyga</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Knyga, kuri veikia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Knyga, kuri išlaisvina</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Priedas: Biblijos skaitymo programos</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblijos studijavimo pagrindai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Mūsų tikslas, kuomet pradedame skaityti Bibliją</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Klausytis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Įsiminti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Biblijos studijavimo tipai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Teminis studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Asmens studijavimas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Teisingo išaiškinimo pagrindai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Turinys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontekstas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kryžminės nuorodos</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Biblijos aiškinimo taisyklės (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Pavyzdys 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Pavyzdys 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Pavyzdys 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Pavyzdys 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Pavyzdys 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Pavyzdys 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Pavyzdys 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Pavyzdys 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Pavyzdys 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Pavyzdys 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Pavyzdys 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lentelių sąrašas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Naujojo Testamento rankraščių palyginimas su kitais senoviniais tekstais</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Ką Biblijos studijavimas duoda krikščionims?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Tolesnis</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Skyrius 1. Dievo Žodžio svarba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index b959076..2b969b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ der profetie [...]"</quote></para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> <title>Bestuderen</title> - <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para> + <para>Handelingen 17:11 Nu dezen waren edeler van gezindheid dan die in +Thessalonica, want zij ontvingen het Woord met grote bereidwilligheid en +onderzochten dagelijks de Schriften om te zien of die dingen zo waren.</para> <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ce7159b..9b49c1c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,44 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Luisteren en lezen zorgen voor een brede kijk op de Schrift, terwijl +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Luisteren en lezen zorgen voor een brede kijk op de Schrift, terwijl Bijbelstudie en van buiten leren zorgen voor een gedetailleerde blijk op de Schrift. Mediteren op de Schrift brengt luisteren, lezen studeren en van -buiten leren bij elkaar en legt de woorden vast in ons hoofd.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">"Maar Hij zeide: Zeker, zalig, die het woord van God horen -en het bewaren."</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Opb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">"Zalig is hij, die voorleest, en zij, die horen de woorden -der profetie [...]"</span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Houd aan in het lezen [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +buiten leren bij elkaar en legt de woorden vast in ons hoofd.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">"Maar Hij zeide: Zeker, zalig, die het woord van God horen +en het bewaren."</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Opb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">"Zalig is hij, die voorleest, en zij, die horen de woorden +der profetie [...]"</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Houd aan in het lezen [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Handelingen 17:11 Nu dezen waren edeler van gezindheid dan die in +Thessalonica, want zij ontvingen het Woord met grote bereidwilligheid en +onderzochten dagelijks de Schriften om te zien of die dingen zo waren.</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index ef61b9a..c4b70db 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Als u geeft</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Als u vast</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Als u bidt</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde -manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>do it secretly.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Als u geeft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Als u vast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Als u bidt</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 3b60760..3295b78 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test -van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 0c4d26a..46628b8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,17 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van -tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het -leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index d997cf3..d29f442 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,69 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden -hebt.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Vind deze verzen: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Vind deze verzen: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Het verhaal van de rijke man en Lazarus.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Het verhaal van de rijke man en Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of -Hebreews vinden.</p> - <p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jozua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabas</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index 5df9879..5598245 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,28 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Gij onderzoekt de schriften, want gij meent daarin eeuwig leven te hebben, en deze zijn het die van Mij getuigen, en toch wilt gij niet tot Mij komen om leven te hebben."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>Het hoofddoel van het boek is om ons bij de Persoon te brengen. Martin + </p><p>Het hoofddoel van het boek is om ons bij de Persoon te brengen. Martin Luther zei <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">wij gaan naar de wieg enkel omwille van de baby</span>”</span>; zo doen wij geen Bijbelstudie om wille van de studie, maar om wille van de -gemeenschap met God.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>De Joden tot wie Jezus sprak [..] dachten dat het kennen van de Schrift +gemeenschap met God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>De Joden tot wie Jezus sprak [..] dachten dat het kennen van de Schrift gelijkwaardig was aan het kennen van het leven. Hillel zei, "Hij die zichzelf de woorden van de Torah heeft eigen gemaakt, heeft zichzelf het leven in de nakomende wereld eigen gemaakt." Hun studie was op zichzelf vruchteloos. Hierin werden ze vreselijk misleid. [..]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index ffcdb01..4628c69 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 4bcb44f..01ae35e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?</p> - <p>Niet een beetje!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?</p><p>Niet een beetje!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 4314ffc..7f6d5ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gods woord</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Gods kracht</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index ba311bc..278c915 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index f6f41dc..c21f645 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,23 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per -week.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, -overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van -30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag -een hoofdstuk.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken -overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index ef89874..3bde662 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>Een</td></tr><tr><td>Welke?</td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>Een</td></tr><tr><td>Welke?</td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 01437c1..db3367f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,16 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."</td></tr><tr><td>Hand.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."</td></tr><tr><td>Hand.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom.15:4</td><td>bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."</td></tr><tr><td>Rom.10:17</td><td>geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het woord van Christus."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor.10:11</td><td>onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt.4:4</td><td>voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods -gaat."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +gaat."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 2bfa54a..41a75fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,45 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude -teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude -teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle andere antieke proza."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 1e6191c..21d9a18 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 5d3f45a..ad4fc95 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index fa428af..bf3e20a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,7 +17,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 73bff08..d0961a0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index 283b04b..7837134 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -13,43 +11,24 @@ interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de -woorden.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definitie. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definitie. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -61,70 +40,30 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index 51459b8..704bd35 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,30 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Het BibleTime-team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bijbel, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Het BibleTime-team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p> - - <p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude -teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index e0d44c6..6365296 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <chapter id="h2-basics"> <title>Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</title> <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> - <title>Nosso propósito quando nos abordarmos a Bíblia</title> + <title>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</title> <para> <blockquote> <attribution>Jo. 5:39-40</attribution> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 0a98742..1f48229 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -279,9 +279,9 @@ gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> <title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title> - <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <para>Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para leitura sistemática da Bíblia. Você +pode fazer mais de um por vez se desejar, por exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com +#5. Varie o programa a cada ano para mantê-lo fresco!</para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem> <para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook index 64630bd..6838778 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ]> <book> <bookinfo> - <title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title> + <title>Manual de Estudo Bíblico</title> <authorgroup> <author> <firstname>Bob</firstname> @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ </author> <author> <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + <surname>A Equipe BibleTime</surname> </author> </authorgroup> @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel <title>Resumo</title> <para>O <application>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da Bíblia.</para> - <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + <para>A Equipe &bibletime; espera que esse manual incentivará os leitores a +estudar as Escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo foi +escolhido em especial por não advogar nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as Escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor +semeie sua palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> <keyword>Bíblia</keyword> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 9ae1621..96566a6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,44 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a -palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Ap 1.3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as -palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p> - <p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler proporcionam uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o +estudo e a memorização proporcionam uma visão microscópica. Meditar nas +escrituras reune o ouvir, o ler, o estudo e a memorização e une a palavra +nas nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span></p> - <p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span></p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da -verdade.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sl 119.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra -ti.</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Sl 1.2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos +verdade.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra +ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. </span>”</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +de dia e noite. </span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 8bf385b..5161286 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando você oferta</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando você jejua</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando você ora</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar -maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Quando você fornecer </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a -trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>faça-o em secreto.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>etc.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você fornecer </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c0745f1..4a36035 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia cruzada</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de -outras escrituras.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html index 1281bd7..a16c81c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,16 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma -concordância.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index ea67e6b..0d52cf8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Encontre os versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre os versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego -ou hebraico.</p> - <p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Nabal</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Abigail</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Josué</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Barnabé</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html index 03525ea..590f554 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,27 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas -que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jo. 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero disse <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</span>”</span>, então no -estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com -Deus.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." -Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmos, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os Judeus a quem Jesus falou [...] pensavam que possuir as Escrituras era +equivalente a possuir a (própria) vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tem +apropriado a si as palavras da Torá, apropriou a si a vida no mundo +vindouro." Seu estudo era um fim em si. Desta maneira estavam gravemente +iludidos. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 49bb73d..5b7efd0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index b5ad120..8811b98 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?</p> - <p>Não só um pouquinho!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?</p><p>Não só um pouquinho!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 1a65834..947b179 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Palavra de Deus</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Poder de Deus</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html index e228101..50681ad 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index fd1ca55..9615642 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,22 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente -ao dia do mês.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo -por dia.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p>Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para leitura sistemática da Bíblia. Você +pode fazer mais de um por vez se desejar, por exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com +#5. Varie o programa a cada ano para mantê-lo fresco!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo +por dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você -lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 1b9b2b1..3f14099 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>Uma</td></tr><tr><td>Qual?</td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>Uma</td></tr><tr><td>Qual?</td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html index 494608e..a8120c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,16 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.26</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.26</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela palavra"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20.32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15.4</td><td>Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10.17</td><td>Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"</td></tr><tr><td>1 Co 10.11</td><td>Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para aviso nosso..."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4.4</td><td>Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o -homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html index 32f936c..5a7cb29 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,44 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>A Bíblia se destaca de muitas maneiras. É exclusiva em</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularidade. Vendas de Bíblias na América do Norte: mais de US$ 500 milhões +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia se destaca de muitas maneiras. É exclusiva em</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularidade. Vendas de Bíblias na América do Norte: mais de US$ 500 milhões por ano. A Bíblia é o <span style="color: red"><it>best-seller</it></span> mais bem vendido de todos os -tempos e de ano em ano!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>autoria. Foi escrita num período de 1.600 anos por 40 autores diferentes, de +tempos e de ano em ano!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>autoria. Foi escrita num período de 1.600 anos por 40 autores diferentes, de diferentes histórias e origens, mas, mesmo assim lê-se como se fosse apenas -um livro.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +um livro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 d.C.</td><td>1100 d.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras da Gália</em></span>de César</td><td>50-58 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span> de Lívio</td><td>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</td><td>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 d.C.</td><td>1100 d.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras da Gália</em></span>de César</td><td>50-58 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span> de Lívio</td><td>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</td><td>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manual de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html index 4f92b38..d9a363f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index c43a4d5..f0f03ac 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2dfafad..9f4e987 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,27 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p> - <p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços -eternos</span>”</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -31,7 +18,5 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fe shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 8e2170f..3fde082 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,30 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um -significado</em></span></p> - <p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um +significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que -nós teremos?</p> - <p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +nós teremos?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html index ea9d01a..beb236a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -12,42 +10,23 @@ interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering th correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definição. </b> - Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a -conjugação do verbo também é crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Referencia cruzada. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definição. </b>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Referencia cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -59,72 +38,32 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para parar de segurá-lo!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Referências cruzadas de chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para -anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é -Deus</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referências cruzadas de chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a -spiritual</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html index 4e962a5..5178b04 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html @@ -1,29 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manual de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A Equipe BibleTime espera que esse manual incentivará os leitores a estudar as Escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo foi escolhido em especial por não advogar nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as Escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo."><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Manual de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manual de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Manual de Estudo Bíblico</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">A Equipe BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel -(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p> - - <p>O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da -Bíblia.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p>O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia.</p><p>A Equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse manual incentivará os leitores a +estudar as Escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo foi +escolhido em especial por não advogar nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as Escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor +semeie sua palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Fundamentos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index b5a31cb..bc360e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,44 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Луки.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"... блаженны слышащие слово Божие и соблюдающие -его."</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Откр.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"Блажен читающий и слушающие слова пророчества сего -[...]"</span>»</span></p> - <p>1 Тим.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"Доколе не приду, занимайся чтением [...]"</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Деян.17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">" Здешние были благомысленнее Фессалоникских: они приняли +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Луки.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"... блаженны слышащие слово Божие и соблюдающие +его."</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Откр.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"Блажен читающий и слушающие слова пророчества сего +[...]"</span>»</span></p><p>1 Тим.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"Доколе не приду, занимайся чтением [...]"</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Деян.17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">" Здешние были благомысленнее Фессалоникских: они приняли слово со всем усердием, ежедневно разбирая Писания, точно ли это -так."</span>»</span></p> - <p>2 Тим.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"Старайся [в переводе Библии короля Иакова (KJV) - +так."</span>»</span></p><p>2 Тим.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"Старайся [в переводе Библии короля Иакова (KJV) - `Изучай, чтобы'] представить себя Богу достойным, делателем неукоризненным, -верно преподающим слово истины."</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Пс.118:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"В сердце моем сокрыл я слово Твое, чтобы не грешить пред -Тобою."</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Пс.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"но в законе Господа воля его, и о законе Его размышляет он +верно преподающим слово истины."</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Пс.118:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"В сердце моем сокрыл я слово Твое, чтобы не грешить пред +Тобою."</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Пс.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">"но в законе Господа воля его, и о законе Его размышляет он день и ночь! И будет он как дерево, посаженное при потоках вод, которое приносит плод свой во время свое, и лист которого не вянет; и во всем, что -он ни делает, успеет."</span>»</span></p> - <p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +он ни делает, успеет."</span>»</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that -they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 198556e..1663639 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,32 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman -numeral One of your outline:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our -motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Когда вы даете</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Когда вы поститесь</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Когда вы молитесь</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных -путей проявления своей праведности:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Когда вы даете </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"> - <p>не трубите. (как может кто-то <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">трубить</span>»</span> сегодня?)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>делайте это тайно.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>и т.д.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Когда вы даете</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Когда вы поститесь</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Когда вы молитесь</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Когда вы даете </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>не трубите. (как может кто-то <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">трубить</span>»</span> сегодня?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>делайте это тайно.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>и т.д.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 2aca9ee..e36add8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,19 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the -passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест -Писания. </p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index c0804a2..842db5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,16 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 3103f83..2a63555 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,68 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div> - - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p> - </li></ol></div> - <p>Найдите эти стихи: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Найдите эти стихи: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span> - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>История о богаче и Лазаре.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>История о богаче и Лазаре.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, -e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>»</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>»</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here -out.)</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Look up "judge".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, -2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Now look up "judgeth".</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with -the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div> - <div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.</p> - <p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Навал (Nabal)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Авигея (Abigail)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index c083946..9a2eba8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Вы исследуете Писания, ибо вы думаете чрез них иметь жизнь вечную; а они свидетельствуют о Мне. Но вы не хотите придти ко Мне, чтобы иметь жизнь.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> - </p> - <p>Основная цель книги - привести нас к Личности. Мартин Лютер сказал: + </p><p>Основная цель книги - привести нас к Личности. Мартин Лютер сказал: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">;"мы идём к колыбели только ради ребёнка"</span>»</span>; так же и с изучением Библии - мы делаем это не ради самого изучения, но, чтобы иметь -общение с Богом.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +общение с Богом.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously @@ -18,11 +12,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтен том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение встретиться со Христом.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 583341a..4d07368 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div> - - <p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way.</p> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well @@ -27,10 +23,8 @@ to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scrip witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div> - <p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of -faith and conduct.</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 150d952..8e28f5c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>"</p> - <p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?</p> - <p>Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p> - <p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?</p><p>Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>"</p> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 66dfb2b..8e9e296 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,25 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If -you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p> - <p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p> - <p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p> - <p> +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p> - <p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Божье Слово</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Божья Сила</p> - </li></ul></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index b7c2e26..8080c64 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div> - - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,5 +16,4 @@ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 58feb1d..447cf7c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,22 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу -месяца.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например -20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной -главе в день.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий -Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.</p> - </li></ol></div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 29f793d..0212d6e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,8 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое?</td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p>В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое?</td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 7839777..bc3d0ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,13 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" </td></tr><tr><td>Деян.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" </td></tr><tr><td>Деян.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Рим.15:4</td><td>утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."</td></tr><tr><td>Рим.10:17</td><td>даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Кор.10:11</td><td>наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."</td></tr><tr><td>Мтф.4:4</td><td>питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить -человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index 35eb502..c284c44 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,43 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div> - - <p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p> - <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Библия стоит особняком во многих отношениях. Она уникальна по:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>Библия стоит особняком во многих отношениях. Она уникальна по:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts:</p> - </li></ul></div> - <div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"> - - <table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских</td></tr></tbody></table> - </div></div><br class="table-break"> - <p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table class="table" summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p> - <div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" class="blockquote" style="width: 100%; cellspacing: 0; cellpadding: 0;" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных рукописей."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div> - </div> - - - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index 51fe0d6..076ad5d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,29 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p> - <p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the @@ -31,6 +17,4 @@ light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did -not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 314f977..bf1e6ff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,33 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p> - <p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index e99b5ed..69823bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div> - - <p> - <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p> - <p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p> - <p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Рука Господа не сократилась;</span>»</span></p> - <p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Под мышцами вечными.</span>»</span></p> - <p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Рука Господа не сократилась;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Под мышцами вечными.</span>»</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of @@ -30,6 +17,4 @@ Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His fea shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index ba1075b..b4b6b46 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,28 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p> - <p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p> - <p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p> - <p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?</p> - <p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p> - </div> - </div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index cf38cd9..a4fd69c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div> - - <p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h1></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one @@ -11,42 +9,23 @@ interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also -the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p> - <p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div> - - <p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Definition. </b> - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. - </p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p> - <b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b> - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span> - </p> - </li></ol></div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p> - <p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling @@ -58,69 +37,29 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p> - <p> +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span> - </p> - </div> - <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div> - - <p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p> - <p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another + </p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"> - <p>Перекрестные ссылки для aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Перекрестные ссылки chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"> - <p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>»</span></p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 4:27 "Иисуса, помазанного Тобою"</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>Acts 10:38 "Бог Духом Святым и силою помазал Иисуса"</p> - </li><li class="listitem"> - <p>2 Cor.1:21 "... помазавший нас есть Бог"</p> - </li></ol></div> - </li></ul></div> - <p>Так какое различие между aleipho и chrio? Просмотрите ещё раз перекрёстные +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Перекрестные ссылки для aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Перекрестные ссылки chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 "Иисуса, помазанного Тобою"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 "Бог Духом Святым и силою помазал Иисуса"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 "... помазавший нас есть Бог"</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Так какое различие между aleipho и chrio? Просмотрите ещё раз перекрёстные ссылки и определения, и суммируйте различие: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" говорит о -практическом использовании масла, а "chrio" - о духовном</em></span></p> - <p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +практическом использовании масла, а "chrio" - о духовном</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day.</p> - <p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p> - <p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God!</p> - </div> - </div> - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index be3d5d4..32b1227 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,27 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"><meta name="description" content='Резюме "Как изучать Библию" - это помощь в изучении Библии. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div> - <div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div> - </div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторские права © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team -(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a> - <p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.79.1"><meta name="description" content='Резюме "Как изучать Библию" - это помощь в изучении Библии. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id-1"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторские права © 1999-2016 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id-1.1.4"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p> - <p>Цитаты из Писания взяты из Синодального перевода Библии, если иное не -указано.</p> - </div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p> - - <p><span class="application">"Как изучать Библию"</span> - это помощь в изучении -Библии.</p> - <p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Цитаты из Писания взяты из Синодального перевода Библии, если иное не +указано.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p><span class="application">"Как изучать Библию"</span> - это помощь в изучении +Библии.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p> - </div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div> - - - - - -</div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |